IOWA ADMINISTRATIVEBULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXIII NUMBER 3 August 9,
2000 Pages 189 to 312
CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 201 to 311 include ARC 0005B to ARC
0054B
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES DIVISION[185]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Interest in a retail establishment, 16.2
ARC
0036B 201
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 192
Publication procedures 193
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 193
Agency identification numbers 199
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 198
COLLEGE STUDENT AID COMMISSION[283]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Notice, Accelerated career education grant
program, ch 19
ARC 0049B 202
Notice, Approval of postsecondary schools,
ch 21 ARC
0050B 203
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Notice, North central correctional facility,
ch 26 ARC
0042B 203
Filed, Visits to offenders, 20.3 ARC
0041B 291
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Registration of dental assistants,
amendments to
chs 1, 6, 10, 14, 15, 21,
22, 25, 27, 30 to 34 ARC
0039B 204
Notice, Dental assistants, ch 20 ARC
0038B 213
Filed, Standards of practice and principles of
professional
ethics; patient acceptance;
record keeping, 27.2, 27.11 ARC
0037B 294
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA
DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice, Accelerated career education
(ACE) program, ch 20
ARC 0035B 216
Notice, Rural resource coordination programs
for fire
services, ch 42 ARC 0031B 216
Notice, VAAPFAP loan guarantee; loan
or grant funds, 57.2,
57.6 ARC 0032B 218
Filed Emergency, Accelerated career education
(ACE)
program, ch 20 ARC 0034B 279
Filed Emergency After Notice, Housing fund,
25.5 ARC
0033B 282
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
Filed, Iowa senior living program—home–
and
community–based services for seniors,
ch 28 ARC
0027B 295
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DIVISION[605]
PUBLIC DEFENSE
DEPARTMENT[601]“umbrella”
Filed, Organization, 1.1, 1.2 ARC 0018B 295
Filed, Agency procedures; Iowa emergency
plan, chs 2 to 6,
9 ARC 0020B 297
Filed, Local emergency management, ch 7
ARC
0019B 297
Filed, Criteria for awards or grants, ch 8
ARC
0017B 303
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Notice, Fee refunds for storm water
general permit
coverage—pilot project,
64.16(4) ARC 0052B 218
Filed Emergency, Fee refunds for storm water
general permit
coverage—pilot project,
64.16(4) ARC 0051B 283
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Notice, Public records and fair information
practices,
2.13, 2.14(5) ARC 0021B 219
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, Reimbursement rate—SSA residential
care
facilities and in–home health related care,
52.1(3), 177.4 ARC
0008B 220
Filed, Applying county institutional credit
balances, 28.13
ARC 0007B 304
Filed Emergency, Reimbursement rate—
SSA residential
care facilities and in–home
health related care, 52.1(3),
177.4
ARC 0009B 284
Filed, Child support guidelines and criteria,
99.2, 99.4(5)
ARC 0010B 305
Filed, Child support parental obligation
pilot projects, ch
100 ARC 0011B 306
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice, Hospitals, 51.5(1) ARC 0040B 220
Notice Terminated, Freedom of choice of
physician and
pharmacy, 57.19(1), 58.51
ARC 0016B 220
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]“umbrella”
Filed Emergency After Notice, Low–income
housing tax
credits, 1.9, 9.29, 9.30, ch 12
ARC 0013B 284
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]“umbrella”
Filed, Waivers and variances from
administrative rules,
1.101 to 1.109
ARC 0030B 307
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Filed Emergency, Electronic license sales; child
support
noncompliance, 15.1, 15.6(9), 15.12
ARC 0053B 286
Filed, Ginseng dealers, 78.3(2), 78.4, 78.5
ARC
0054B 308
PHARMACY EXAMINERS BOARD[657]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice Terminated, Waivers and variances from
rules, 1.3,
3.4, 4.6(1), 6.3 to 6.5, 7.3, 7.4,
15.2 to 15.4, 16.5, 16.6, 19.6, ch
34
ARC 0015B 221
Filed Emergency, Controlled substances, 10.20
ARC
0014B 288
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Waivers or variances from administrative
rules, ch
18 ARC 0043B 221
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice, Lead professional certification,
amendments to ch
70 ARC 0012B 223
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 194
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]“umbrella”
Notice, Thoroughbred and quarter horse racing,
8.3(12), ch
10 ARC 0029B 236
Filed, General, adopt chs 1, 5; amend chs 4, 7, 9, 10,
13,
22, 24, 26; rescind chs 6, 20, 21, 25
ARC 0028B 309
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice, Voluntary disclosure program, ch 3
ARC
0045B 255
Notice, Multilevel marketer agreements, ch 4
ARC
0047B 258
Notice, Freight, other transportation charges,
and
exclusions, 15.13 ARC 0046B 260
Notice, Residential and commercial real estate;
property
tax exemption—barns and one–room
schoolhouses, 71.1, 74.6,
80.15
ARC 0044B 261
Notice, Cigarette tax, 81.12(1), 82.1(7)
ARC
0048B 263
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
Notice, “Vote here” signs, 21.8 ARC
0022B 264
SUBSTANCE ABUSE COMMISSION[643]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Licensure standards for substance abuse
treatment
programs, amendments to ch 3
ARC 0026B 264
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Filed, Lighting on freeways, 150.2(3)
ARC
0024B 310
Filed, Zoning—applicants for dealer’s or
used
vehicle wholesaler’s licenses, 425.10(6),
425.52(1) ARC
0023B 310
Filed Emergency After Notice, Fees for
driver’s
licenses; waiver or refund of license fees—
pilot
project, 602.3, 605.9, 605.10, 630.2(6)
ARC 0025B 288
USURY
Notice 277
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice of amendment to procedural schedule in
notice and
comment proceeding 277
WORKFORCE
DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]
Notice, New employment opportunities fund,
ch 13 ARC
0005B 277
Filed Emergency, New employment
opportunities fund, ch 13
ARC 0006B 289
PUBLISHED UNDER
AUTHORITY OF IOWA
CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND
17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in
pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of
Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the
Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements
to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative
Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the
Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses
and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other
“materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions
and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates
[12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury
[535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates
[535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing
[524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material
added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate
deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone:
(515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code
Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant
Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION
INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate
publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All
subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid
in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2000, to June 30, 2001 $264.00 plus
$15.84 sales tax
Iowa Administrative
Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in
complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement
(replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of
each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements
are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,210.31 plus $72.62 sales
tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a
one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $425.61 plus
$25.54 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2001)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing
Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120
Schedule for Rule
Making
2000
NOTICE SUBMISSION
DEADLINE
|
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
|
HEARING OR COMMENTS 20
DAYS
|
FIRST POSSIBLE ADOPTION
DATE 35 DAYS
|
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
|
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
|
FIRST POSSIBLE
EFFECTIVE DATE
|
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180
DAYS
|
Dec. 24 ’99
|
Jan. 12 ’00
|
Feb. 1 ’00
|
Feb. 16 ’00
|
Feb. 18 ’00
|
Mar. 8 ’00
|
Apr. 12 ’00
|
July 10 ’00
|
Jan. 7
|
Jan. 26
|
Feb. 15
|
Mar. 1
|
Mar. 3
|
Mar. 22
|
Apr. 26
|
July 24
|
Jan. 21
|
Feb. 9
|
Feb. 29
|
Mar. 15
|
Mar. 17
|
Apr. 5
|
May 10
|
Aug. 7
|
Feb. 4
|
Feb. 23
|
Mar. 14
|
Mar. 29
|
Mar. 31
|
Apr. 19
|
May 24
|
Aug. 21
|
Feb. 18
|
Mar. 8
|
Mar. 28
|
Apr. 12
|
Apr. 14
|
May 3
|
June 7
|
Sept. 4
|
Mar. 3
|
Mar. 22
|
Apr. 11
|
Apr. 26
|
Apr. 28
|
May 17
|
June 21
|
Sept. 18
|
Mar. 17
|
Apr. 5
|
Apr. 25
|
May 10
|
May 12
|
May 31
|
July 5
|
Oct. 2
|
Mar. 31
|
Apr. 19
|
May 9
|
May 24
|
May 26
|
June 14
|
July 19
|
Oct. 16
|
Apr. 14
|
May 3
|
May 23
|
June 7
|
June 9
|
June 28
|
Aug. 2
|
Oct. 30
|
Apr. 28
|
May 17
|
June 6
|
June 21
|
June 23
|
July 12
|
Aug. 16
|
Nov. 13
|
May 12
|
May 31
|
June 20
|
July 5
|
July 7
|
July 26
|
Aug. 30
|
Nov. 27
|
May 26
|
June 14
|
July 4
|
July 19
|
July 21
|
Aug. 9
|
Sept. 13
|
Dec. 11
|
June 9
|
June 28
|
July 18
|
Aug. 2
|
Aug. 4
|
Aug. 23
|
Sept. 27
|
Dec. 25
|
June 23
|
July 12
|
Aug. 1
|
Aug. 16
|
Aug. 18
|
Sept. 6
|
Oct. 11
|
Jan. 8 ’01
|
July 7
|
July 26
|
Aug. 15
|
Aug. 30
|
Sept. 1
|
Sept. 20
|
Oct. 25
|
Jan. 22 ’01
|
July 21
|
Aug. 9
|
Aug. 29
|
Sept. 13
|
Sept. 15
|
Oct. 4
|
Nov. 8
|
Feb. 5 ’01
|
Aug. 4
|
Aug. 23
|
Sept. 12
|
Sept. 27
|
Sept. 29
|
Oct. 18
|
Nov. 22
|
Feb. 19 ’01
|
Aug. 18
|
Sept. 6
|
Sept. 26
|
Oct. 11
|
Oct. 13
|
Nov. 1
|
Dec. 6
|
Mar. 5 ’01
|
Sept. 1
|
Sept. 20
|
Oct. 10
|
Oct. 25
|
Oct. 27
|
Nov. 15
|
Dec. 20
|
Mar. 19 ’01
|
Sept. 15
|
Oct. 4
|
Oct. 24
|
Nov. 8
|
Nov. 10
|
Nov. 29
|
Jan. 3 ’01
|
Apr. 2 ’01
|
Sept. 29
|
Oct. 18
|
Nov. 7
|
Nov. 22
|
Nov. 24
|
Dec. 13
|
Jan. 17 ’01
|
Apr. 16 ’01
|
Oct. 13
|
Nov. 1
|
Nov. 21
|
Dec. 6
|
Dec. 8
|
Dec. 27
|
Jan. 31 ’01
|
Apr. 30 ’01
|
Oct. 27
|
Nov. 15
|
Dec. 5
|
Dec. 20
|
Dec. 22
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
May 14 ’01
|
Nov. 10
|
Nov. 29
|
Dec. 19
|
Jan. 3 ’01
|
Jan. 5 ’01
|
Jan. 24 ’01
|
Feb. 28 ’01
|
May 28 ’01
|
Nov. 24
|
Dec. 13
|
Jan. 2 ’01
|
Jan. 17 ’01
|
Jan. 19 ’01
|
Feb. 7 ’01
|
Mar. 14 ’01
|
June 11 ’01
|
Dec. 8
|
Dec. 27
|
Jan. 16 ’01
|
Jan. 31 ’01
|
Feb. 2 ’01
|
Feb. 21 ’01
|
Mar. 28 ’01
|
June 25 ’01
|
Dec. 22
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Jan. 30 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
Feb. 16 ’01
|
Mar. 7 ’01
|
Apr. 11 ’01
|
July 9 ’01
|
Jan. 5 ’01
|
Jan. 24 ’01
|
Feb. 13 ’01
|
Feb. 28 ’01
|
Mar. 2 ’01
|
Mar. 21 ’01
|
Apr. 25 ’01
|
July 23 ’01
|
PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
|
ISSUE NUMBER
|
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
|
ISSUE DATE
|
5
|
Friday, August 18, 2000
|
September 6, 2000
|
6
|
Friday, September 1, 2000
|
September 20, 2000
|
7
|
Friday, September 15, 2000
|
October 4, 2000
|
PLEASE
NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon
on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from
the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions
made on the following Monday will be accepted.
PUBLICATION PROCEDURES
TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of
State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code
Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most
other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word
7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the processing of rule–making
documents, we request a 3.5” High Density (not Double Density) IBM
PC–compatible diskette of the rule making. Please indicate on each
diskette the following information: agency name, file name, format used for
exporting, and chapter(s) amended. Diskettes may be delivered to the
Administrative Code Division, 1st Floor, Lucas State Office Building or included
with the documents submitted to the Governor’s Administrative Rules
Coordinator.
2. Alternatively, if you have Internet E–mail access,
you may send your document as an attachment to an E–mail message,
addressed to both of the following:
bcarr@legis.state.ia.us
kbates@legis.state.ia.us
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the
rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies
by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned
unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and
cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly
appreciated.
______________________
IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on
CD–ROM
1999 WINTER EDITION
Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through
December 1999)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (July 1999 through
December 1999)
Iowa Court Rules (updated through December
1999)
For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie
Cox
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone:
(515)281–3566 Fax:
(515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us
PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request
that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing
the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty
days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
AGENCY
|
HEARING LOCATION
|
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING
|
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES DIVISION[185]
|
|
Interest in a retail establishment, 16.2 IAB 8/9/00
ARC 0036B
|
Commerce Board Room 1918 SE Hulsizer Rd. Ankeny,
Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 2 p.m.
|
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
|
|
North central correctional facility, 26.1 to 26.3 IAB
8/9/00 ARC 0042B
|
Conference Room—2nd Floor 420 Keo Way Des Moines,
Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 11 a.m. to 1 p.m.
|
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
|
|
Registration of dental assistants, amendments to chs 1, 6,
10, 14, 15, 21, 22, 25, 27, 30 to 34 IAB 8/9/00 ARC 0039B
|
Board Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 3 to 4 p.m.
|
Dental assistants, ch 20 IAB 8/9/00 ARC
0038B
|
Board Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 1 to 3 p.m.
|
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
|
|
Accelerated career education program, ch 20 IAB 8/9/00
ARC 0035B (See also ARC 0034B
herein)
|
Main Conference Room 200 E. Grand Ave. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 2 p.m.
|
Rural resource coordination programs for fire services, ch
42 IAB 8/9/00 ARC 0031B
|
Northwest Conference Room Second Floor 200 E. Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m.
|
VAAPFAP loan guarantee; loan or grant funds, 57.2,
57.6 IAB 8/9/00 ARC 0032B
|
Business Finance Conference Room First Floor 200 E.
Grand Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 1 p.m.
|
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
|
|
Administrative endorsements— elementary and secondary
school principals, 14.23 IAB 6/28/00 ARC 9923A
|
Conference Room 3 North Third Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 1, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 3 North Third Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 6, 2000 1 p.m.
|
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
(Cont’d)
|
|
Mentor endorsement, 14.34, 14.35 IAB 6/28/00 ARC
9930A
|
Conference Room 3 North Third Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 1, 2000 8 a.m.
|
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
|
|
Refunds for storm water general permit coverage—pilot
project, 64.16(4) IAB 8/9/00 ARC 0052B (See also
ARC 0051B herein)
|
Conference Room—Fifth Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 1, 2000 1:30 p.m.
|
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
|
|
Confidential records, 2.13, 2.14(5) IAB 8/9/00 ARC
0021B
|
Director’s Conference Room Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m.
|
NURSING BOARD[655]
|
|
Nurse licensure compact, 2.3(2), 2.6(2), 3.1, 3.2, 3.5,
3.6(1), 6.1, 6.5(5), 7.1, ch 16 IAB 6/28/00 ARC
9917A (See also ARC 9915A)
|
Ballroom Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel Fourth and
Walnut Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 7, 2000 5 p.m.
|
Identification badge, 6.2(5), 6.3(9) IAB 7/12/00 ARC
9962A
|
Ballroom Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel Fourth and
Walnut Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 6, 2000 5:30 p.m.
|
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
|
|
Waivers or variances from administrative rules, ch
18 IAB 8/9/00 ARC 0043B
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 6, 2000 1 to 3 p.m.
|
Nursing home administration, 141.10, 141.12, ch 143 IAB
7/26/00 ARC 9999A
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 15, 2000 9 to 11 a.m.
|
Physical therapists and physical therapist
assistants, 200.3(1), 200.5(2), 200.9 to 200.15, 200.23, 200.24, 202.6(2),
202.7 to 202.13, ch 203 IAB 7/26/00 ARC 9998A
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 15, 2000 9 to 11 a.m.
|
Occupational therapists and occupational therapy
assistants, 201.1, 201.4, 201.5(1), 201.7(2), 201.8 to 201.17, 201.24, ch
207 IAB 7/26/00 ARC 0001B
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 15, 2000 1 to 3 p.m.
|
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
|
|
Lead professional certification, amendments to ch 70 IAB
8/9/00 ARC 0012B (ICN Network)
|
ICN Classroom A–H–S–T High School 768
S. Maple Avoca, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
ICN Classroom Belmond–Klemme High School 411 10th
Ave. NE Belmond, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
ICN Room, Sixth Floor Lucas State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
ICN Classroom Mormon Trail Jr.–Sr. High
School Main Street Garden Grove, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
ICN Classroom Lone Tree Jr.–Sr. High School 303 S.
Devoes St. Lone Tree, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
ICN Room Office of Educational Services Archdiocesan
Pastoral Center 1229 Mount Loretta Dubuque, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
ICN Classroom Sergeant Bluff–Luton Sr. High
School Port Neal Road Sergeant Bluff, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
ICN Classroom Waverly–Shell Rock Community
H.S. 1405 4th Ave. SW Waverly, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m.
|
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
|
|
Fees for fire inspection; renewal of registration for
aboveground petroleum storage tanks, 5.5, 5.307 IAB 7/26/00 ARC
9990A (See also ARC 9989A)
|
Conference Room—3rd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 9:45 a.m.
|
Residential occupancies; bed and breakfast inns, 5.800 to
5.810, 5.820 IAB 7/12/00 ARC 9970A
|
Conference Room—3rd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 9:30 a.m.
|
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661] (Cont’d)
|
|
Sex offender registry, 8.303(2), 8.304(1) IAB 7/26/00
ARC 9986A (See also ARC 9988A)
|
Conference Room—3rd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 11 a.m.
|
Elevators in new apartment buildings, 16.705(3) IAB
7/26/00 ARC 9987A
|
Conference Room—3rd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 1:30 p.m.
|
Fire service training bureau, ch 53 IAB 7/12/00 ARC
9964A (See also ARC 9968A)
|
Conference Room—3rd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 10 a.m.
|
Firefighter certification, ch 54 IAB 7/12/00 ARC
9965A (See also ARC 9969A)
|
Conference Room—3rd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 10:15 a.m.
|
Volunteer emergency services provider death benefits, ch
59 IAB 7/12/00 ARC 9966A (See also ARC
9967A)
|
Conference Room—3rd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 10:30 a.m.
|
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
|
|
Thoroughbred and quarter horse racing, 8.3(12), ch
10 IAB 8/9/00 ARC 0029B
|
Suite B 717 E. Court Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 30, 2000 9 a.m.
|
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
|
|
Fees to local option tax jurisdictions, 107.16,
108.4 IAB 7/26/00 ARC 0003B
|
Conference Room—4th Floor Hoover State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 15, 2000 1:30 to 3 p.m.
|
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
|
|
“Vote here” signs, 21.8 IAB 8/9/00 ARC
0022B
|
Second Floor Hoover State Office Bldg. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 1:30 p.m.
|
SUBSTANCE ABUSE COMMISSION[643]
|
|
Licensure standards for substance abuse treatment
programs, amendments to ch 3 IAB 8/9/00 ARC 0026B (ICN
Network)
|
Room 127B, Building B Western Iowa Tech Community
College Sioux City, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Room 108 Advanced Technology Center Indian Hills
Community College Ottumwa, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
SUBSTANCE ABUSE COMMISSION[643]
(Cont’d)
|
|
|
Department of Human Services Hoover State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
417 E. Kanesville Blvd. Council Bluffs, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Public Library 5001 1st St. SE Cedar Rapids,
Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
|
|
Natural gas marketer certification, 2.2(17), 19.13(6),
19.14 to 19.16 IAB 7/12/00 ARC 9976A
|
Board Hearing Room 350 Maple St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
August 23, 2000 10 a.m.
|
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
|
|
New employment opportunities fund, ch 13 IAB 8/9/00
ARC 0005B (See also ARC 0006B
herein)
|
Room 106 150 Des Moines St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 29, 2000 9 to 11 a.m.
|
CITATION of Administrative Rules
The Iowa
Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number)
IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered
subparagraph).
441 IAC 79 (Chapter)
441 IAC
79.1(249A) (Rule)
441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)
The Iowa Administrative
Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page
number), (ARC number).
IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC
872A
AGENCY IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering
system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set
out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out
in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the
original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are
included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g.,
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD,
IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on
the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY
COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY
COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION
ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY
COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION,
IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD,
IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL,
IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS
COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION
COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development
Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES
ARC 0036B
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES
DIVISION[185]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 123.21 and
123.186, the Alcoholic Beverages Division of the Iowa Department of Commerce
hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 16, “Trade
Practices,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Alcoholic Beverages Division of the Iowa Department of
Commerce is considering a rule to interpret statutory language in Iowa Code
section 123.45. Under this statute, a person engaged in the business of
manufacturing, bottling, or wholesaling alcoholic beverages, wine, or beer,
shall not, directly or indirectly, be interested in the ownership, conduct, or
operation of the business of another licensee or permittee authorized under Iowa
Code chapter 123 to sell at retail or hold a retail liquor control license or
retail wine or beer permit.
In 1995, the office of the Attorney General issued an advice
letter to the Alcoholic Beverages Division and analyzed this statutory language
as prohibiting any holdings or subsidiaries of Bass Ale, a brewer, bottler and
importer of alcoholic beverages, from obtaining a permit or license to operate
an Iowa retail establishment. Over the past five years, numerous jurisdictions
have examined this issue under similar statutory provisions and concluded that
the corporate connection of a manufacturer, bottler, or wholesaler may be so
remote that rigid application of the statutory prohibition to an applicant for a
license or permit is unreasonable. At least 13 states have reviewed their tied
house laws and concluded that an industry member may have a corporate connection
to a retail establishment that is sufficiently remote so as not to constitute
either a direct or indirect interest in the retail outlet. The states that have
permitted these arrangements have established conditions similar to those set
forth in the proposed rule. Accordingly, the Alcoholic Beverages Division, with
the advice of the Attorney General’s office, is undertaking this rule
making to examine whether a rule should be adopted in Iowa to define
“interest” more narrowly and exclude remote corporate connections
that do not affect the retail business directly or indirectly.
The proposed rule set forth in the Notice of Intended Action
is a draft which may be significantly amended through the rule–making
process. The Alcoholic Beverages Division will examine factors that should be
considered in determining whether the corporate connection of an industry member
is sufficiently remote to exclude it from the statutory prohibition. The
factors may include matters not expressly reflected in this proposed rule. The
Division intends to seek input from industry members in addition to public
comment through the rule–making procedures required by Iowa Code section
17A.4.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendment at 2
p.m., August 29, 2000, in the Commerce Board Room, Alcoholic Beverages Division,
1918 S.E. Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021. Persons may present their views at
the public hearing orally or in writing. Persons who wish to make oral
presentations at the public hearing should contact the Alcoholic Beverages
Division by telephone at (515) 281–7407 or by fax at (515)281–7385
no later than 4:30 p.m. on Monday, August 28, 2000.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendment on or before Tuesday, August 29, 2000. Written
comments should be addressed to Lynn M. Walding, Administrator, at the above
address, faxed to (515)281–7385, or E–mailed to
Walding@IowaABD.com.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
123.45 and 123.186.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 185—16.2(123) as follows:
185—16.2(123) Interest in a retail
establishment.
16.2(1) An industry member is prohibited,
directly or indirectly, from:
1. a. Acquiring or holding a partial
or complete ownership interest in a retail establishment.
2. b. Acquiring or holding an interest
in the real or personal property owned, occupied or used by the retailer in the
conduct of the retail establishment.
3. c. Acquiring a mortgage on the real
or personal property owned by the retailer.
4. d. Guaranteeing any loan or paying
a financial obligation of the retailer, including, but not limited to, personal
loans, home mortgages, car loans, operating capital obligations, or
utilities.
5. e. Providing financial, legal,
administrative or other assistance to a retailer to obtain a license or
permit.
16.2(2) For the purposes of this rule, a
subsidiary or an affiliate of an industry member shall not be considered to have
any interest in the ownership, conduct or operation of a retailer provided all
of the following conditions are satisfied:
a. The industry member and the retail establishment do not
share any common officers or directors.
b. The industry member does not control the retail
establishment.
c. The industry member is not involved, directly or
indirectly, in the operation of the retail establishment.
d. The retail establishment is free from control or
interference by the industry member with respect to the retailer’s ability
to make choices as to the types, brands and quantities of alcoholic beverages
purchased and sold.
e. The retail establishment sells brands of alcoholic
beverages that are produced or distributed by competing industry members with no
preference given to the industry member that holds a financial interest in the
retailer.
f. There is no exclusion, in whole or in part, of alcoholic
beverages sold or offered for sale by competing industry members that
constitutes a substantial impairment of commerce.
g. The retail establishment shall not purchase more than 20
percent of the combined annual total of all alcoholic beverages (measured by
gallons) from the industry member.
h. The primary business of the retail establishment is not
the sale of alcoholic beverages.
i. All purchases of alcoholic beverages by the retail
establishment are made pursuant to Iowa’s three–tier system as
provided for in Iowa Code chapter 123.
j. A retail establishment shall file verification with the
alcoholic beverages division that it is in compliance with the conditions set
forth in this rule upon application, renewal or request of the
agency.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 123.45
and 123.186.
ARC 0049B
COLLEGE STUDENT AID
COMMISSION[283]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 261.3 and
261.37(5) and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439, section 8, the College Student
Aid Commission proposes to adopt a new Chapter 19, “Accelerated Career
Education Grant Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The new chapter provides a rule for administering the
Accelerated Career Education Grant Program established by the Legislature in
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439.
Interested persons may submit comments orally or in writing to
the Executive Director, College Student Aid Commission, 200 Tenth Street, Fourth
Floor, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515)242–3344, by 4:30 p.m.
August 29, 2000.
This rule is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2439, section 8.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 19
ACCELERATED CAREER EDUCATION
GRANT
PROGRAM
283—19.1(261) ACE grants. Educational grants
based on financial need may be awarded to Iowa residents enrolled in accelerated
career education (ACE) programs at Iowa community colleges.
19.1(1) Student financial need.
a. Financial need shall be evaluated annually on the basis of
a confidential financial statement, filed on forms designated by the commission,
which must be received by the processing agency by the priority date specified
in the application instructions.
b. Financial need is defined as the difference between total
program expenses at the community college the student plans to attend and the
estimated amount of family resources available for college, as determined by the
commission. Need determination will include evaluation of all student financial
aid received by the student including, but not limited to, federal Pell Grants,
Iowa vocational–technical tuition grants, and institutional
awards.
19.1(2) Student eligibility.
a. A recipient must be an Iowa resident. The criteria used by
the state board of regents to determine residency for tuition purposes,
681—1.4(262), are adopted for this program.
b. A recipient must be enrolled in an accelerated career
education program leading to a certificate, diploma, associate of science
degree, or associate of applied science degree and in accordance with the
provisions of Iowa Code chapter 260G.
c. A recipient must be a full–time student as defined by
the college unless the financial aid administrator recommends an award to a
part–time student based on extenuating circumstances.
d. A recipient may receive moneys under this program for not
more than 150 percent of the length of time required for a full–time
student to complete the accelerated career education program.
e. A recipient must meet and maintain the academic eligibility
requirements established by the community college.
f. A recipient may receive no more than the amount specified
by Iowa law or the amount of the student’s established financial need,
whichever is less.
19.1(3) Priority for grants. Industries and
occupations with high levels of shortages of workers based on the level of
statewide need for skills and occupations will be identified by the Iowa
department of economic development and the workforce development department.
The commission will award grants based on the level of need for the identified
skills and occupations for which technical workers are in the highest demand as
defined by the Iowa department of economic development and the workforce
development department.
Applicants who apply by the priority date specified in the
application and who are enrolled in designated educational programs will be
ranked in order of need, and awards will be granted to those who demonstrate
need from highest need to lowest need, insofar as funds permit.
19.1(4) Award notification. Grant recipients will be
notified of the awards by community college officials. Community college
officials are responsible for verifying eligibility and coordinating other aid
to ensure compliance with student eligibility requirements and allowable award
amounts. Community college officials will report changes of student eligibility
to the commission.
19.1(5) Maximum annual award. For purposes of this
program, a student must be enrolled four quarters or two semesters plus a summer
session to receive the maximum annual award.
19.1(6) Award transfers and adjustments. Recipients
are responsible for promptly notifying the appropriate community college
officials of changes in enrollment or financial situation. Community college
officials will make necessary changes and notify the commission.
19.1(7) Restrictions. A student who is in default ona
Stafford Loan, SLS Loan, or a Perkins/National Direct/National Defense Student
Loan or who owes a repayment on any Title IV grant assistance or state award
shall be ineligible for accelerated career education grants. Eligibility for
state aid may be reinstated upon payment in full of the delinquent obligation or
by commission ruling on the basis of adequate extenuating evidence presented in
an appeal under the procedures set forth in 283—Chapter 5.
This rule is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2439, section 8.
ARC 0050B
COLLEGE STUDENT AID
COMMISSION[283]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 261.3, the
College Student Aid Commission proposes to adopt new Chapter 21, “Approval
of Postsecondary Schools,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The new chapter provides rules for the approval of
postsecondary schools seeking to register with the Secretary of State.
Interested persons may submit comments orally or in writing to
the Executive Director, College Student Aid Commission, 200 Tenth Street, Fourth
Floor, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515)242–3344, by 4:30 p.m. on
August 29, 2000.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 261B as
amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2248.
The following new chapter is proposed:
CHAPTER 21
APPROVAL OF POSTSECONDARY SCHOOLS
283—21.1(78GA,SF2248) Approval criteria. The
college student aid commission shall approve applicant schools that:
1. Are accredited by an agency recognized by the United States
Department of Education or its successor agency.
2. Are approved for operation by the appropriate state
agencies in all other states in which the school operates or maintains a
presence.
3. Are not subject to a limitation, suspension or termination
order issued by the United States Department of Education.
4. Are free of sanctions from the school’s accrediting
agencies and appropriate state agencies in all other states in which the school
operates or maintains a presence.
5. Enroll students in Iowa or employ an Iowa
faculty.
6. Comply with Iowa Code section 261B.7 limiting the use of
references to the secretary of state, state of Iowa, or college student aid
commission in promotional material.
7. Comply with the requirements of Iowa Code section
261.9(1)“e” to “h.”
8. File annual reports that the commission requires from all
Iowa colleges and universities.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 261B as
amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2248.
ARC 0042B
CORRECTIONS
DEPARTMENT[201]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 904.108, the
Department of Corrections gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 26,
“North Central Correctional Facility,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These rules provide for the days and hours of visits, tours,
and offender trips.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendments on or before August 29, 2000. Such written materials
should be sent to the Director of Policy and Legal Services, Corrections
Department, 420 Keo Way, Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
There will be a public hearing on August 29, 2000, from11 a.m.
to 1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, 420 Keo Way, Des Moines, Iowa
50309, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in
writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
amendments.
Persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have
special requirements should contact the Department of Corrections and advise of
special needs.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
904.512.
The following amendments are proposed.
Amend 201—Chapter 26 as follows:
CHAPTER 26
NORTH CENTRAL CORRECTIONAL FACILITY
201—26.1(904) Visiting.
26.1(1) Visiting hours are from 8:30 a.m. to
3:30 7:30 p.m. on Saturday, and
Sunday and Monday., 8:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. on Monday,
12:30 p.m. to 7:30 p.m. on Friday. on Thursday and Friday visiting
hours are from 12:30 p.m. to 7:30 p.m. There is no visiting on
Tuesday, and Wednesday, and Thursday unless a
recognized state holiday falls on either of these days, and then the visiting
hours shall be 8:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m.
26.1(2) Visitors are authorized to bring in only the
following items to a visit: one small change purse, wallet or billfold, as long
as it does not contain paper money; coin money for the purpose of purchasing
items from the vending machines; and, when applicable, one baby bottle, one jar
of baby food, three baby diapers, one carrying bag, and one infant seat.
Tobacco products are not allowed in the visiting room as smoking is not
permitted at any time.
26.1(3) Visitors shall not give any article to
inmates offenders during a visit. This does not apply
to purchases from the vending machines which must be consumed during the
visit.
26.1(4) Visitors may leave money for
inmates offenders at the facility’s business
office during normal business hours.
26.1(5) Inmates Offenders are
permitted three–hour visits on Saturday, Sunday, and recognized state
holidays, and four–hour visits are permitted on Monday,
Thursday, and Friday. Visits may be extended at the discretion of the
warden when visitors are from great distances or when they are only able to make
rare visits or in cases when an inmate offender is in
need of comfort during a time of personal or family crisis. Visits may be
temporarily modified, suspended, or terminated by the warden due to a
disturbance, riot, fire, labor dispute, natural disaster, or other emergency;
and visits may be temporarily modified or terminated by the shift supervisor due
to disruptive conduct by the inmate offender or visitor
or due to space restrictions in the visiting room.
26.1(6) Inmates Offenders are
permitted eight visits per month from each approved person on the
inmate’s offender’s visiting list.
26.1(7) A maximum of five persons may visit one
inmate offender at a time.
26.1(8) A maximum of two inmates
offenders may be visited by a visitor at a time provided both
inmates offenders are members of the visitor’s
immediate family.
26.1(9) Visits with attorneys or chaplains shall be
conducted during normal business hours unless previously approved by the
warden.
26.1(10) Inmates Offenders in
administrative segregation and disciplinary detention may have their visits
modified as to length of time and location depending on the conduct which caused
placement in that status.
201—26.2(904) Tours.
26.2(1) Tours of the facility are classified as either
regular or official tours. A regular tour is given to persons with a genuine
interest in corrections and for whom the tour might prove to be beneficial or
enlightening, such as students, representatives of the criminal justice system,
and probationers under the jurisdiction of the department of corrections or the
judicial system. An official tour is given to persons directly related to the
operation of the facility such as legislators and the board of
corrections.
26.2(2) Sightseeing tours to the general public shall
not be allowed unless approved by the warden for specific reasons.
26.2(3) Regular tours shall be conducted on Tuesday
and Wednesday between the hours of 9 a.m. and 3 p.m., while official
tours shall be conducted during the daytime or evening hours on a day scheduled
by the warden.
26.2(4) Minimum age for regular tours is 12 years of
age.
26.2(5) Tour groups larger than 30 persons, excluding
nonstaff sponsors, shall not be allowed.
26.2(6) Prior approval from the warden is required for
relatives or close friends of inmates offenders to tour
the facility.
201—26.3(904) Inmate
Offender trips. An outside group wishing to have an
inmate offender from one of the facility’s
approved organizations visit it shall send a written request to the warden.
Trips are limited to a 100–mile radius from the facility.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
904.512.
ARC 0039B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76 and 2000
Iowa Acts, House File 686, the Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 1, “Definitions”; Chapter 6,
“Public Records and Fair Information Practices”; Chapter 10,
“General”; Chapter 14, “Renewal”; Chapter 15,
“Fees”; Chapter 21, “Dental Laboratory Technician”;
Chapter 22, “Minimum Training Standards for Dental Assistants Engaging in
Dental Radiography”; Chapter 25, “Continuing Education”;
Chapter 27, “Principles of Professional Ethics”; Chapter 30,
“Discipline”; Chapter 31, “Complaints and
Investigations”; Chapter 32, “Mediation of Disputes”; Chapter
33, “Child Support Noncompliance”; and Chapter 34, “Student
Loan Default/Noncompliance with Agreement for Payment of Obligation,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These amendments implement 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 686,
which requires the Board to establish procedures for the registration, renewal,
and revocation or suspension of dental assistants. These amendments update
Board rules to include references to dental assistant registration or
registrants, add a new definition of “coronal polish,” and establish
fees for registration of dental assistants. Item 19 of the amendments also
establishes two additional grounds for discipline for all licensees and
registrants: practicing beyond training or delegating acts that are beyond the
training and education of licensees or registrants.
The rules do not provide for waivers in specific circumstances
as the amendments only update the rules to add the new category of dental
assistant registrants to existing Board rules.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before August 29, 2000. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Agency Rules Administrator, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may also be sent to jhart@ bon.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on August 29, 2000, from
3 to 4 p.m. in the Board of Dental Examiners Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street,
Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their
names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject
of the amendments. Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who
may have special requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should
contact the Board and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the July 20, 2000, regular
meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147, 153, and 272C and 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 686.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
650—1.1(153) as follows:
Adopt the following new definition in
alphabetical order:
“Coronal polishing” means coronal polish is an
adjunctive procedure that must also include removal of any calculus, if present,
by a dentist or dental hygienist. “Coronal polishing” of teeth
using only a rotary instrument and a rubber cup or brush for such purpose, when
performed at the direction of and under the supervision of a licensed dentist,
is deemed not to be the giving of prophylactic treatment.
Amend the following definition:
“Inactive status” means the status of a
practitioner licensed or registered pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 153
in the state of Iowa to practice dentistry or dental
hygiene who is not currently engaged in the practice of
dentistry, or dental hygiene, or dental assisting
in the state of Iowa and who has obtained a certificate of exemption from
compliance with the requirements for continuing dental education.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 6.13(2),
paragraphs “b” to “e,” as
follows:
b. Prior to initiation of a contested case, all complaint
files, investigation files, other investigation reports, and other investigative
information in the possession of the board or its employees or agents which
relates to licensee or registrant discipline. (Iowa Code section
272C.6(4))
c. Criminal history, prior misconduct or investigative
information relating to an applicant for licensure or registration. (Iowa
Code section 147.21(1))
d. Information relating to results of an examination for
licensure, registration, or certification other than final score except
for information about results of an examination which is given to the person who
took the examination. (Iowa Code section 147.21(3))
e. Information relating to the contents of an examination for
licensure, registration, or certification. (Iowa Code section
147.21(2))
ITEM 3. Amend subrules 6.14(2) and
6.14(4) to 6.14(8) as follows:
6.14(2) Information in complaint, compliance, and
investigative files maintained by the board for the purposes of
licensee discipline. This information is collected pursuant to
Iowa Code sections 153.33, 272C.3, and 272C.9. This information is stored on
paper only. This information is required to be kept confidential pursuant to
Iowa Code section 272C.6(4). However, information may be released to the
licensee or registrant once a disciplinary proceeding is commenced by the
filing of formal charges and the notice of hearing.
6.14(4) Continuing dental and dental
hygiene education records. These records contain educational
information about licensees persons registered or
licensed by the board. This information is collected pursuant to the
authority granted in Iowa Code section 272C.2. This information is stored on
paper only.
6.14(5) Sponsors of continuing dental and
dental hygiene education. These records contain information concerning
continuing education sponsors, annual reports, recertification forms, courses,
and attendance sheets. This information is collected pursuant to Iowa Code
section 272C.2. This information is stored on paper only.
6.14(6) Application records. These records contain
information about applicants which may include name, address, telephone number,
social security number, place of birth, date of birth, education,
certifications, examinations with scores, character references, fingerprints,
diplomas and any additional information the board may request. This information
is collected by the board pursuant to Iowa Code sections 147.2, 153.21, 153.22,
and 153.37 and 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 686. This information is
stored on paper only. The personal information contained in these records may
be confidential in whole or in part pursuant to Iowa Code sections
147.21(1) to 147.21(3), 22.7(1), and 22.7(19) or other provisions of
law.
6.14(7) Examination records. These records contain
examination information and scores for any of the following examinations: Joint
Commission on National Dental Examinations; Joint Commission on National Dental
Hygiene Examinations; Central Regional Dental Testing Service, Inc.
examinations; Iowa jurisprudence examinations; state radiography examinations;
state dental examinations; state dental hygiene examinations; and state
dental assistant registration examinations. This information is collected
by the board pursuant to Iowa Code sections 147.21 and 147.34. This information
is stored on paper only. The information contained in these records is
confidential in part pursuant to Iowa Code sections 147.21(2), 147.21(3),
22.7(1), and 22.7(19).
6.14(8) Licensure, registration, permit or
certificationrecords. These records contain information about currently,
previously, or reinstated licensed dentists, dental hygienists, and dental
assistants issued certificates of qualification in dental
radiography. This information includes name of license,
registration, permit or certificate holder, license, registration,
permit or certificate number, date issued, current renewal status and
current address. This information is collected by the board pursuant to the
authority granted in Iowa Code sections 136C.2, 147.2, 147.10, 153.22, 153.23,
and 153.30. This information is stored on paper, in automated data
processing systems, on microfiche, or in the state archives.
ITEM 4. Amend rules 650—10.1(153)
and 650— 10.2(153) as follows:
650—10.1(153) Licensed or registered
personnel. Persons engaged in the practice of dentistry in Iowa must be
licensed by the board as a dentist, and persons performing services under
Iowa Code section 153.15, must be licensed by the board as a
dental hygienist. Persons engaged in the practice of dental assisting must
be registered by the board pursuant to 650—Chapter 20*.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.2
and 153.17.
650—10.2(153) Display of license,
registration, and license renewal. The license to
practice dentistry or dental hygiene or the registration as a dental
assistant and the current license renewal must be
prominently displayed by the licensee or registrant at the principal
office of employment.
10.2(1) Additional license or registration
certificates shall be obtained from the board whenever a licensee or
registrant practices at more than one address. If more than two additional
certificates are requested, explanation must be made in writing to the board
and the appropriate fee must be paid.
10.2(2) Duplicate licenses or certificates of
registration shall be issued by the board upon satisfactory proof of loss or
destruction of the original license or certificate of
registration.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.7,
147.10 and 147.80(17).
ITEM 5. Amend rules 650—14.3(153)
and 650— 14.5(153) as follows:
650—14.3(153) Grounds for nonrenewal of license
to
______________________________________
*See ARC 0038B, p. 213
herein.
practice dentistry or dental hygiene or of registration
as a dental assistant. The board may refuse to renew, after proper
notice and hearing, a license or registration on the following
grounds:
14.3(1) Violation of Iowa Code chapter 147 or 153
during the term of the last license or registration or renewal of
license or registration.
14.3(2) Commission of any acts of unprofessional
conduct during the term of the last license or registration or renewal of
license or registration.
14.3(3) Failure to obtain required continuing
education.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 153.23
and chapter 272C.
650—14.5(153) Reinstatement of a lapsed license
or registration. Application for reinstatement of a lapsed license
or registration does not preclude the board from taking other
disciplinary action as provided in this chapter.
14.5(1) Licensees A licensee
or a registrant who allow their allows a license
or registration to lapse by failing to renew such
license may be reinstated at the discretion of the board by submitting
the following:
a. A completed application for reinstatement of a lapsed
license to practice dentistry or dental hygiene or application for
reinstatement of a lapsed registration. The reinstatement fee of $150 shall
accompany the application.
b. and c. No change.
d. Other A list of other states in
which licensed or registered and the identifying number of each
license or registration.
e. Character references from persons who are not licensed
or registered in the profession concerned and such other information as the
board may require to evaluate the applicant.
f. Reasons for seeking reinstatement and why license or
registration was not maintained.
g. No change.
h. Evidence of completion of a total of 15 hours of continuing
education for each lapsed year or part thereof in accordance with
650—Chapter 25. Dental assistants shall be required to submit evidence
of completion of a total of 10 hours of continuing education for each lapsed
year or part thereof in accordance with
650—20.12(153,78GA,HF686).
i. If licensed or registered in another state, the
licensee or registrant shall provide certification by the state board of
dentistry or equivalent authority of such state that the licen–see or
registrant has not been the subject of final or pending disciplinary
action.
j. Statement as to any investigations, claims, complaints,
judgments or settlements made with respect to the licensee arising out of the
alleged negligence or malpractice in rendering professional services as a
dentist, or dental hygienist, or dental
assistant.
14.5(2) The board may require a licensee or
registrant applying for reinstatement to successfully complete an
examination designated by the board prior to reinstatement if necessary to
ensure the licensee or registrant is able to practice dentistry
or dental hygiene the licensee’s or registrant’s
respective profession with reasonable skill and safety.
14.5(3) When the board finds that a practitioner
applying for reinstatement is or has been subject to disciplinary action taken
against a license or registration held by the applicant in another state
of the United States, District of Columbia, or territory, and the violations
which resulted in such actions would also be grounds for discipline in Iowa in
accordance with rule 650—30.4(153), the board may deny reinstatement of a
license or registration to practice dentistry, or
dental hygiene, or dental assisting in Iowa or may impose any applicable
disciplinary sanctions as specified in rule 650— 30.2(153) as a condition
of reinstatement.
14.5(4) No change.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.10,
147.11, 153.30 and 272C.2.
ITEM 6. Adopt new subrules
15.1(12) to 15.1(14) as follows:
15.1(12) The fee for an application for registration
as a dental assistant trainee is $10.
15.1(13) The fee for an application for registration
as a registered dental assistant is $40.
15.1(14) The fee for an application for registration
as an expanded function dental assistant is $40.
ITEM 7. Adopt new subrules
15.2(6) to 15.2(8) as follows:
15.2(6) The fee for renewal of registration as a
registered dental assistant is $60.
15.2(7) The fee for renewal of registration as an
expanded function dental assistant is $60.
15.2(8) Beginning July 1, 2002, the fee for renewal of
a certificate of qualification in dental radiography is $30.
ITEM 8. Amend rules 650—15.3(153)
and 650— 15.4(153) as follows:
650—15.3(153) Late renewal fees. All fees are
nonrefund–able. A licensee or registrant who fails to renew a
license or registration to practice following expiration shall be subject
to late renewal fees pursuant to 650—Chapter 14.
650—15.4(153) Miscellaneous fees.
15.4(1) The fee for issuing a duplicate license or
registration certificate shall be $10.
15.4(2) The fee for a certification of the Iowa
license or registration shall be $10.
ITEM 9. Amend rule 650—21.1(153) as
follows:
650—21.1(153) Definition. “Dental
laboratory technician” as used in these rules shall include a person other
than a licensed dentist who fabricates, constructs, makes, or repairs oral
prosthetic appliances solely and exclusively for a licensed dentist and under
the dentist’s supervision or direction. A dental laboratory technician
who performs any of the duties of a dental assistant, as defined in
650—20.2(153, 78GA,HF686), must be registered with the board as a dental
assistant.
ITEM 10. Amend subrule 22.8(3) as
follows:
22.8(3) Attendance once every four
two years at an updating seminar in dental radiography approved by the
board shall be required for renewal. At the time of renewal the dental
assistant shall be required to sign a statement that the dental assistant has
attended the required course during the previous four
two–year period. Proof of attendance at such course of study shall
be retained by the dental assistant and submitted to the board as further proof
of compliance at the request of the board.
ITEM 11. Amend subrules 22.9(1) and
22.9(2) as follows:
22.9(1) The fee for application for a certificate of
qualification or student status leading to qualification shall be $35.
Beginning July 1, 2001, the fee for application for a certificate of
qualification or student status leading to qualification shall be
$15.
22.9(2) The fee for renewal of a certificate shall be
$60. Beginning July 1, 2002, the fee for renewal of a certificate shall be
$30.
ITEM 12. Amend 650—25.1(153)
as follows:
Amend the following definition:
“Advisory committee.” An advisory committee on
continuing education shall be formed to review and advise the board with respect
to applications for approval of sponsors or activities and requests for
postapproval of activities. Its members shall be appointed by the board and
consist of a member of the board, two licensed dentists with expertise in the
area of professional continuing education, and two licensed
dental hygienists with expertise in the area of professional continuing
education, and two registered dental assistants with expertise in the area of
professional continuing education. The advisory committee on continuing
education may tentatively approve or deny applications or requests submitted to
it pending final approval or disapproval of the board at its next
meeting.
Adopt the following new definition in
alphabetical order:
“Registrant” means any person registered to
practice as a dental assistant in the state of Iowa.
ITEM 13. Amend rule 650—25.2(153)
as follows:
Amend the catchwords as follows:
650—25.2(153) Continuing education requirements
for licensees.
Amend subrules 25.2(4) to 25.2(7) and 25.2(10) as
follows:
25.2(4) It is the responsibility of each licensee
or registrant to finance the costs of continuing education. All fees for
continuing education courses shall be remitted by licen–see or
registrant directly to the sponsor or as the board may otherwise
direct.
25.2(5) Every licensee or registrant shall
maintain a record of all courses attended by keeping the certificates of
attendance for four years after the end of the year of attendance. The board
reserves the right to require any licensee or registrant to submit the
certificates of attendance for the continuing education courses attended as
further evidence of compliance for any year no more than four years
previously.
25.2(6) Licensees and registrants are
responsible for obtaining proof of attendance forms when attending courses.
Clock hours must be verified by the sponsor with the issuance of proof of
attendance forms to the licensee or registrant.
25.2(7) Each licensee or registrant shall file
a signed continuing education reporting form reflecting a
the required minimum of 30 number of continuing
education credit hours in compliance with this chapter and 650—Chapter
20. Such report shall be filed with the board at the time of application
for renewal of a dental or dental hygiene license or renewal of dental
assistant registration.
25.2(10) A licensed dental hygienist or registered
dental assistant shall furnish evidence of a valid
annual certification for cardiopulmonary resuscitation which
shall be credited toward the dental hygienist’s
continuing education requirement for renewal of a the
license or registration. Such evidence shall be filed at the time of
renewal of the license or registration. Credit hours awarded shall not
exceed six three continuing education credit hours per
biennium. Valid annual certification means certification by an
organization on an annual basis or, if that certifying organization requires
certification on a less frequent basis, evidence that the hygienist or dental
assistant has been properly certified for each year covered by the
license renewal period.
ITEM 14. Amend subrules 25.3(1), 25.3(2)
and 25.3(4) to 25.3(7) as follows:
25.3(1) It constitutes an organized program of
learning (including a workshop or symposium) which contributes directly to the
professional competency of the licensee or registrant; and
25.3(2) It pertains to common subjects or other
subject matters which relate integrally to the practice of dentistry,
or dental hygiene, or dental assisting which are
intended to refresh and review, or update knowledge of new or existing concepts
and techniques; and
25.3(4) Activity types acceptable for continuing
dental education credit may include:
a. Attendance at a multiday convention–type meeting. A
multiday, convention–type meeting is held at a national, state, or
regional level and involves a variety of concurrent educational experiences
directly related to the practice of dentistry. Effective July 1, 2000,
attendees shall receive three hours of credit with the maximum allowed six hours
of credit per biennium. Prior to July 1, 2000, attendees shall receive five
hours of credit with the maximum allowed ten hours of credit per biennium. Four
hours of credit shall be allowed for pres–entation of an original table
clinic at a convention–type meeting as verified by the sponsor when the
subject matter conforms with 25.3(7). Attendees at the table clinic session of
a dental, or dental hygiene, or dental assisting
convention shall receive two hours of credit as verified by the
sponsor.
b. to e. No change.
25.3(5) Prior approval of activities. An organization
or person other than an approved sponsor, which desires prior approval of a
course, program or other continuing education activity or who desires to
establish approval of the activity prior to attendance, shall apply for approval
to the board at least 90 days in advance of the commencement of the activity on
a form provided by the board. The board shall approve or deny the application.
The application shall state the dates, subjects offered, total hours of
instruction, names and qualifications of speakers and other pertinent
information. Applications may include the following:
a. Original presentation of continuing dental education
courses shall result in credit double that which the participant receives.
Credit will not be granted for repeating presentations within the biennium.
Credit is not given for teaching which represents part of the licensee’s
or registrant’s normal academic duties as a full–time or
part–time faculty member or consultant.
b. Publications of scientific articles in professional
dental, and dental hygiene, or dental assistant
related journals shall result in a maximum of 5 hours per article; maximum of 20
hours per biennium.
c. Home study activities shall result in a maximum of 6 hours
of credit per biennium; the licensee or registrant must
submit a written report of activity. Activity may include television viewing,
video programs, correspondence work or research.
25.3(6) Postapproval of activities. A licensee or
registrant seeking credit for attendance and participation in an educational
activity which was not conducted by an approved sponsor nor
or otherwise approved may submit to the board, within 60 days after
completion of such activity, its dates, subjects, instructors, and their
qualifications, the number of credit hours and proof of attendance therefor.
Within 90 days after receipt of such application the board shall advise the
licensee or registrant in writing by ordinary mail whether the activity
is approved and the number of hours allowed therefor. All requests may be
reviewed by the advisory committee on continuing education prior to final
approval or denial by the board. A licensee or registrant not complying
with the requirements of this paragraph may be denied credit for such
activity.
25.3(7) Subject matter acceptable for continuing
dental education credit:
a. No change.
b. Nonacceptable Unacceptable subject
matter includes personal development, business aspects of practice, personnel
management, government regulations, insurance, collective bargaining, and
community service presentations. While desirable, those subjects are not
applicable to the dental and dental hygiene
skills, knowledge, and competence as expressed in the
legislation. Therefore, such courses will receive no credit toward
relicensure renewal. The board may deny credit for any
course. Courses in patient treatment record keeping, risk management, and OSHA
regulations are acceptable subject matter.
ITEM 15. Amend subrule 25.4(3) as
follows:
25.4(3) The person or organization sponsoring
continuing education activities shall make a written record of the Iowa
licensees or registrants in attendance and send a signed copy of such
attendance record to the board office upon completion of the activity, but in no
case later than July 1 of even–numbered years. The report shall be sent
to the Iowa Board of Dental Examiners, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa 50309–4687.
ITEM 16. Amend rules 650—25.6(153)
to 650— 25.10(153) as follows:
650—25.6(153) Hearings. In the event of denial,
in whole or in part, of any application for approval of a continuing education
program or credit for continuing education activity, the applicant,
or licensee, or registrant shall have the right, within
20 days after the sending of the notification of the denial by ordinary mail, to
request a hearing which shall be held within 60 days after receipt of the
request for hearing. The hearing shall be conducted by the board or a qualified
hearing officer designated by the board. If the hearing is conducted by a
hearing officer, the hearing officer shall submit a transcript of the hearing
with the proposed decision of the hearing officer. The decision of the board or
decision of the hearing officer after adoption by the board shall be
final.
650—25.7(153) Waivers, extensions and
exemptions.
25.7(1) Waivers. The board may, in
individual cases involving physical disability or illness, grant waivers of the
minimum education requirements or extensions of time within which to fulfill the
same or make the required reports. No waiver or extension of time shall be
granted unless written application shall be is made on
forms provided by the board and signed by the licensee or registrant and
a physician licensed by the board of medical examiners. Waivers of the minimum
educational requirements may be granted by the board for any period of time not
to exceed one calendar year. In the event that the physical disability or
illness upon which a waiver has been granted continues beyond the period of the
waiver, the licensee or registrant must reapply for an extension of the
waiver. The board may, as a condition of the waiver granted, require the
applicant to make up a certain portion or all of the minimum educational
requirements waived by methods prescribed by the board.
25.7(2) Extensions or exemptions.
Extensions or exemptions of continuing education requirements will be considered
by the board on an individual basis. Licensees or registrants will be exempt
from the continuing education requirements for:
a. A dentist or dental hygienist licensed to
practice in this state shall be deemed to have complied with the continuing
education requirements of this state during periods Periods that
the person serves honorably on active duty in the military services, or
for;
b. periods Periods that the
person practices dentistry or dental hygiene the
person’s profession in another state or district having a continuing
education requirement for dentistry or dental hygiene and
the licensee or registrant meets all requirements of that state or
district for practice therein, or for;
c. periods Periods that the
dentist or dental hygienist person is a government
employee working in the person’s licensed or registered specialty
and assigned to duty outside the United States,;
or
d. for other Other periods of
active practice and absence from the state approved by the board.
650—25.8(153) Exemptions for inactive
practitioners. A licensee or registrant who is not engaged in
the practice in the state of Iowa, residing in or out of the
state of Iowa, may be granted a waiver of compliance and obtain a certificate of
exemption upon written application to the board. The application shall contain
a statement that the applicant will not engage in the practice of
dentistry or dental hygiene the applicant’s profession
in Iowa without first complying with all regulations governing reinstatement
after exemption. The application for a certificate of exemption shall be
submitted upon the form provided by the board.
650—25.9(153) Reinstatement of inactive
practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have been granted a waiver of
compliance with these regulations and obtained a certificate of exemption shall,
prior to engaging in the practice of dentistry, or
dental hygiene, or dental assisting in the state of Iowa, satisfy the
following requirements for reinstatement:
25.9(1) No change.
25.9(2) Furnish in the application evidence of one of
the following:
a. The full–time practice of dentistry or dental
hygiene the profession in another state of the United States or
the District of Columbia and completion of continuing education for each year of
inactive status substantially equivalent in the opinion of the board to that
required under the rules; or
b. Completion of a total number of hours of accredited
continuing education computed by multiplying 15 by the number of years a
certificate of exemption shall have been in effect for such
applicant a dentist or dental hygienist, or by multiplying 10 by the
number of years a certificate of exemption shall have been in effect for a
dental assistant; or
c. Successful completion of CRDTS or other Iowa state license
or registration examination conducted within one year immediately prior
to the submission of such application for reinstatement; or
d. The licensee or registrant may petition the board to
determine the continuing education credit hours required for reinstatement of
their the Iowa license or registration.
25.9(3) Applications must be filed with the board along
with the following:
a. Certification by the state board of dentistry or equivalent
authority in which applicant has engaged in the practice of dentistry or
dental hygiene the applicant’s profession that the
applicant has not been the subject of final or pending disciplinary
action.
b. Statement as to any claims, complaints, judgments or
settlements made with respect to the applicant arising out of the alleged
negligence or malpractice in rendering professional services as a
dentist, or dental hygienist, or dental
assistant.
650—25.10(153) Noncompliance with continuing dental
education requirements. It is the licensee’s or registrant’s
personal responsibility to comply with these rules. The license or
registration of individuals not complying with the continuing dental
education rules may be subject to disciplinary action by the board.
Inquiries relating to acceptability of continuing dental
education activities, approval of sponsors, or exemptions should be directed to:
Advisory Committee on Continuing Dental Education, Iowa Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa
50309–4687.
ITEM 17. Adopt new subrule
27.1(3) as follows:
27.1(3) Dental assistant ethics. Dental assistants
shall utilize the principles of professional dental and dental hygiene ethics
for guidance, and the laws and rules governing the practice of dental
assisting.
ITEM 18. Amend rules 650—27.5(153)
and 650— 27.6(153) as follows:
650—27.5(153) Use of auxiliary
personnel. Dentists shall protect the health of their patients by
only assigning to qualified auxiliaries
personnel only those duties which can be legally delegated.
Dentists shall supervise the work of all auxiliary personnel
working under their direction and control.
650—27.6(153) Evidence of incompetent
treatment.
27.6(1) Dentists Licensees or
registrants shall report to the board instances of gross or continual faulty
treatment by other dentists licensees or
registrants.
27.6(2) Dentists Licensees or
registrants may provide expert testimony when that testimony is essential to
a just and fair disposition of a judicial or administrative action.
ITEM 19. Amend rule
650—30.2(153), numbered paragraphs “1” to
“3,” as follows:
1. Revocation of license or registration.
2. Suspension of license or registration until further
order of the board or for a specified period.
3. Nonrenewal of license or registration.
ITEM 20. Amend rule
650—30.3(153), numbered paragraph “7,” as
follows:
7. Such other factors as may reflect upon the competency,
ethical standards and professional conduct of the licensee or
registrant.
ITEM 21. Amend rule
650—30.4(153) as follows:
Amend numbered paragraphs “1,” “2,”
“4,” “6,” “15,” “19,”
“21,” “22,” “24,” “30,”
“32,” “34,” and “39” as
follows:
1. Fraud or deceit in procuring a resident dentist license,
faculty permit, or license to practice dentistry or dental hygiene, or
registration as a dental assistant, whether by examination or credentials.
Fraud or deceit shall mean any false or misleading statement of a material fact
or omission of information required to be disclosed.
2. Fraud or deceit in renewing a resident dentist license,
faculty permit, or other license to practice dentistry or dental hygiene, or
registration as a dental assistant, including but not limited to false or
misleading statements concerning continuing education required for
renewal.
4. Conviction of a felony if the felony
conviction relates to the practice of dentistry or dental
hygiene the profession.
6. Practicing dentistry, or dental
hygiene, or dental assisting while in a state of advanced physical or
mental disability where such disability renders the licensee or
registrant incapable of performing professional services or impairs
functions of judgment necessary to the practice.
15. Engaging in the practice of dentistry,
or dental hygiene, or dental assisting in Iowa after
failing to renew a license or registration to practice in Iowa within 90
days of expiration of the license or registration.
19. Encouraging, assisting or enabling the unauthorized
practice of dentistry, dental hygiene, or dental assisting in any
manner.
21. Failure to prominently display the name
names of all persons who are practicing dentistry, dental hygiene, or
dental assisting within an office.
22. Employment of or permitting an unlicensed
dentist or unregistered person to practice dentistry,
dental hygiene, or dental assisting.
24. Failure to report any of the following:
Any acts or omissions which could result in the suspension or
revocation of a license or registration when committed by a person
licensed or registered to practice dentistry, or
dental hygiene, or dental assisting.
Every adverse judgment in a professional malpractice action to
which the licensee or registrant was a party.
Every settlement of a claim against the licensee or
registrant alleging malpractice.
30. Knowingly submitting a false continuing education
reporting form or failure to meet the continuing education requirements for
renewal of an active license or registration.
32. Failure to report a license or registration
revocation, suspension or other disciplinary action taken by a licensing
authority of another state, territory or country within 30 days of the final
action by the licensing authority. A stay by an appellate court shall not
negate this requirement; however, if the disciplinary action is overturned or
reversed by a court of last resort, the report shall be expunged from the
records of the board when the board is so notified.
34. Engaging in the practice of dentistry,
or dental hygiene, or dental assisting with an expired
or inactive renewal.
39. Knowingly making misleading, deceptive, untrue or
fraudulent representations in the practice of the licensee’s or
registrant’s profession or engaging in unethical conduct or practice
harmful or detrimental to the public. Proof of actual injury need not be
established.
Adopt the following new numbered
paragraphs:
43. Practicing beyond training.
44. Delegating any acts to any licensee or registrant that are
beyond the training or education of the licensee or registrant, or that are
otherwise prohibited by rule.
ITEM 22. Amend rule 650—31.1(272C)
as follows:
650—31.1(272C) Complaint review. The board
shall, upon receipt of a complaint, or may upon its own motion, pursuant to
other evidence received by the board, review and investigate alleged acts or
omissions which the board reasonably believes constitute cause under applicable
law or administrative rule for licensee or registrant discipline. All
complaints regarding the practice of dental hygiene will be initially directed
to the dental hygiene committee. The committee shall review the complaint and
make a recommendation to the board.
ITEM 23. Amend rule
650—31.2(153), numbered paragraph “2,” as
follows:
2. The full name, address, and telephone number of the
licensee or registrant.
ITEM 24. Amend rule 650—31.6(153)
as follows:
650—31.6(153) Board appearances. The board may
request a licensee or registrant to appear before the board to discuss a
pending investigation. By electing to participate in the board appearance, the
licensee or registrant waives any objection to a board member’s
both participating in the appearance and later participating as a decision maker
in a contested case proceeding on the grounds of a personal investigation and a
combination of investigative and adjudicative functions. If the executive
director participates in the appearance, the licensee or registrant
further waives any objection to having the executive director assist the
board in the contested case proceeding.
ITEM 25. Amend subrules 31.7(1) and
31.7(3) as follows:
31.7(1) The board shall determine which peer review
committee will review a case involving a dentist or dental assistant and
what complaints or other matters shall be referred to a peer review committee
for investigation, review, and report to the board. The board may use the peer
review committee system organized under the dental care programs council of the
Iowa dental association, a peer review committee system organized by the Iowa
dental assistants association, or a specifically constituted peer review
committee designated by the board for matters involving dentists or dental
assistants.
31.7(3) The Iowa dental association,
and the Iowa dental hygienists’ association and the
Iowa dental assistants association shall register yearly and keep current
their peerreview systems with the board. Board or dental hygiene
committee–appointed peer Peer review committee members
shall be registered with the board when appointed.
ITEM 26. Amend rules
650—31.10(272C) to 650— 31.14(272C) as follows:
650—31.10(272C) Confidentiality of investigative
files. Complaint files, investigation files, all other investigation
reports, and other investigative information in the possession of the board or
peer review committee acting under the authority of the board or its employees
or agents which relate to licensee or registrant discipline shall be
privileged and confidential, and shall not be subject to discovery, subpoena, or
other means of legal compulsion for their release to any person other than the
licensee or registrant and the board, its employees and agents involved
in licensee or registrant discipline, or be admissible in evidence in any
judicial or administrative proceeding other than the proceeding involving
licensee or registrant discipline. However, a final written decision and
finding of fact of the board in a disciplinary proceeding shall be public
record.
650—31.11(272C) Reporting of judgments or
settlements. Each licensee or registrant shall report to the board
every adverse judgment in a malpractice action to which the licensee or
registrant is a party and every settlement of a claim against the licensee
or registrant alleging malpractice. The report together with a copy of
the judgment or settlement must be filed with the board within 30 days from the
date of said judgment or settlement.
650—31.12(272C) Investigation of reports of
judgments and settlements. Reports received by the board from the
commissioner of insurance, insurance carriers and licensees or registrants
involving adverse judgments in a professional malpractice action, and
settlement of claims alleging malpractice, shall be reviewed and investigated by
the board in the same manner as is prescribed in these rules for the review and
investigation of complaints.
650—31.13(272C) Reporting acts or omissions.
Each licensee or registrant having knowledge of acts or omissions set
forth in rule 650—30.4(153) shall report to the board those acts or
omissions when committed by another person licensed or registered by the
board. The report shall include the name and address of the licensee or
registrant and the date, time and place of the incident.
650—31.14(272C) Failure to report licensee or
registrant. Upon obtaining information that a licensee or registrant
failed to file a report required by rule 31.13(272C) within 30 days from the
date the licensee or registrant acquired the information, the board may
initiate a disciplinary proceeding against the licensee or registrant who
failed to make the required report.
ITEM 27. Amend rule 650—32.2(153)
as follows:
650—32.2(153) Mediation authorized. The board
has the authority to provide for mediation of disputes between licensees or
registrants and their patients when requested by either party or recommended
by the board and agreed to by the parties.
32.2(1) The board may recommend for mediation those
cases that are appropriate, which could include, but are not limited to, cases
involving fee disputes.
32.2(2) The board’s referral of a matter to
mediation shall not preclude the board from taking disciplinary action against
the affected licensee or registrant. There is no obligation that the
licensee or registrant participate in mediation and the licensee or
registrant shall not be subject to disciplinary action for failure to
participate in a board recommended mediation.
ITEM 28. Amend subrules 32.3(1) and
32.3(2) as follows:
32.3(1) Subsequent to an investigation by the board,
the board may recommend mediation to address a dispute between a licensee or
registrant and a patient.
32.3(2) If mediation is recommended by the board, the
board shall notify the licensee or registrant, the patient and a
mediation center of the recommendation within 30 days.
ITEM 29. Amend rule
650—33.1(252J,598) as follows:
Amend the following definitions:
“Certificate” means a document known as a
certificate of noncompliance which is provided by the child support unit
certifying that the named licensee or registrant is not in compliance
with a support order or with a written agreement for payment of support entered
into by the child support unit and the licensee or registrant.
“Denial notice” means a board notification denying
an application for the issuance or renewal of a license or registration
as required by the Act.
“Revocation or suspension notice” means a board
notification suspending a license or registration for an indefinite or
specified period of time or a notification revoking a license or registration
as required by the Act.
“Withdrawal certificate” means a document known as
a withdrawal of a certificate of noncompliance provided by the child support
unit certifying that the certificate is withdrawn and that the board may proceed
with issuance, reinstatement, or renewal of a license or
registration.
Adopt the following new definition in
alphabetical order:
“Registration” means registration to practice as a
dental assistant trainee, registered dental assistant, or expanded function
dental assistant.
ITEM 30. Amend rules
650—33.2(252J,598) and 650— 33.3(252J,598) as follows:
650—33.2(252J,598) Issuance or renewal of a
license or registration—denial. The board shall deny the
issuance or renewal of a license or registration upon the receipt of a
certificate from the child support unit. This rule shall apply in addition to
the procedures set forth in the Act.
33.2(1) Service of denial notice. Notice shall be
served upon the licensee, registrant, or applicant by certified mail,
return receipt requested; by personal service; or through authorized
counsel.
33.2(2) Effective date of denial. The effective date
of the denial of issuance or renewal of a license or registration, as
specified in the denial notice, shall be 60 days following service of the denial
notice upon the licensee, registrant, or applicant.
33.2(3) Preparation and service of denial notice. The
executive director of the board is authorized to prepare and serve the denial
notice upon the licensee, registrant, or applicant.
33.2(4) Licensee, registrant, or applicant
responsible to inform board. Licensees, registrants, and applicants
shall keep the board informed of all court actions, and all child support unit
actions taken under or in connection with the Act and shall provide the board
copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with
the district court pursuant to the Act, all court orders entered in such
actions, and any withdrawal of certificates issued by the child support
unit.
33.2(5) Reinstatement following license or
registration denial. All board fees required for application, license or
registration renewal, or license or registration reinstatement shall
be paid by licensees, registrants, or applicants before a license or
registration will be issued, renewed, or reinstated after the board has
denied the issuance or renewal of a license or registration pursuant to
the Act.
33.2(6) Effect of filing in district court. In the
event a licensee, registrant, or applicant files a timely district court
action following service of a board notice, the board shall continue with the
intended action described in the denial notice upon the receipt of a court order
lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the board to
proceed. For purposes of determining the effective date of the denial of the
issuance or renewal of a license or registration, the board shall count
the number of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the
action was disposed of by the court.
33.2(7) Final notification. The board shall notify
the licensee, registrant, or applicant in writing through regular
first–class mail, or such other means as the board determines appropriate
in the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the denial of the
issuance or renewal of a license or registration, and shall similarly
notify the licensee, registrant, or applicant if the license or
registration is issued or renewed following the board’s receipt of a
withdrawal certificate.
650—33.3(252J,598) Suspension or revocation of a
license or registration. The board shall suspend or revoke a license
or registration upon the receipt of a certificate from the child support
unit according to the procedures set forth in the Act. This rule shall apply in
addition to the procedures set forth in the Act.
33.3(1) Service of revocation or suspension notice.
Revocation or suspension notice shall be served upon the licensee or
registrant by certified mail, return receipt requested; by personal service;
or through authorized counsel.
33.3(2) Effective date of revocation or suspension.
The effective date of the suspension or revocation of a license or
registration, as specified in the revocation or suspension notice, shall be
60 days following service of the revocation or suspension notice upon the
licensee or registrant.
33.3(3) Preparation and service of revocation or
suspension notice. The executive director of the board is authorized to prepare
and serve the revocation or suspension notice upon the licensee or registrant
and is directed to notify the licensee or registrant that the license
or registration will be suspended unless the license or registration
is already suspended on other grounds. In the event that the license or
registration is on suspension, the executive director shall notify the
licensee or registrant of the board’s intention to revoke the
license or registration.
33.3(4) Licensee or registrant responsible to
inform board. The licensee or registrant shall keep the board informed
of all court actions, and all child support unit action taken under or in
connection with the Act, and shall provide the board copies, within seven
days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the district court
pursuant to the Act, all court orders entered in such actions, and any
withdrawal certificates issued by the child support unit.
33.3(5) Reinstatement following license or
registration suspension or revocation. A licensee or registrant
shall pay all board fees required for license or registration renewal or
license reinstatement before a license or registration
will be reinstated after the board has suspended a license or
registration pursuant to the Act.
33.3(6) Effect of filing in district court. In the
event a licensee or registrant files a timely district court action
pursuant to the Act and following service of a revocation or suspension notice,
the board shall continue with the intended action described in the revocation or
suspension notice upon the receipt of a court order lifting the stay, dismissing
the action, or otherwise directing the board to proceed. For purposes of
determining the effective date of the suspension or revocation, the board shall
count the number of days before the action was filed and the number of days
after the action was disposed of by the court.
33.3(7) Final notification. The board shall notify
the licensee or registrant in writing through regular first–class
mail, or such other means as the board determines appropriate in the
circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the suspension or
revocation of a license or registration, and shall similarly notify the
licensee or registrant if the license or registration is
reinstated following the board’s receipt of a withdrawal
certificate.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
252J.1 to 252J.9 and chapter 598.
ITEM 31. Amend rule
650—34.1(261), definition of “certificate of
noncompliance,” as follows:
“Certificate of noncompliance” means written
certification from the college student aid commission to the licensing authority
certifying that the licensee or registrant has defaulted on an obligation
owed to or collected by the commission.
ITEM 32. Amend rules 650—34.2(261)
and 650— 34.3(261) as follows:
650—34.2(261) Issuance or renewal of a license or
registration—denial. The board shall deny the issuance or renewal
of a license or registration upon receipt of a certificate of
noncompliance from the college student aid commission according to the
procedures set forth in Iowa Code sections 261.121 to 261.127. In addition to
those procedures, this rule shall apply.
34.2(1) The notice required by Iowa Code section
261.126 shall be served by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested,
or by personal service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure.
Alternatively, the applicant, registrant, or licensee may accept service
personally or through authorized counsel.
34.2(2) The effective date of the denial of the
issuance or renewal of a license or registration, as specified in the
notice required by Iowa Code section 261.126, shall be 60 days following service
of the notice upon the applicant, registrant, or licensee.
34.2(3) The board’s executive director is
authorized to prepare and serve the notice required by Iowa Code section 261.126
upon the applicant, registrant, or licensee.
34.2(4) Applicants, registrants, and licensees
shall keep the board informed of all court actions and all college student aid
commission actions taken under or in connection with Iowa Code chapter 261 and
shall provide the board copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all
applications filed with the district court pursuant to Iowa Code section
261.127, all court orders entered in such actions, and withdrawals of
certificates of noncompliance by the college student aid commission.
34.2(5) All board fees required for application,
license or registration renewal or license or registration
reinstatement must be paid by applicants, registrants, or licensees,
and all continuing education requirements must be met before a license or
registration will be issued, renewed, or reinstated after the board has
denied the issuance or renewal of a license or registration pursuant to
Iowa Code chapter 261.
34.2(6) In the event an applicant, registrant,
or licensee timely files a district court action following service of a board
notice pursuant to Iowa Code sections 261.126 and 261.127, the board shall
continue with the intended action described in the notice upon the receipt of a
court order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the
board to proceed. For purposes of determining the effective date of the denial
of the issuance or renewal of a license or registration, the board shall
count the number of days before the action was filed and the number of days
after the action was disposed of by the court.
34.2(7) The board shall notify the applicant,
registrant, or licensee in writing through regular first–class mail,
or such other means as the board deems appropriate in the circumstances, within
ten days of the effective date of the denial of the issuance or renewal of a
license or registration, and shall similarly notify the applicant,
registrant, or licensee when the license or registration is issued or
renewed following the board’s receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate
of noncompliance.
650—34.3(261) Suspension or revocation of a license
or registration. The board shall suspend or revoke a license or
registration upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the college
student aid commission according to the procedures set forth in Iowa Code
sections 261.121 to 261.127. In addition to those procedures, the following
shall apply:
34.3(1) The notice required by Iowa Code section
261.126 shall be served by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested,
or by personal service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure.
Alternatively, the licen–see or registrant may accept service
personally or through authorized counsel.
34.3(2) The effective date of revocation or suspension
of a license or registration, as specified in the notice required by Iowa
Code section 261.126, shall be 60 days following service of the notice upon the
licensee or registrant.
34.3(3) The executive director is authorized to
prepare and serve the notice required by Iowa Code section 261.126 and is
directed to notify the licensee or registrant that the license or
registration will be suspended, unless the license or registration is
already suspended on other grounds. In the event a license or registration
is on suspension, the executive director shall notify the licensee or
registrant of the board’s intention to revoke the license or
registration.
34.3(4) Licensees and registrants shall keep
the board informed of all court actions and all college student aid commission
actions taken under or in connection with Iowa Code chapter 261 and shall
provide the board copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all
applications filed with the district court pursuant to Iowa Code section
261.127, all court orders entered in such actions, and withdrawals of
certificates of noncompliance by the college student aid commission.
34.3(5) All board fees required for license or
registration renewal or reinstatement must be paid by licensees and
registrants, and all continuing education requirements must be met before a
license or registration will be renewed or reinstated after the board has
suspended or revoked a license or registration pursuant to Iowa Code
chapter 261.
34.3(6) In the event a licensee or registrant
timely files a district court action following service of a board notice
pursuant to Iowa Code sections 261.126 and 261.127, the board shall continue
with the intended action described in the notice upon the receipt of a court
order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the board
to proceed. For purposes of determining the effective date of the denial of the
issuance or renewal of a license or registration, the board shall count
the number of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the
action was disposed of by the court.
34.3(7) The board shall notify the licensee or
registrant in writing through regular first–class mail, or such other
means as the board deems appropriate in the circumstances, within ten days of
the effective date of the suspension or revocation of a license or
registration, and shall similarly notify the licensee or registrant
when the license or registration is reinstated following the
board’s receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of
noncompliance.
ARC 0038B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76 and 2000
Iowa Acts, House File 686, the Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to rescind Chapter 20, “Auxiliary Personnel,” and
adopt a new Chapter 20, “Dental Assistants,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This amendment implements 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 686,
which mandates that beginning July 1, 2001, a person shall not practice as a
dental assistant unless the person has registered with the Board and received a
certificate of registration. This amendment establishes a scope of practice for
dental assistants, categories of dental assistants, registration requirements,
procedures for the denial of registration and appeal of a denial, examination
requirements, procedures for renewal, and continuing education requirements.
The Board is required to adopt rules by January 1, 2001, to implement 2000 Iowa
Acts, House File 686.
The rules do not provide for waivers in specific circumstances
because the statute requires all dental assistants to be registered with the
Board beginning July 1, 2001.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendment on or before August 29, 2000. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Agency Rules Administrator, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may be sent to jhart@bon.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on August 29, 2000, from
1 to 3 p.m. in the Board of Dental Examiners Conference Room, 400 S.W. 8th
Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to
give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to
the subject of the amendment. Any person who plans to attend the public hearing
and who may have special requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments,
should contact the Board and advise of specific needs.
This amendment was approved at the July 20, 2000, regular
meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147, 153, and 272C and 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 686.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 650—Chapter 20 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 20
DENTAL ASSISTANTS
650—20.1(153,78GA,HF686) Registration required.
A person shall not practice on or after July 1, 2001, as a dental assistant
unless the person has registered with the board and received a certificate of
registration pursuant to this chapter.
650—20.2(153,78GA,HF686) Definitions. As used
in this chapter:
“Dental assistant” means any person who, under the
supervision of a dentist, performs any extraoral services including infection
control, dental radiography, or the use of hazardous materials or performs any
intraoral services on patients.
“Direct supervision” means that the dentist is
present in the treatment facility, but it is not required that the dentist be
physically present in the treatment room while the dental assistant is
performing acts assigned by the dentist.
“General supervision” means that a dentist has
delegated the services to be provided by a dental assistant. The dentist need
not be present in the facility while these services are being
provided.
“Personal supervision” means the dentist is
physically present in the treatment room to oversee and direct the services of
the dental assistant.
650—20.3(153,78GA,HF686) Scope of
practice.
20.3(1) In all instances, a dentist assumes
responsibility for determining, on the basis of diagnosis, the specific
treatment patients will receive and which aspects of treatment may be delegated
to qualified personnel as authorized in these rules.
20.3(2) A lawfully licensed dentist may delegate to a
dental assistant those procedures for which the dental assistant has received
training. This delegation shall be based on the best interests of the patient.
The dentist shall exercise supervision and shall be fully responsible for all
acts performed by a dental assistant. A dentist may not delegate to a dental
assistant any of the following:
a. Diagnosis, examination, treatment planning, or
prescription, including prescription for drugs and medicaments or authorization
for restorative, prosthodontic or orthodontic appliances.
b. Surgical procedures on hard and soft tissues within the
oral cavity and any other intraoral procedure that contributes to or results in
an irreversible alteration to the oral anatomy.
c. Administration of local anesthesia.
d. Placement of sealants.
e. Removal of any plaque, stain, or hard natural or synthetic
material except by toothbrush, floss, or rubber cup coronal polish, or removal
of any calculus.
f. Dental radiography, unless the assistant is qualified
pursuant to 650—Chapter 22.
g. Those procedures that require the professional judgment and
skill of a dentist.
20.3(3) A dental assistant may perform duties
consistent with these rules under the supervision of a licensed dentist. The
specific duties dental assistants may perform are based upon:
a. The education of the dental assistant.
b. The experience of the dental assistant.
c. An agreement with the supervising dentist whose goal for
the team is to promote the efficiency of dental services consistent with the
highest possible standards of dental care for the patient.
650—20.4(153,78GA,HF686) Categories of dental
assistants. There are three categories of dental assistants. Both the
supervising dentist and dental assistant are responsible for maintaining
documentation of training. Such documentation must be maintained in the office
of practice and shall be provided to the board upon request.
20.4(1) Dental assistant trainee. Dental
assistant trainees are all individuals who have received no prior training or
experience in dental assisting, but who will learn the necessary skills under
the personal supervision of a licensed dentist. The dental assistant trainee
shall meet the following requirements:
a. Within 60 days of employment, the dental assistant trainee
shall successfully complete courses of study and examinations in the areas of
infection control, hazardous waste and jurisprudence. The courses of study
shall be prior approved by the board and sponsored by a school accredited by the
Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association.
b. After satisfactorily completing six consecutive months of
work as a dental assistant, the trainee or dentist must apply to the board for
the trainee to be reclassified as a registered dental assistant.
20.4(2) Registered dental assistant. A registered
dental assistant may perform under general supervision all extraoral duties in
the dental office or dental clinic that are assigned by the dentist that are
consistent with these rules. During intraoral procedures, the registered dental
assistant may, under direct supervision, assist the dentist in performing duties
assigned by the dentist that are consistent with these rules. The registered
dental assistant may take radiographs if certified pursuant to 650—Chapter
22.
20.4(3) Expanded function dental assistant. An
expanded function dental assistant may perform, under direct supervision,
intraoral procedures for which the dental assistant has successfully completed
formal training sponsored by a board–approved program accredited by the
Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association or other
program approved by the board. All expanded function duties must be assigned by
the dentist and be consistent with these rules. Examples of expanded function
dental assistant duties include, but are not limited to, the monitoring of
nitrous oxide inhalation analgesia, temporization of crowns, placement and
removal of temporary restorations, placement of periodontal dressings, taking
impressions for dental appliances, and bite registrations.
650—20.5(153,78GA,HF686) Registration requirements
prior to July 2, 2001.
20.5(1) A person employed as a dental assistant as of
July 1, 2001, shall be registered with the board as a registered dental
assistant without meeting the application requirements specified in
20.6(153,78GA,HF686), provided the application is postmarked by July 1,
2001.
20.5(2) Applications for registration prior to July 2,
2001, must be filed on official board forms and include the following:
a. The fee as specified in 650—Chapter 15.
b. Evidence of current employment as a dental assistant as
demonstrated by a signed statement from the applicant’s
employer.
c. Evidence of current certification in dental radiography
pursuant to 650—Chapter 22 if engaging in dental radiography.
20.5(3) Applications must be signed and verified by
the applicant as to the truth of the documents and statements contained
therein.
650—20.6(153,78GA,HF686) Registration requirements
after July 1, 2001. Effective July 2, 2001, dental assistants must meet the
following requirements for registration:
20.6(1) Dental assistant trainee.
a. The employer of a dental assistant trainee must notify the
board in writing of such employment within seven days of the time the dental
assistant begins work.
b. Applications for registration as a dental assistant trainee
must be filed on official board forms and include the following:
(1) The fee as specified in 650—Chapter 15.
(2) Evidence of high school graduation.
(3) Evidence the applicant is 18 years of age or
older.
(4) Any additional information required by the board relating
to the character and experience of the applicant as may be necessary to pass
upon the applicant’s qualifications.
c. Within 60 days of employment, the dental assistant trainee
is required to successfully complete board–approved courses of study and
an examination in the areas of infection control, hazardous materials and
jurisprudence. Evidence of meeting this requirement shall be submitted within
60 days by the employer dentist.
20.6(2) Registered dental assistant.
a. To meet this qualification, a person must:
(1) Work in a dental office for six months as a dental
assistant trainee; or
(2) Have had at least six consecutive months of prior dental
assisting experience under a licensed dentist within the past two years;
or
(3) Be a graduate of a postsecondary dental assisting
program.
b. Applications for registration as a registered dental
assistant must be filed on official board forms and include the
following:
(1) The fee as specified in 650—Chapter 15.
(2) Evidence of meeting one of the requirements specified in
20.6(2)“a.”
(3) Evidence of successful completion of courses of study
approved by the board and sponsored by a school accredited by the Commission on
Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association in the areas of
infection control, hazardous materials, and jurisprudence.
(4) Evidence of a board–approved examination in the
areas of infection control, hazardous materials, and jurisprudence.
(5) Evidence of meeting the qualifications of
650—Chapter 22 if engaging in dental radiography.
(6) Evidence of current certification in cardiopulmonary
resuscitation sponsored by a nationally recognized provider.
(7) Any additional information required by the board relating
to the character, education and experience of the applicant as may be necessary
to pass upon the applicant’s qualifications.
20.6(3) Expanded function dental assistant.
a. To meet the qualification of expanded function dental
assistant, applicants must:
(1) Have two years of experience as a registered dental
assistant; or
(2) Be a certified dental assistant as defined by the Dental
Assisting National Board with six months of dental assisting experience;
and
(3) Have successfully completed a formal program in one or
more expanded functions within the previous two years of application as an
expanded function dental assistant or documentation of equivalent
out–of–state registration or education.
b. Applicants for registration as a registered expanded
function dental assistant must be filed on official board forms along
with:
(1) The fee as specified in 650—Chapter 15.
(2) Evidence of meeting the qualifications specified in
20.6(3)“a.”
(3) Evidence of meeting the qualifications of
650—Chapter 22 if engaging in dental radiography.
(4) Evidence of current certification in cardiopulmonary
resuscitation sponsored by a nationally recognized provider.
(5) Evidence of successful completion of a formal program in
one or more expanded functions sponsored by a school accredited by the
Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association or a
program approved by the board.
(6) Any additional information required by the board relating
to the character, education and experience of the applicant as may be necessary
to pass upon the applicant’s qualifications.
c. An expanded function dental assistant is limited to
performing only those expanded duties for which the assistant has been trained
within the limits of these rules.
20.6(4) All applications must be signed and verified
by the applicant as to the truth of the documents and statements contained
therein.
650—20.7(153,78GA,HF686) Registration denial.
The board may deny an application for registration as a dental assistant for any
of the following reasons:
1. Failure to meet the requirements for registration as
specified in these rules.
2. Pursuant to Iowa Code section 147.4, upon any of the
grounds for which registration may be revoked or suspended as specified in
650—Chapter 30.
650—20.8(147,153,78GA,HF686) Registration
denied—appeal procedure. An applicant who has been denied
registration by the board may appeal the denial and request a hearing on the
issues related to the registration denial by serving a notice of the appeal and
request for hearing upon the executive director not more than 30 days following
the date of the mailing of the notification of registration denial to the
applicant or not more than 30 days following the date upon which the applicant
was served notice if notification was made in the manner of service of an
original notice. The hearing and subsequent procedures shall be considered a
contested case hearing and shall be governed by the procedures outlined in
650—Chapter 51.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.3,
147.4 and 147.29.
650—20.9(153,78GA,HF686) Examination
requirements. Beginning July 2, 2001, applicants for registration must
successfully pass an examination approved by the board on infection control,
hazardous waste, and jurisprudence.
20.9(1) Examinations approved by the board are those
administered by the board or board’s approved testing centers or the
Dental Assisting National Board Infection Control Examination, if taken after
June 1, 1991, in conjunction with the board–approved jurisprudence
examination.
20.9(2) Information on taking the examination may be
obtained by contacting the board office at 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite D, Des
Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
20.9(3) An examinee must meet such other requirements
as may be imposed by the board’s approved dental assistant testing
centers.
20.9(4) A dental assistant trainee must successfully
pass the examination within 60 days of the first date of employment. A dental
assistant trainee who does not successfully pass the examination within 60 days
shall be prohibited from working in a dental office or clinic until the
examination has been passed in accordance with these rules.
20.9(5) A score of 75 or better on the board
infectioncontrol/hazardous material section and a score of 75 or better on the
board jurisprudence section shall be considered successful completion of the
examination. The board accepts the passing standard established by the Dental
Assisting National Board for applicants who take the Dental Assisting National
Board Infection Control Examination.
650—20.10(153,78GA,HF686) System of retaking dental
assistant examinations.
20.10(1) Second examination.
a. On the second examination attempt, a dental assistant shall
be required to obtain a score of 75 percent or better on each section of the
examination.
b. A dental assistant examinee who fails the second
examination will be required to complete the remedial education requirements set
forth in subrule 20.10(2).
20.10(2) Third and subsequent examinations.
a. Prior to the third examination attempt, a dental assistant
examinee must submit proof of additional formal education in the area of the
examination failure in a program approved by the board or sponsored by a school
accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental
Association.
b. A dental assistant who fails the examination on the third
attempt may not practice as a dental assistant in a dental office or clinic
until additional remedial education approved by the board has been
obtained.
c. For the purposes of additional study prior to retakes, the
fourth or subsequent examination failure shall be considered the same as the
third.
650—20.11(153,78GA,HF686) Renewal of
registration. A certificate of registration as a registered dental
assistant or expanded function dental assistant must be renewed
biennially.
20.11(1) The board will notify each registrant by mail
of the expiration of the registration.
20.11(2) Application for renewal must be made in
writing to the board at least 30 days before the current registration
expires.
20.11(3) The appropriate fee as specified in
650—Chapter 15 shall accompany the application for renewal. A penalty
shall be assessed by the board for late renewal.
20.11(4) Failure to renew the registration by June 30
shall result in assessment of a late fee of $20 in addition to the renewal fee.
Failure to renew by July 30 shall result in assessment of a late fee of $40.
Failure to renew by August 30 following expiration shall result in assessment of
a late fee of $60. Failure to renew a registration prior to September 30
following expiration shall cause the license to lapse and become invalid. A
registrant whose license has lapsed and become invalid is prohibited from
practicing as a dental assistant until the registration is reinstated in
accordance with 650—14.5(153).
20.11(5) Completion of continuing education is
required for renewal of an active registration. Failure to comply will
automatically result in an inactive renewal.
20.11(6) In order to renew a registration, the
registrant shall be required to furnish evidence of valid certification in a
nationally recognized course in cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
20.11(7) The board may refuse to renew a registration
in accordance with 650—14.3(153).
650—20.12(153,78GA,HF686) Continuing education.
Beginning July 1, 2001, each person registered as a dental assistant shall
complete 20 hours of continuing education approved by the board during the
biennium period as a condition of registration renewal.
20.12(1) At least two continuing education hours must
be in the subject area of infection control and at least one hour must be in the
subject area of jurisprudence.
20.12(2) A maximum of three hours may be in
cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
20.12(3) For dental assistants who have a special
endorsement in radiography, at least two hours of continuing education must be
obtained in the subject area of radiography.
650—20.13(252J,261) Receipt of certificate of
noncompliance. The board shall consider the receipt of a certificate of
noncompliance from the college student aid commission pursuant to Iowa Code
sections 261.121 to 261.127 and 650—Chapter 34 or receipt of a certificate
of noncompliance of a support order from the child support recovery unit
pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 252J and 650—Chapter 33. Registration
denial or denial of renewal of registration shall follow the procedures in the
statutes and board rules as set forth in this rule.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 252J and
sections 261.121 to 261.127.
650—20.14(153) Unlawful practice. A dental
assistant who assists a dentist in practicing dentistry in any capacity other
than as a person supervised by a dentist in a dental office, or who directly or
indirectly procures a licensed dentist to act as nominal owner, proprietor or
director of a dental office as a guise or subterfuge to enable such dental
assistant to engage directly or indirectly in the practice of dentistry, or who
performs dental service directly or indirectly on or for members of the public
other than as a person working for a dentist shall be deemed to be practicing
dentistry without a license.
650—20.15(153) Advertising and soliciting of dental
services prohibited. Dental assistants shall not advertise, solicit,
represent or hold themselves out in any manner to the general public that they
will furnish, construct, repair or alter prosthetic, orthodontic or other
appliances, with or without consideration, to be used as substitutes for or as
part of natural teeth or associated structures or for the correction of
malocclusions or deformities, or that they will perform any other dental
service.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 153
and 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 686.
ARC 0035B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to rescind Chapter 20, “ACE PIAP Program,” and adopt
a new Chapter 20, “Accelerated Career Education Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed new rules implement the Accelerated Career
Education (ACE) Program authorized by Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G as
amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439, and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2453. The rules establish guidelines, application procedures, and evaluation
criteria for the capital costs and program job credits components of the ACE
program.
Public comments concerning the proposed new chapter will be
accepted until 5 p.m. on August 29, 2000. Interested persons may submit written
or oral comments by contacting Mike Fastenau, Business Finance, Department of
Economic Development, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone
(515)242–4831.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendments will be held on August 29, 2000, at 2 p.m. at the above address in
the IDED main conference room.
These rules were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are
published herein as ARC 0034B. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439, and 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2453.
ARC 0031B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to adopt Chapter 42, “Rural Resource Coordination Programs
for Fire Services,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed new rules establish the purpose and criteria for
eligibility and selection for funding under two programs: the Response 2020
Program and the Dry Hydrant Program. Both of these programs are intended to
meet the fire and emergency response needs of Iowa communities.
Public comments concerning the proposed new chapter will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on August 29, 2000. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting Sue Lambertz, Division of Community and
Rural Development, Department of Economic Development, 200 East Grand Avenue,
Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515)242–4922.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed new
chapter will be held on August 29, 2000, at 10 a.m. at the above address in the
Northwest Conference Room located on the second floor. Individuals interested
in providing comments at the hearing should contact Sue Lambertz by 4 p.m. on
August 28, 2000, to be placed on the hearing agenda.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
15.108(3) and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2453, section 4, subsection 3, and
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2428, section 1, subsection 3, paragraph
“c.”
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 42
RURAL RESOURCE COORDINATION PROGRAMS FOR FIRE
SERVICES
261—42.1(78GA,SF2428,SF2453) Purpose. This
chapter includes provisions for two programs, Response 2020 and dry hydrants
grant program. The purpose of Response 2020 is to assist fire and emergency
response departments in the planning, assessment and evaluation of local
emergency response services and to support systems to improve service delivery
though financial and technical assistance. During fiscal year 2001, up to
$200,000 of funding is available to support rural dry hydrant demonstration
projects across the state.
261—42.2(78GA,SF2428,SF2453) Program
eligibility. Cities, counties, and councils of government may apply on
behalf of fire and emergency response departments for these funds. Resource
conservation and development councils may apply for dry hydrant funds only.
Requests for funding under the dry hydrant program must be made by a consortium
of fire departments in order to be considered.
261—42.3(78GA,SF2428,SF2453) Award
limits.
42.3(1) For Response 2020 projects, the maximum grant
award shall not exceed $15,000 over a period not to exceed one year.
42.3(2) For the dry hydrant grant program, the maximum
grant award shall be $12,500 per each applicant region. A maximum of $2,500 per
dry hydrant may be requested.
a. The award amount for dry hydrant projects shall be used for
the following activities including, but not limited to: approved training and
education in site selection, hydrant location and water acquisition; and the
proper use, installation and maintenance of the hydrants.
b. Fire departments requesting funding must obtain a
certification of training in dry hydrants from the State of Iowa Community Fire
Service Institute or another approved training entity. The review committee
established in rule 42.6(78GA,SF2428,SF2453) must approve any training entity
other than the State of Iowa Community Fire Service Institute proposed for use
under this program.
42.3(3) All applicants must provide 25 percent match
for the project. Match may be cash, in–kind services or a combination of
the two.
261—42.4(78GA,SF2428, SF 2453) Eligible uses of
funds.
42.4(1) Eligible uses of funds for the Response 2020
program include, but are not limited to:
a. Procurement of consultants to assist in planning and
assessment.
b. Payment for the costs associated with technical
assistance.
c. Purchase of materials necessary to complete an eligible
project.
42.4(2) Dry hydrants grant program. Eligible uses of
funds for the dry hydrants grant program include, but are not limited to:
purchase of dry hydrant equipment, installation, training and education on the
use of dry hydrants.
261—42.5(78GA,SF2428,SF2453) Application
procedures. Applications will be requested at least annually on a date to
be determined by the department of economic development based on availability of
funds. Applications must be submitted on forms prescribed by and available from
the department of economic development. Forms may be obtained by contacting the
Iowa Department of Economic Development, Division of Community and Rural
Development, 200 East Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50309, or by calling (515)
242–4711.
42.5(1) Application contents shall include, but are
not limited to: summary of project, description of geographic area served,
information about each service included in the project area, financial
information (such as organization budget, tax levies, volunteer staff, and paid
personnel).
42.5(2) Application materials must be postmarked by
midnight on the established due date. No faxed materials will be
accepted.
261—42.6(78GA,SF2428,SF2453) Application review.
Applications will be reviewed by a team of no fewer than five members selected
from the following organizations: Iowa department of economic development, Iowa
Fireman’s Association, state fire marshal, Iowa Fire Chiefs Association,
Iowa State University Extension, Iowa League of Cities, Iowa Association of
Counties, Institute of Public Affairs–University of Iowa, Iowa department
of public health.
42.6(1) Scoring criteria for proposals. Applications
will be ranked on the following criteria:
a. Demonstrated need in a given area. Identify proposed
service area and show that the area is serviceable by the departments in the
area – 125 points possible.
b. Evidence of cooperation and collaboration among neighboring
departments – 125 points possible.
c. Evidence of local financial and volunteer commitment to the
project – 50 points possible.
d. Evidence of capacity of applicant to implement any
resulting action plan – 100 points possible.
e. Completeness of application with all necessary attachments
included – 50 points possible.
42.6(2) Additional information needed for dry hydrant
grant program. Before an application under the dry hydrant grant program will
be reviewed and scored using the criteria in subrule 42.6(1), the following
threshold requirements shall be met:
a. Identification of proposed service area and evidence that
it is serviceable by applicant organizations.
b. Evidence of availability of suitable, accessible water
source in proposed project area.
c. Demonstrated cooperation and participation among applicant
departments and other affected entities within the project area.
261—42.7(78GA,SF2428,SF2453) Disbursement of
funds. Upon the execution of a contract between the award recipient and the
department of economic development, recipients may request funds on a
reimbursement basis for funds awarded under the Response 2020 program. For
funds awarded to dry hydrant projects, 50 percent of the funds may be paid in
advance of completed work activities subject to approval by the department of
revenue and finance. Remaining funds will be paid by the department of economic
development upon receipt of the following: certification of training, proof of
installation, and submission of a work plan to maintain the dry
hydrants.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
15.208(3) and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2453, section 4, subsection 3, and
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2428, section 1, subsection 3, paragraph
“c.”
ARC 0032B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 57, “Value–Added Agricultural
Products and Proc–esses Financial Assistance Program (VAAPFAP),”
Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments add a definition of “loan
guarantee,” adopt a new subrule that determines the percent of loan and
forgivable loan or grant funds to be included in an award, and rescind the
subrule that established the interest rate to be charged for a loan and the
repayment terms of an award.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendments will be
accepted until 5 p.m. on August 29, 2000. Interested persons may submit written
or oral comments by contacting Paul Stueckradt, Iowa Department of Economic
Development, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone
(515)242–4897.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendments will be held on August 29, 2000, at 1 p.m. at the above address in
the Business Finance Conference Room on the first floor.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
15E.111 and 15E.112.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
261—57.2(15E) by adopting the following new
definition in alphabetical order:
“Loan guarantee” means a guarantee of all or part
of a loan made by a commercial lender. Payment of all or a portion of the loan
guarantee will occur if the business defaults on its repayment of the loan,
provided that the lender has exhausted customary legal remedies in an attempt to
secure repayment from the borrower.
ITEM 2. Rescind subrule 57.6(2) and adopt
the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
57.6(2) Amount.
a. Grants, forgivable loans, and loans shall generally be
awarded on the basis of the following:
Total Amount of Award
|
Loan %
|
Grant or Forgivable Loan %
|
$0 – 20,000
|
0%
|
100%
|
$20,001 – 150,000
|
50%
|
50%
|
$150,001 – 250,000
|
60%
|
40%
|
$250,001 – 350,000
|
70%
|
30%
|
$350,001 – 450,000
|
80%
|
20%
|
$450,001 and above
|
100%
|
0%
|
b. The department reserves the right to provide a higher
percentage of loan than indicated above. A higher percentage of grant or
forgivable loan may be provided at the discretion of the department director
upon a finding that the company being assisted would not be viable without such
consideration.
ITEM 3. Rescind subrule
57.6(3).
ARC 0052B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.103A, the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 64, “Wastewater Construction and Operation Permits,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment establishes the pilot project authorized by
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2430, section 18. This legislation authorizes the
Department to establish a pilot project to refund fees paid to the Department
for issuance of authorizations to discharge storm water under general permits if
the authorization is not sent to the applicant within a time period customary
for such authorizations.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendments on or before September 1, 2000. Written comments
should be directed to Storm Water Coordinator, Iowa Department of Natural
Resources, Wallace State Office Building, 502 E. 9th Street, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0034; fax (515)281–8895.
Also, there will be a public hearing on September 1, 2000, at
1:30 p.m. in the Fifth Floor Conference Room of the Wallace State Office
Building at which time persons may present their views either orally or in
writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
amendments.
Any persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have
special requirements such as hearing or mobility impairments should contact the
Department of Natural Resources and advise of specific needs.
This amendment was also Adopted and Filed Emergency and is
published herein as ARC 0051B. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
455B, division I.
ARC 0021B
HUMAN RIGHTS
DEPARTMENT[421]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 17A.3, the
Department of Human Rights gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 2,
“Public Records and Fair Information Practices,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The amendment of Chapter 2 shall update the Department’s
rules on public records and fair information practices.
The Department believes these amendments will bring its fair
information practices rules into compliance with the requirements of Iowa Code
chapter 22, which requires that state agencies have in their rules a list of
records that will be maintained as confidential and that agencies identify
records containing personally identifiable information. Records that did not
previously exist, or have been ruled as confidential by Iowa courts, must be
added to the list whenever there is a change in the status of the record or when
the record first appears. This procedure serves to keep the Department’s
list accurate for the public’s information.
The proposed amendments serve to update the Department’s
list of rules which are either confidential or contain personally identifiable
information. Consequently, the Department’s rules will more accurately
reflect the records over which it has custody.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the amendments through August 29, 2000. Such written suggestions or comments
should be directed to the Director, Department of Human Rights, Lucas State
Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
Persons are also invited to present oral or written
suggestions or comments at a public hearing which shall be held on August 29,
2000, at 10 a.m. in the Director’s Conference Room, Department of Human
Rights, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons
shall be asked to confine their remarks to the subjects of the
amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A and 22.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 421—2.13(22) as
follows:
421—2.13(22) Availability of records.
2.13(1) General. Agency records are open for public
inspection and copying unless otherwise provided by rule or law.
2.13(2) Confidential records. The following records
may be withheld from public inspection.
a. Information pertaining to clients receiving advocacy or
referral services. (1988 Iowa Acts, House File 2255 Iowa
Code section 216A.6);
b. Tax records made available to the agency. (Iowa Code
sections 422.20 and 422.72);
c. Records which are exempt from disclosure under Iowa Code
section 22.7;
d. Minutes of closed meetings of a government body. (Iowa
Code section 21.5(4));
e. Identifying details in final orders, decisions and opinions
to the extent required to prevent a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal
privacy under Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“d”;
f. Those portions of agency staff manuals, instructions or
other statements excluded from the definition of “rule.” (Iowa Code
section 17A.2(7)“f”);
g. Records which constitute an attorney work product,
attorney–client communications, or which are otherwise privileged. (Iowa
Code sections 22.7(4), 622.10, and 622.11, and chapter
622B);
h. Any other records made confidential by
law.
h. Records received from other agencies pursuant to Iowa
Code section 216A.136 that are confidential under state or federal
law;
i. Personal information in personnel files including, but
not limited to, evaluations, discipline, social security number, home address,
gender, birth date, and medical and psychological evaluations.
j. Any other records made confidential by
law.
2.13(3) Authority to release confidential records.
The agency may have discretion to disclose some confidentialrecords which are
exempt from disclosure under Iowa Code section 22.7 or other law. Any person
may request permission to inspect records withheld from inspection under a
statute which authorizes limited or discretionary disclosure as provided in rule
2.4(22). If the agency initially determines that it will release such records,
the agency may, where appropriate, notify interested parties and withhold the
records from inspection as provided in subrule 2.4(3).
ITEM 2. Amend rule 421—2.14(22) by
adopting the following new subrule:
2.14(5) Criminal and juvenile justice information
obtained from other agencies.
a. The agency maintains files containing criminal and juvenile
justice information obtained from other agencies to conduct research and
evaluations, to provide data and analytical information to federal, state and
local governments, and to assist other agencies in the use of criminal and
juvenile justice data. These files may contain personally identifiable
information.
b. The agency maintains these records pursuant to the
authority of Iowa Code sections 216A.136 and 216A.138 and by interagency
agreements.
c. The information is maintained on paper, some of which is
also in computer files, or in computer files and not on paper, or on a data
processing system. Some of these files and systems are capable of matching,
collating or permitting the comparison of some personally identifiable
information.
d. Certain criminal and juvenile justice information contained
within these records and record systems is confidential under state or federal
law or rule.
ARC 0008B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 217.6 and 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 13, subsection 2, paragraph
“a,” and section 44, the Department of Human Services proposes to
amend Chapter 52, “Payment,” and Chapter 177, “In–Home
Health Related Care,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments increase the maximum and flat State
Supplementary Assistance (SSA) residential care facility (RCF) and in–home
health related care (IHHRC) reimbursement rate. The maximum RCF reimbursement
rate will be increased from $24.26 to $24.50 per day. The flat RCF
reimbursement rate will be increased from $17.36 to $17.50 per day. The monthly
IHHRC reimbursement rate will be increased from $466.49 to $471.06.
The Seventy–eighth General Assembly directed that the
Department may take actions to meet the federal pass–along requirement
mandated by Title XVI of the Social Security Act, Section 1618, if necessary.
These rate increases are necessary to meet the federal pass–along
requirements for calendar year 2000.
In order to comply with the federal pass–along
requirement in calendar year 2000, Iowa’s total SSA expenditures must be
at least $19,575,651. Based on current projections, the Department projects
that calendar year 2000 may be short of this required spending level. Current
projections indicate that a 0.98 percent increase in the RCF and IHHRC
reimbursement rates is necessary to ensure compliance with the pass–along
requirement in calendar year 2000. This spending shortfall is attributable to a
decline in in–home health–related care usage.
These amendments do not provide for waiver in specified
situations because they confer a benefit and are required to meet the federal
pass–along requirement, as mandated by the legislature. Individuals may
request a waiver of the monthly IHHRC reimbursement under the Department’s
general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(217).
The substance of these amendments is also Adopted and Filed
Emergency and is published herein as ARC 0009B. The purpose of this
Notice is to solicit comment on that submission, the subject matter of which is
incorporated by reference.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or
before August 30, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
249.3(2) and 249.4 and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 13, subsection
2, paragraph “a.”
ARC 0040B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135B.7, the
Department of Inspections and Appeals hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 51, “Hospitals,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment removes an unnecessary responsibility
from the Iowa Administrative Code. Current administrative rules require
hospitals to submit a copy of their medical staff roster annually to the
Department of Public Health. After consulting with the Hospital Licensing
Board, the Iowa Hospital Association and the Department of Public Health, the
Department deems a portion of this subrule to be unnecessary. On March 2, 2000,
the Hospital Licensing Board approved the removal of this requirement from the
Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules are not subject to waiver because hospital rules
establish minimum standards.
Interested persons may make written comments or suggestions on
the proposed amendment on or before August 29, 2000. Written materials should
be addressed to the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals, Lucas State
Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0083,
or faxed to (515)242–6863. E–mail may be sent to
jkomos@dia.state.ia.us.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
135B.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subrule 51.5(1) as follows:
51.5(1) A roster of medical staff members shall be
kept, and a copy of the roster shall be reported annually to the state
department of public health.
ARC 0016B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Termination
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135C.14, the
Department of Inspections and Appeals terminates the rule making initiated by
its Notice of Intended Action published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on
February 9, 2000, as ARC 9657A, proposing to amend Chapter 57,
“Residential Care Facilities,” and Chapter 58, “Nursing
Facilities,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Notice proposed to correct a numerical reference made to
the Iowa Code and update language pertaining to choice of physician and pharmacy
in residential care facilities and nursing facilities.
The Department is terminating the rule making commenced in
ARC 9657A and will renotice the proposed amendments after the Department
has further reviewed the implications of the proposed amendments.
ARC 0015B
PHARMACY EXAMINERS
BOARD[657]
Notice of Termination
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.4 and
147.76, the Board of Pharmacy Examiners hereby terminates the rule making
initiated by its Notice of Intended Action published in the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin on December 15, 1999, as ARC 9541A, proposing to amend Chapter
1, “Purpose and Organization,” Chapter 3, “License Fees,
Renewal Dates, Fees for Duplicate Licenses and Certification of Examination
Scores,” Chapter 4, “Pharmacist–Intern Registration and
Minimum Standards for Evaluating Practical Experience,” Chapter 6,
“General Pharmacy Licenses,” Chapter 7, “Hospital Pharmacy
Licenses,” Chapter 15, “Correctional Facility Pharmacy
Licenses,” Chapter 16, “Nuclear Pharmacy,” and Chapter 19,
“Nonresident Pharmacy Licenses,” Iowa Administrative Code, and to
adopt new Chapter 34, “Uniform Rules for Waivers and
Variances.”
The Notice proposed to rescind the Board’s current rule
regarding procedures for petitions for waiver or variance from rules, to adopt
uniform rules regarding petitions for waiver or variance from provisions of
Board rules, and to change references directing persons to the appropriate
rules. The proposed amendments were in response to Executive Order Number
11.
The Board is terminating the rule making commenced in ARC
9541A due to the provision in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b”
requiring that the Board, within 180 days of filing Notice of Intended Action,
adopt or terminate proposed rule making. That period expired June 12, 2000. In
addition, recent legislative action has prompted the revision of proposed
uniform rules for waivers and variances from administrative rules. Such
revision is expected to require significant changes to the Board’s rules
as proposed in ARC 9541A. The Board intends, after review of legislation
and proposed new uniform rules, to again file Notice of Intended Action
regarding this subject.
ARC 0043B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.53, the
Professional Licensure Division hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt
Chapter 18, “Waivers or Variances from Administrative Rules,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
This chapter allows for waivers or variances in compliance
with 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2206, and is being proposed by the Division to
save duplication in each individual board’s administrative
rules.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed chapter no later than September 6, 2000, addressed to Rosalie Steele,
Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
A public hearing will be held on September 6, 2000, from 1 to
3 p.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building,
Des Moines, Iowa, at which time persons may present their views either orally or
in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
proposed rules.
The Division has determined that the rules will have favorable
impact on small business within the meaning of Iowa Code Supplement section
17A.4A(2)“b.”
This amendment is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, House
File 2206, Iowa Code chapter 17A as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, and
Iowa Code chapters 21, 22, 147 and 272C.
The following new chapter is proposed:
CHAPTER 18
WAIVERS OR VARIANCES
FROM ADMINISTRATIVE
RULES
645—18.1(17A,147,272C) Definition. For
purposes of this chapter:
“Board” means a particular professional
licensing board in the division of professional licensure.
“Waiver or variance” means action by the board
which suspends in whole or in part the requirements or provisions of a rule as
applied to an identified person on the basis of the particular circumstances of
that person. For simplicity, the term “waiver” shall include both a
“waiver” and a “variance.”
645—18.2(17A,147,272C) Scope of chapter. This
chapter outlines generally applicable standards and a uniform proc–ess for
the granting of individual waivers from rules adopted by the board in situations
where no other more specifically applicable law provides for waivers. To the
extent another more specific provision of law governs the issuance of a waiver
from a particular rule, the more specific provision shall supersede this chapter
with respect to any waiver from that rule.
645—18.3(17A,147,272C) Applicability of chapter.
The board may only grant a waiver from a rule if the board has jurisdiction over
the rule and the requested waiver is consistent with applicable statutes,
constitutional provisions, or other provisions of law. The board may not waive
requirements created or duties imposed by statute.
645—18.4(17A,147,272C) Criteria for waiver or
variance. In response to a petition completed pursuant to rule
645—18.6(17A,147,272C), the board may in its sole discretion issue an
order waiving in whole or in part the requirements of a rule if the board finds,
based on clear and convincing evidence, all the following:
1. The application of the rule would impose an undue hardship
on the person for whom the waiver is requested;
2. The waiver from the requirements of the rule in the
specific case would not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any
person;
3. The provisions of the rule subject to the petition for a
waiver are not specifically mandated by statute or another provision of law;
and
4. Substantially equal protection of public health, safety,
and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the
particular rule for which the waiver is requested.
645—18.5(17A,147,272C) Filing of petition. A
petition for a waiver must be submitted in writing to the board, as
follows:
18.5(1) License application. If the petition relates
to a license application, the petition shall be made in accordance with the
filing requirements for the license in question and submitted to the board
administrator.
18.5(2) Contested cases. If the petition
relates to a pending contested case, the petition shall be filed in the
contested case proceeding, using the caption of the contested case, and
submitted to the board administrator.
18.5(3) Other. If the petition does not relate to a
license application or a pending contested case, the petition may be submitted
to the board’s administrator.
645—18.6(17A,147,272C) Content of petition. A
petition for waiver shall include the following information where applicable and
known to the requester:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the person or
entity for which a waiver is being requested, and the case number of any related
contested case.
2. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver is requested.
3. The specific waiver requested, including the precise scope
and duration.
4. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver under each of the four criteria described in
645—18.4(17A,147,272C). This statement shall include a signed statement
from the petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts provided in the
petition, and a statement of reasons that the petitioner believes will justify a
waiver.
5. A history of any prior contacts between the board and the
petitioner relating to the regulated activity or license affected by the
proposed waiver, including a description of each affected license held by the
requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or investigative
reports relating to the regulated activity or license within the last five
years.
6. Any information known to the requester regarding the
board’s treatment of similar cases.
7. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question,
or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any person or
entity that would be adversely affected by the grant of a petition.
9. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver.
10. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the board with information relevant
to the waiver.
645—18.7(17A,147,272C) Additional information.
Prior to issuing an order granting or denying a waiver, the board may request
additional information from the petitioner relative to the petition and
surrounding circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case,
the board may, on its own motion or at the petitioner’s request, schedule
a telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner and the
board’s administrator, a committee of the board, or a quorum of the
board.
645—18.8(17A,147,272C) Notice. The board shall
acknowledge a petition upon its receipt in the board administrator’s
office. The board shall ensure that notice of the pending petition and a concise
summary of its contents have been provided to all persons to whom notice is
required by any provision of law within 30 days of the receipt of the petition.
In addition, the board may give notice to other persons. To accomplish this
notice provision, the board may require the petitioner to serve the notice on
all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law, and provide a
written statement to the board attesting that notice has been
provided.
645—18.9(17A,147,272C) Hearing procedures. The
provisions of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case
hearings shall apply to any petition for a waiver filed within a contested case,
and shall otherwise apply to agency proceedings for a waiver only when the board
so provides by rule or order or is required to do so by statute.
645—18.10(17A,147,272C) Ruling. An order
granting or denying a waiver shall be in writing and shall contain a reference
to the particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the order
pertains, a statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is
based, and a description of the precise scope and duration of the waiver if one
is issued.
18.10(1) Board discretion. The final decision on
whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver shall be made at the
sole discretion of the board, upon consideration of all relevant factors. Each
petition for a waiver shall be evaluated by the board based on the unique,
individual circumstances set out in the petition.
18.10(2) Burden of persuasion. The burden of
persuasion rests with the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing
evidence that the board should exercise its discretion to grant a waiver from a
board rule.
18.10(3) Narrowly tailored. A waiver, if granted,
shall provide the narrowest exception possible to the provisions of a
rule.
18.10(4) Administrative deadlines. When the rule from
which a waiver is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the board shall
balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with the overall
goal of uniform treatment of all similarly situated persons.
18.10(5) Conditions. The board may place any
condition on a waiver that the board finds desirable to protect the public
health, safety, and welfare.
18.10(6) Time period of waiver. A waiver shall not be
permanent unless the petitioner can show that a temporary waiver would be
impracticable. If a temporary waiver is granted, there is no automatic right to
renewal. At the sole discretion of the board, a waiver may be renewed if the
board finds that grounds for a waiver continue to exist.
18.10(7) Time for ruling. The board shall grant or
deny a petition for a waiver as soon as practicable but, in any event, shall do
so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees to a later date.
However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the board shall grant or
deny the petition no later than the time at which the final decision in that
contested case is issued.
18.10(8) When deemed denied. Failure of the board to
grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the board. However, the board shall remain
responsible for issuing an order denying a waiver.
18.10(9) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this chapter shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains, and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
645—18.11(17A,147,272C) Public availability.
All orders granting or denying a waiver petition shall be indexed, filed, and
available for public inspection as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.3.
Petitions for a waiver and orders granting or denying a waiver petition are
public records under Iowa Code chapter 22. Some petitions or orders may
contain information the board is authorized or required to keep confidential.
The board may accordingly redact confidential information from petitions or
orders prior to public inspection.
645—18.12(17A,147,272C) Summary reports.
Semiannually, each board shall prepare a summary report identifying the rules
for which a waiver has been granted or denied, the number of times a waiver was
granted or denied for each rule, a citation to the statutory provisions
implemented by these rules, and a general summary of the reasons justifying the
board’s actions on waiver requests. If practicable, the report shall
detail the extent to which the granting of a waiver has affected the general
applicability of the rule itself. Copies of this report shall be available for
public inspection and shall be provided semiannually to the administrative rules
coordinator and the administrative rules review committee.
645—18.13(17A,147,272C) Cancellation of a
waiver. A waiver issued by a board pursuant to this chapter may be
withdrawn, canceled, or modified if, after appropriate notice and hearing, the
board issues an order finding any of the following:
1. The petitioner or the person who was the subject of the
waiver order withheld or misrepresented material facts relevant to the propriety
or desirability of the waiver; or
2. The alternative means for ensuring that the public health,
safety and welfare will be adequately protected after issuance of the waiver
order have been demonstrated to be insufficient; or
3. The subject of the waiver order has failed to comply with
all conditions contained in the order.
645—18.14(17A,147,272C) Violations. Violation
of a condition in a waiver order shall be treated as a violation of the
particular rule for which the waiver was granted. As a result, the recipient of
a waiver under this chapter who violates a condition of the waiver may be
subject to the same remedies or penalties as a person who violates the rule at
issue.
645—18.15(17A,147,272C) Defense. After the
board issues an order granting a waiver, the order is a defense within its
terms and the specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom the order
pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be
invoked.
645—18.16(17A,147,272C) Judicial review.
Judicial review of a board’s decision to grant or deny a waiver petition
may be taken in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 17A. Any appeal to district
court shall be taken within 30 days from the date of issuance of the decision by
the board pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.19.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, House
File 2206.
ARC 0012B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135.105A, the
Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 70, “Lead Professional Certification,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Iowa Code section 135.105A directs the Department of Public
Health to establish a program for the training and certification of lead
inspectors and lead abaters and states that a person shall not perform lead
abatement or lead inspections unless the person has completed a training program
approved by the Department and has obtained certification. Property owners are
required to be certified only if the property in which they will perform lead
inspections or lead abatement is occupied by a person other than the owner or a
member of the owner’s immediate family while the measures are being
performed. A person may be certified as both a lead inspector and a lead
abater. However, a person who is certified as both shall not provide both
inspection and abatement services at the same site unless a written consent or
waiver, following full disclosure by the person, is obtained from the owner or
manager of the site. Iowa’s law stipulates that it could take effect only
after the Department of Public Health obtained authorization from the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) for its program to train and certify lead
inspectors and abaters. Iowa’s program was authorized by the U.S. EPA on
July 13, 1999.
The proposed amendments incorporate EPA’s final comments
on Iowa’s regulations, add definitions and other provisions to clarify the
regulations, and add provisions to assist housing rehabilitation agencies and
public housing authorities in complying with U.S. Department of Housing and
Urban Development (HUD) regulations that become effective on September 15, 2000.
EPA has informed the Department that these regulations must
incorporate provisions for the certification of firms that conduct
lead–based paint activities in addition to the certification of
individuals, so these provisions have been added to these regulations.
To clarify the current regulations, the Department has added
definitions for “clearance testing,” “composite
sampling,” and “elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency,”
and modified the definition of “firm.” In addition, the Department
has added several subjects that are customarily included in training courses to
the required content for these courses. The Department has added provisions to
clarify that the elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor training
course builds on the lead inspector/risk assessor course and that the lead
inspector/risk assessor course builds on the visual risk assessor course.
Therefore, visual risk assessor training can be upgraded to lead inspector/risk
assessor training and lead inspector/risk assessor training can be upgraded to
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor training if a training
provider chooses to offer courses consisting of the additional topics needed for
the upgraded training. In addition, the project designer course builds on the
lead abatement contractor course, and the lead abatement contractor course
builds on the lead abatement worker course. Lead abatement worker training can
be upgraded to lead abatement contractor training and lead abatement contractor
training can be upgraded to project designer training if a training provider
chooses to offer courses consisting of the additional topics needed for the
upgraded training. The Department has added provisions to consider applications
for certification as a lead professional from individuals who have been
certified in other states. The Department has clarified the procedures for lead
abatement contractors to notify the Department prior to beginning a lead
abatement project. Finally, the Department has added work practice standards
for clearance testing.
The Department has added a number of provisions to assist
housing rehabilitation agencies and public housing authorities in complying with
HUD regulations that become effective on September 15, 2000. The Iowa
Department of Economic Development, local housing rehabilitation agencies, and
public housing authorities have asked the Department to make these changes to
the regulations. The Department has added a definition of “clearance
testing” and changed the definition of “lead–contaminated
dust” to reflect that activities conducted pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340 must
comply with the dust lead levels contained in this federal regulation. The
definition of “lead professional” has been modified to include
clearance testing. The Department has added definitions for “ongoing
maintenance,” “paint stabilization,”
“rehabilitation,” and “standard treatments,” and has
modified the definition of “visual inspection for clearance
testing.” The Department has added four hours of training time and
several additional topics to the requirements for the visual risk assessor
training course and has clarified the procedures for previously certified visual
risk assessors to upgrade their certifications to meet the new requirements. By
adding all of these provisions, employees of housing rehabilitation agencies and
public housing authorities can comply with 24 CFR 35.1340 by completing 20 hours
of training and becoming certified as a visual risk assessor. Without these new
provisions, employees of housing rehabilitation agencies and public housing
authorities would need to complete 40 hours of training and become certified as
lead inspector/risk assessors to comply with 24 CFR 35.1340.
The Department has determined that these rules are not subject
to waiver or variance because Iowa’s program must be as protective as the
U.S. EPA regulations which do not allow variances or waivers.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or
comments on the proposed amendments received on or before August 29, 2000. Such
written materials should be sent to the Lead Poisoning Prevention Program,
Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa,
50319; E–mail rgergely@idph.state.ia.us; fax (515)
281–4529.
Also, there will be a public hearing on August 29, 2000, at 10
a.m. (local Iowa time) over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN) at which time
persons may present their views. The sites for the public hearing are as
follows:
• A–H–S–T
High School ICN Classroom
768 South Maple
Avoca, Iowa
• Belmond–Klemme High
School ICN Classroom
411 10th Avenue NE
Belmond, Iowa
• Iowa Department of Public
Health
ICN Room
6th Floor, Lucas Building
Des Moines, Iowa
• Mormon Trail Jr–Sr
High School
ICN Classroom
Main Street
Garden Grove, Iowa
• Lone Tree Jr–Sr High
School
ICN Classroom
303 South Devoes Street
Lone Tree, Iowa
• Office of Educational
Services
ICN Room
Archdiocesan Pastoral Center
1229 Mount Loretta
Dubuque, Iowa
• Sergeant Bluff–Luton
Senior High School
ICN Classroom
Port Neal Road
Sergeant Bluff, Iowa
• Waverly–Shell Rock
Community High School
ICN Classroom
1405 4th Avenue SW
Waverly, Iowa
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
135.105A.
The following amendments are proposed.
Amend 641—Chapter 70 as follows:
CHAPTER 70
LEAD PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION
641—70.1(135) Applicability. Prior to March 1,
2000, this chapter applies to all persons who are certified lead professionals
in Iowa. Beginning March 1, 2000, this chapter applies to all persons who are
lead professionals in Iowa. While this chapter requires lead professionals to
be certified and establishes specific requirements for how to perform
lead–based paint activities if a property owner, manager, or occupant
chooses to undertake them, nothing in this chapter requires a property owner,
manager, or occupant to undertake any particular lead–based paint
activity.
641—70.2(135) Definitions.
“Adequate quality control” means a plan or design
which ensures the authenticity, integrity, and accuracy of samples, including
dust, soil, and paint chip or paint film samples. Adequate quality control also
includes provisions for representative sampling.
“Approved course” means a course that has been
approved by the department for the training of lead professionals.
“Certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection
agency” means an agency that has met the requirements of
641—70.5(135) and that has been certified by the department.
“Certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk
assessor” means a person who has met the requirements of
641—70.5(135) for certification or interim certification and who has been
certified by the department.
“Certified firm” means a firm that has met the
requirements of 641—70.5(135) for certification and has been certified by
the department.
“Certified lead abatement contractor” means a
person who has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) for certification or
interim certification and who has been certified by the department.
“Certified lead abatement worker” means a person
who has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) and who has been certified
by the department.
“Certified lead inspector/risk assessor” means a
person who has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) for certification or
interim certification and who has been certified by the department.
“Certified lead professional” means a person who
has been certified by the department as a lead inspector/risk assessor, elevated
blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, lead abatement contractor, lead
abatement worker, project designer, or visual risk assessor.
“Certified project designer” means a person who
has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) for certification or interim
certification and who has been certified by the department.
“Certified visual risk assessor” means a person
who has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) and who has been certified
by the department.
“Child–occupied facility” means a building,
or portion of a building, constructed prior to 1978, visited by the same child
under the age of six years, on at least two different days within any week
(Sunday through Saturday period, provided that each day’s visit lasts at
least three hours and the combined weekly visits last at least six hours).
Child–occupied facilities may include, but are not limited to,
day–care centers, preschools, and kindergarten classrooms.
“Clearance levels” means values that indicate the
maximum amount of lead permitted in dust on a surface following completion of an
abatement activity. These values are 100 micrograms per square foot on floors,
500 micrograms per square foot on windowsills, and 800 micrograms per square
foot on window troughs.
“Clearance testing” means an activity conducted
following interim controls, lead abatement, paint stabilization, standard
treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation to
determine that the hazard reduction activities are complete and that no
lead–contaminated soil or lead–contaminated dust exists in the
dwelling unit or worksite. Clearance testing includes a visual assessment, the
collection and analysis of environmental samples, the interpretation of sampling
results, and the preparation of a report.
“Common area” means a portion of the building that
is generally accessible to all occupants. This includes, but is not limited to,
hallways, stairways, laundry and recreational rooms, playgrounds, community
centers, garages, and boundary fences.
“Component” or “building component”
means specific design or structural elements or fixtures of a building,
residential dwelling, or child–occupied facility that are distinguished
from each other by form, function, and location. These include, but are not
limited to, interior components such as ceilings, crown moldings, walls, chair
rails, doors, door trim, floors, fireplaces, radiators and other heating units,
shelves, shelf supports, stair treads, stair risers, stair stringers, newel
posts, railing caps, balustrades, windows and trim (including sashes, window
heads, jambs, sills or stools and troughs), built–in cabinets, columns,
beams, bathroom vanities, countertops, and air conditions; and exterior
components such as painted roofing, chimneys, flashing, gutters and downspouts,
ceilings, soffits, fascias, rake boards, cornerboards, bulkheads, doors and door
trim, fences, floors, joists, latticework, railings and railing caps, siding,
handrails, stair risers and treads, stair stringers, columns, balustrades,
windowsills or stools and troughs, casing, sashes and wells, and air
conditioners.
“Composite sample” means the collection of more
than one sample of the same medium (e.g., dust, soil, or paint) from the same
type of surface (e.g., floor, interior windowsill, or window trough) such that
multiple samples can be analyzed as a single sample.
“Containment” means a process to protect workers
andthe environment by controlling exposures to the lead–contaminated dust
and debris created during an abatement.
“Course agenda” means an outline of the key topics
to be covered during a training course, including the time allotted to teach
each topic.
“Course test” means an evaluation of the overall
effectiveness of the training which shall test the trainees’ knowledge and
retention of the topics covered during the course.
“Course test blueprint” means written
documentation identifying the proportion of course test questions devoted to
each major topic in the course curriculum.
“Department” means the Iowa department of public
health.
“Deteriorated paint” means paint that is cracking,
flaking, chipping, peeling, or otherwise separating from the substrate of a
building component.
“Discipline” means one of the specific types or
categories of lead–based paint activities identified in this chapter for
which individuals may receive training from approved courses and become
certified by the department. For example, “lead inspector/risk
assessor” is a discipline.
“Distinct painting history” means the application
history, as indicated by its visual appearance or a record of application, over
time, of paint or other surface coatings to a component or room.
“Documented methodologies” means methods or
protocols used to sample for the presence of lead in paint, dust, and
soil.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) child” means any child
who has had one venous blood lead level greater than or equal to 20 micrograms
per deciliter or at least two venous blood lead levels of 15 to 19 micrograms
per deciliter.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection” means an
inspection to determine the sources of lead exposure for an elevated blood lead
(EBL) child and the provision within ten working days of a written report
explaining the results of the investigation to the owner and occupant of the
residential dwelling or child–occupied facility being inspected and to the
parents of the elevated blood lead (EBL) child.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency”
means an agency that employs or contracts with individuals who perform elevated
blood lead (EBL) inspections. Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agencies may
also employ or contract with individuals who perform other lead–based
paint activities.
“Encapsulant” means a substance that forms a
barrier between lead–based paint and the environment using a
liquid–applied coating (with or without reinforcement materials) or an
adhesively bonded coating material.
“Encapsulation” means the application of an
encapsulant.
“Enclosure” means the use of rigid, durable
construction materials that are mechanically fastened to the substrate in order
to act as a barrier between lead–based paint and the
environment.
“Firm” means a company, partnership, corporation,
sole proprietorship, association, or other business entity, other than an
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency, that performs or offers to
perform lead–based paint activities.
“Guest instructor” means an individual designated
by the training program manager or principal instructor to provide instruction
specific to the lecture, hands–on work activities, or work practice
components of a course.
“Hands–on skills assessment” means an
evaluation which tests the trainees’ ability to satisfactorily perform the
work practices and procedures identified in 641—70.6(135), as well as any
other skill taught in a training course.
“Hazardous waste” means any waste as defined in 40
CFR 261.3.
“Interim controls” means a set of measures
designed to temporarily reduce human exposure or likely exposure to
lead–based paint hazards, including repairing deteriorated
lead–based paint, specialized cleaning, maintenance, painting, temporary
containment, ongoing monitoring of lead–based paint hazards or potential
hazards, and the establishment and operation of management and resident
education programs.
“Lead abatement” means any measure or set of
measures designed to permanently eliminate lead–based paint hazards in a
residential dwelling or child–occupied facility. Abatement includes, but
is not limited to, (1) the removal of lead–based paint and
lead–contaminated dust, the permanent enclosure or encapsulation of
lead–based paint, the replacement of lead–painted surfaces or
fixtures, and the removal or covering of lead–contaminated soil and (2)
all preparation, cleanup, disposal, and postabatement clearance testing
activities associated with such measures. Lead abatement specifically includes,
but is not limited to, (1) projects for which there is a written contract or
other documentation, which provides that an individual will be conducting
activities in or to a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility that
shall result in or are designed to permanently eliminate lead–based paint
hazards, (2) projects resulting in the permanent elimination of lead–based
paint hazards, (3) projects resulting in the permanent elimination of
lead–based paint hazards that are conducted by firms or individuals who,
through their company name or promotional literature, represent, advertise, or
hold themselves out to be in the business of performing lead–based paint
abatement, and (4) projects resulting in the permanent elimination of
lead–based paint that are conducted in response to an abatement order.
Abatement does not include renovation, remodeling, landscaping, or other
activities, when such activities are not designed to permanently eliminate
lead–based paint hazards, but, instead, are designed to repair, restore,
or remodel a given structure or dwelling, even though these activities may
incidentally result in a reduction or elimination of lead–based paint
hazards. Furthermore, abatement does not include interim controls, operations
and maintenance activities, or other measures and activities designed to
temporarily, but not permanently, reduce lead–based paint
hazards.
“Lead–based paint” means paint or other
surface coatings that contain lead equal to or in excess of 1.0 milligram per
square centimeter or more than 0.5 percent by weight.
“Lead–based paint activities” means, in the
case of target housing and child–occupied facilities, lead inspection,
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection, lead hazard screen, risk assessment, lead
abatement, and visual risk assessment, clearance
testing conducted after lead abatement, and clearance testing conducted after
interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing
lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR
35.1340.
“Lead–based paint hazard” means any
condition that causes exposure to lead from lead–contaminated dust,
lead–contaminated soil, or lead–based paint that is deteriorated or
present in accessible surfaces, friction surfaces, and impact surfaces that
would result in adverse human health effects.
“Lead–contaminated dust” means surface dust
in residential dwellings or child–occupied facilities that contains in
excess of 100 micrograms per square foot on floors, 500 micrograms per square
foot on windowsills, and 800 micrograms per square foot on window troughs.
For lead–based paint activities conducted pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340,
the standards specified by 24 CFR 35.1340 for lead–contaminated dust shall
apply.
“Lead–contaminated soil” means bare soil on
residential real property and on the property of a child–occupied facility
that contains lead in excess of 400 parts per million for areas where child
contact is likely and in excess of 2,000 parts per million if child contact is
not likely.
“Lead hazard screen” means a limited risk
assessment activity that involves limited paint and dust sampling.
“Lead inspection” means a
surface–by–surface investigation to determine the presence of
lead–based paint and a determination of the existence, nature, severity,
and location of lead–based paint hazards in a residential dwelling or
child–occupied facility and the provision of a written report explaining
the results of the investigation and options for reducing lead–based paint
hazards to the person requesting the lead inspection.
“Lead professional” means a person who conducts
lead abatement, lead inspections, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections, lead
hazard screens, risk assessments, or visual risk
assessments, clearance testing after lead abatement, or clearance testing
after interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing
lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR
35.1340.
“Living area” means any area of a residential
dwelling used by at least one child under the age of six years, including, but
not limited to, living rooms, kitchen areas, dens, playrooms, and
children’s bedrooms.
“Multifamily dwelling” means a structure that
contains more than one separate residential dwelling unit, which is used or
occupied, or intended to be used or occupied, in whole or in part, as the home
or residence of one or more persons.
“Occupant protection plan” means a plan developed
by a certified lead abatement contractor prior to the commencement of lead
abatement in a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility that
describes the measures and management procedures that will be taken during lead
abatement to protect the building occupants from exposure to any
lead–based paint hazards.
“Ongoing lead–based paint maintenance”
means the maintenance of housing assisted by the U.S. Department of Housing and
Urban Development pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1355.
“Paint stabilization” means repairing any
physical defect in the substrate of a painted surface that is causing paint
deterioration, removing loose paint and other material from the surface to be
treated, and applying a new protective coating or paint.
“Permanently covered soil” means soil which has
been separated from human contact by the placement of a barrier consisting of
solid, relatively impermeable materials, such as pavement or concrete. Grass,
mulch, and other landscaping materials are not considered permanent
covering.
“Principal instructor” means the individual who
has the primary responsibility for organizing and teaching a particular
course.
“Recognized laboratory” means an environmental
laboratory recognized by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency pursuant to
Section 405(b) of the federal Toxic Substance Control Act as capable of
performing an analysis for lead compounds in paint, soil, and dust.
“Reduction” means measures designed to reduce or
eliminate human exposure to lead–based paint hazards through methods
including interim controls and abatement.
“Refresher training course” means a course taken
by a certified lead professional to maintain certification in a particular
discipline.
“Rehabilitation” means the improvement of an
existing structure through alterations, incidental additions, or enhancements.
Rehabilitation includes repairs necessary to correct the results of deferred
maintenance, the replacement of principal fixtures and components, improvements
to increase the efficient use of energy, and installation of security
devices.
“Residential dwelling” means (1) a detached
single–family dwelling unit, including the surrounding yard, attached
structures such as porches and stoops, and detached buildings and structures
including, but not limited to, garages, farm buildings, and fences, or (2) a
single–family dwelling unit in a structure that contains more than one
separate residential dwelling unit, which is used or occupied, or intended to be
used or occupied, in whole or part, as the home or residence of one or more
persons.
“Risk assessment” means an investigation to
determine the existence, nature, severity, and location of lead–based
paint hazards in a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility and the
provision of a written report explaining the results of the investigation and
options for reducing lead–based paint hazards to the person requesting the
risk assessment.
“Standard treatments” means a series of hazard
reduction measures designed to reduce all lead–based paint hazards in a
dwelling unit without the benefit of a risk assessment or other
evaluation.
“State certification examination” means a
discipline–specific examination approved by the department to test the
knowledge of a person who has completed an approved training course and is
applying for certification in a particular discipline. The state certification
examination may not be administered by the provider of an approved
course.
“Target housing” means housing constructed prior
to 1978 with the exception of housing for the elderly or for persons with
disabilities and housing which does not contain a bedroom, unless at least one
child under the age of six years resides or is expected to reside in the housing
for the elderly or persons with disabilities or housing which does not contain a
bedroom.
“Training hour” means at least 50 minutes of
actual learning, including, but not limited to, time devoted to lecture,
learning activities, small group activities, demonstrations, evaluations, or
hands–on experience.
“Training manager” means the individual
responsible for administering an approved course and monitoring the performance
of principal instructors and guest instructors.
“Training program” means a person or organization
sponsoring a lead professional training course.
“Visual inspection for clearance testing” means
the visual examination of a residential dwelling or a child–occupied
facility following an lead abatement or following
interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing
lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR
35.1340 to determine whether or not the lead abatement, interim
controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based
paint maintenance, or rehabilitation has been successfully
completed.
“Visual risk assessment” means a visual assessment
to determine the presence of deteriorated paint or other potential sources of
lead–based paint hazards in a residential dwelling or child–occupied
facility and the provision of a written report explaining the results of the
assessment to the person requesting the visual risk assessment.
“X–ray fluorescence analyzer (XRF)” means an
instrument that determines lead concentrations in milligrams per square
centimeter (mg/cm2) using the principle of X–ray
fluorescence.
641—70.3(135) Certification. Prior to March 1,
2000, lead professionals may be certified by the department. Beginning March 1,
2000, lead professionals and firms must be certified by the department in
the appropriate discipline before they conduct lead abatement, clearance
testing after lead abatement, lead inspections, elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspections, lead hazard screens, risk assessments, and visual risk assessments,
except persons who perform these activities within residential dwellings that
they own, unless the residential dwelling is occupied by a person other
than the owner or a member of the owner’s immediate family
while these activities are being performed. In addition, elevated blood lead
(EBL) inspections shall be conducted only by certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/risk assessors employed by or under contract with a certified elevated
blood lead (EBL) inspection agency. Beginning September 15, 2000, clearance
testing after interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments,
ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, andrehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR
35.1340 shall be conducted only by certified visual risk assessors, certified
lead inspector/risk assessors, or certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspectors. Lead professionals and firms shall not state that they
have been certified by the state of Iowa unless they have met the requirements
of rule 70.5(135) and been issued a certificate by the department. Prior to
March 1, 2000, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agencies may be certified by
the department. Beginning March 1, 2000, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection
agencies must be certified by the department. Elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspection agencies shall not state that they have been certified by the state
of Iowa unless they have met the requirements of rule 70.5(135) and been issued
a certificate by the department.
641—70.4(135) Course approval and standards.
Prior to March 1, 1999, lead professional training courses for initial
certification and refresher training may be approved by the department.
Beginning March 1, 1999, lead professional training courses for initial
certification and refresher training must be approved by the department.
Training programs shall not state that they have been approved by the state of
Iowa unless they have met the requirements of rule 70.4(135) and been issued a
letter of approval by the department.
70.4(1) and 70.4(2) No change.
70.4(3) To be approved for the training of lead
inspector/risk assessors prior to March 1, 1999, a course must beat least 24
training hours with a minimum of 8 hours devoted to hands–on training
activities. Beginning March 1, 1999, a course must be at least 40 training
hours with a minimum of 12 hours devoted to hands–on training activities.
Leadinspector/risk assessor training courses shall cover at least the following
subjects (requirements ending in an asterisk (*) indicate areas that require
hands–on activities as an integral component of the course):
a. Role and responsibilities of an inspector/risk
assessor.
b. Background information on lead and its adverse health
effects, how children and adults are exposed to lead, and how to prevent lead
exposure in children and adults.
c. Background information on federal, state, and local
regulations and guidance that pertain to lead–based paint and
lead–based paint activities.
d. Lead–based paint inspection methods, including
selection of rooms and components for sampling or testing to determine if a
property is free of lead–based paint as specified in the Guidelines for
the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995,
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development), and methods to determine if
lead–based paint hazards are present in a property.*
e. Paint, dust, and soil sampling methodologies.*
f. Clearance standards and testing, including random
sampling.*
g. Collection of background information to perform a risk
assessment.
h. Sources of environmental lead contamination such as paint,
surface dust and soil, and water.
i. Visual inspection to identify lead–based paint
hazards.*
j. Lead hazard screen protocol.
k. Visual risk assessment protocol.
l. Sampling for other sources of lead exposure.*
m. Interpretation of lead–based paint and other lead
sampling results, including all applicable federal, state, and local guidance or
regulations pertaining to lead–based paint hazards.*
n. Development of hazard control options, the role of interim
controls, and operations and maintenance activities to reduce lead–based
paint hazards.
o. Approved methods for conducting lead–based paint
abatement and interim controls.
p. Prohibited methods for conducting lead–based paint
abatement and interim controls.
q. Interior dust abatement and cleanup.
r. Soil and exterior dust abatement and
cleanup.
o s. Preparation of the final
inspection report.
p t. Record keeping.
q u. The course shall conclude
with a course test and, if applicable, a hands–on skills assessment. The
student must achieve a score of at least 80 percent on the examination and
successfully complete the hands–on skills assessment to successfully
complete the course.
70.4(4) To be approved for the training of
lead inspector/risk assessors who have already completed an approved visual risk
assessor course, a course must be at least 20 training hours with a minimum of 4
hours devoted to hands–on training activities. The training course shall
cover at least the following subjects (requirements ending in an asterisk (*)
indicate areas that require hands–on activities as an integral component
of the course):
a. Role and responsibilities of a lead inspector/risk
assessor.
b. Lead–based paint inspection methods, including
selection of rooms and components for sampling or testing to determine if a
property is free of lead–based paint as specified in the Guidelines for
the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995,
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development), and methods to determine if
lead–based paint hazards are present in a property.*
c. Collection of background information to perform a risk
assessment.
d. Lead hazard screen protocol.
e. Visual risk assessment protocol.
f. Sampling for other sources of lead
exposure.*
g. Interpretation of lead–based paint and other lead
sampling results, including all applicable federal, state, and local guidance or
regulations pertaining to lead–based paint hazards.*
h. Development of hazard control options, the role of
interim controls, and operations and maintenance activities to reduce
lead–based paint hazards.*
i. Preparation of the final inspection
report.
j. Record keeping.
k. The course shall conclude with a course test and, if
applicable, a hands–on skills assessment. The student must achieve a
score of at least 80 percent on the examination and successfully complete the
hands–on skills assessment to successfully complete the
course.
70.4(4) 70.4(5) To be approved
for the training of elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessors prior to
March 1, 1999, a course must be at least 32 training hours with a minimum of 8
hours devoted to hands–on training activities. Beginning March 1, 1999, a
course must be at least 48 training hours with a minimum of 12 hours devotedto
hands–on training activities. Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk
assessor training courses shall cover at least the following subjects
(requirements ending in an asterisk (*) indicate areas that require
hands–on activities as an integral component of the course):
a. Role and responsibilities of an elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/risk assessor.
b. Background information on lead and its adverse health
effects, how children and adults are exposed to lead, and how to prevent lead
exposure in children and adults.
c. Background information on federal, state, and local
regulations and guidance that pertain to lead–based paint and
lead–based paint activities.
d. Lead–based paint inspection methods, including
selection of rooms and components for sampling or testing to determine if a
property is free of lead–based paint as specified in the Guidelines for
the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995,
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development), and methods to determine if
lead–based paint hazards are present in a property.*
e. Paint, dust, and soil sampling methodologies.*
f. Clearance standards and testing, including random
sampling.*
g. Collection of background information to perform a risk
assessment.
h. Sources of environmental lead contamination such as paint,
surface dust and soil, and water.
i. Visual inspection to identify lead–based paint
hazards.*
j. Lead hazard screen protocol.
k. Visual risk assessment protocol.
l. Sampling for other sources of lead exposure.*
m. Interpretation of lead–based paint and other lead
sampling results, including all applicable federal, state, and local guidance or
regulations pertaining to lead–based paint hazards.*
n. Development of hazard control options, the role of interim
controls, and operations and maintenance activities to reduce lead–based
paint hazards.*
o. Approved methods for conducting lead–based paint
abatement and interim controls.
p. Prohibited methods for conducting lead–based paint
abatement and interim controls.
q. Interior dust abatement and cleanup.
r. Soil and exterior dust abatement and
cleanup.
o s. Preparation of the final
inspection report.
p t. Record keeping.
q u. Environmental and
medical case management of elevated blood lead (EBL) children.
r v. The course shall conclude with a
course test and, if applicable, a hands–on skills assessment. The student
must achieve a score of at least 80 percent on the examination and successfully
complete the hands–on skills assessment to successfully complete the
course.
70.4(6) To be approved for the training of
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessors who have already completed an
approved lead inspector/risk assessor course, a course must be at least 8
training hours and shall cover at least the following subjects:
a. Role and responsibilities of an elevated blood lead
(EBL) inspector/risk assessor.
b. Environmental and medical case management of elevated
blood lead (EBL) children.
c. The course shall conclude with a course test. The
student must achieve a score of at least 80 percent on the examination to
successfully complete the course.
70.4(7) To be approved for the training of
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessors who have already completed an
approved visual risk assessor course, a course must be at least 28 training
hours with a minimum of 4 hours devoted to hands–on training activities.
The training course shall cover at least the following subjects (requirements
ending in an asterisk (*) indicate areas that require hands–on activities
as an integral component of the course):
a. Role and responsibilities of an elevated blood lead
(EBL) inspector/risk assessor.
b. Lead–based paint inspection methods, including
selection of rooms and components for sampling or testing to determine if a
property is free of lead–based paint as specified in the Guidelines for
the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995,
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development), and methods to determine if
lead–based paint hazards are present in a property.*
c. Collection of background information to perform a risk
assessment.
d. Lead hazard screen protocol.
e. Visual risk assessment protocol.
f. Sampling for other sources of lead
exposure.*
g. Interpretation of lead–based paint and other lead
sampling results, including all applicable federal, state, and local guidance or
regulations pertaining to lead–based paint hazards.*
h. Development of hazard control options, the role of
interim controls, and operations and maintenance activities to reduce
lead–based paint hazards.*
i. Preparation of the final inspection
report.
j. Record keeping.
k. Environmental and medical case management of elevated
blood lead (EBL) children.
l. The course shall conclude with a course test and, if
applicable, a hands–on skills assessment. The student must achieve a
score of at least 80 percent on the examination and successfully complete the
hands–on skills assessment to successfully complete the
course.
70.4(5) 70.4(8) To be
approved for the training of lead abatement contractors, a course must be at
least 40 training hours with a minimum of 12 hours devoted to hands–on
activities and shall cover at least the following subjects (requirements ending
in an asterisk (*) indicate areas that require hands–on activities as an
integral component of the course):
a. Role and responsibilities of a lead abatement
contractor.
b. Background information on lead and its adverse health
effects, how children and adults are exposed to lead, and how to prevent lead
exposure in children and adults.
c. Background information on federal, state, and local
regulations and guidance that pertain to lead–based paint and
lead–based paint activities.
d. Liability and insurance issues relating to lead–based
paint abatement.
e. Identification of lead–based paint and
lead–based paint hazards.*
f. Interpretation of lead inspection reports.*
g. Development and implementation of an occupant protection
plan and abatement report.
h. Respiratory protection and protective clothing.*
i. Employee information and training.
j. Approved methods for conducting lead–based paint
abatement and interim controls.*
k. Prohibited methods for conducting lead–based paint
abatement and interim controls.
l. Interior dust abatement and cleanup.*
m. Soil and exterior dust abatement and cleanup.*
n. Clearance standards and testing, including random
sampling.
o. Cleanup and waste disposal.
p. Record keeping.
q. The course shall conclude with a course test and, if
applicable, a hands–on skills assessment. The student must achieve a
score of at least 80 percent on the examination and successfully complete the
hands–on skills assessment to successfully complete the course.
70.4(9) To be approved for the training of
lead abatement contractors who have already completed an approved lead abatement
worker course, a course must be at least 16 training hours with a minimum of 4
hours devoted to hands–on activities and shall cover at least the
following subjects (requirements ending in an asterisk (*) indicate areas that
require hands–on activities as an integral component of the
course):
a. Role and responsibilities of a lead abatement
contractor.
b. Liability and insurance issues relating to
lead–based paint abatement.
c. Interpretation of lead inspection
reports.*
d. Development and implementation of an occupant protection
plan and abatement report.
e. Employee information and training.
f. Clearance standards and testing, including random
sampling.
g. Record keeping.
h. The course shall conclude with a course test and, if
applicable, a hands–on skills assessment. The student must achieve a
score of at least 80 percent on the examination and successfully complete the
hands–on skills assessment to successfully complete the
course.
70.4(6) 70.4(10) To be
approved for the training of lead abatement workers, a course must be at least
24 training hours with a minimum of 8 hours devoted to hands–on activities
and shall cover at least the following subjects (requirements ending in an
asterisk (*) indicate areas that require hands–on activities as an
integral component of the course):
a. Role and responsibilities of a lead abatement
worker.
b. Background information on lead and its adverse health
effects, how children and adults are exposed to lead, and how to prevent lead
exposure in children and adults.
c. Background information on federal, state, and local
regulations and guidance that pertain to lead–based paint and
lead–based paint activities.
d. Identification of lead–based paint and
lead–based paint hazards.*
e. Approved methods for conducting lead–based paint
abatement and interim controls.*
f. Prohibited methods for conducting lead–based paint
abatement and interim controls.
g. Interior dust abatement and cleanup.*
h. Soil and exterior dust abatement and cleanup.*
i. Cleanup and waste disposal.
j. Respiratory protection and protective clothing.*
k. Personal hygiene.
l. The course shall conclude with a course test and, if
applicable, a hands–on skills assessment. The student must achieve a
score of at least 80 percent on the examination and successfully complete the
hands–on skills assessment to successfully complete the course.
70.4(7) 70.4(11) To be
approved for the training of visual risk assessors prior to September 15,
2000, a course must be at least 16 training hours with a minimum of 4 hours
devoted to hands–on activities. Beginning September 15, 2000, a course
must be at least 20 training hours with a minimum of 6 hours devoted to
hands–on training activities. and The training
course shall cover at least the following subjects (requirements ending in
an asterisk (*) indicate areas that require hands–on activities as an
integral component of the course):
a. Role and responsibilities of a visual risk
assessor.
b. Background information on lead and its adverse health
effects, how children and adults are exposed to lead, and how to prevent lead
exposure in children and adults.
c. Background information on federal, state, and local
regulations and guidance that pertain to lead–based paint and
lead–based paint activities.
d. Methods of conducting visual risk assessments.*
e. Paint, dust, and soil sampling methodologies.*
f. Clearance standards and testing, including random
sampling.*
g. Identification of lead–based paint
hazards.*
h. Sources of environmental lead contamination such as
paint, surface dust and soil, and water.
i. Visual inspection to identify lead–based paint
hazards.*
j. Approved methods for conducting lead–based paint
abatement and interim controls.
k. Prohibited methods for conducting lead–based paint
abatement and interim controls.
l. Methods of interim controls and abatement for interior
dust and cleanup.
m. Methods of interim controls and abatement for exterior
dust and soil and cleanup.
h n. Preparation of the final
assessment report.
o. Preparation of clearance testing reports for interim
controls.
i p. Record keeping.
j q. The course shall conclude
with a course test and, if applicable, a hands–on skills assessment. The
student must achieve a score of at least 80 percent on the examination and
successfully complete the hands–on skills assessment to successfully
complete the course.
70.4(8) 70.4(12) To be
approved for the training of project designers, a course must be at least 48
instructional training hours with a minimum of 12 hours devoted to
hands–on activities and shall cover at least the following subjects
(requirements ending in an asterisk (*) indicate areas that require
hands–on activities as an integral component of the course):
a. Role and responsibilities of a lead abatement
contractor.
b. Background information on lead and its adverse health
effects, how children and adults are exposed to lead, and how to prevent lead
exposure in children and adults.
c. Background information on federal, state, and local
regulations and guidance that pertain to lead–based paint and
lead–based paint activities.
d. Liability and insurance issues relating to lead–based
paint abatement.
e. Identification of lead–based paint and
lead–based paint hazards.*
f. Interpretation of lead inspection reports.*
g. Development and implementation of an occupant protection
plan and abatement report.
h. Respiratory protection and protective clothing.*
i. Employee information and training.
j. Approved methods for conducting lead–based paint
abatement and interim controls.*
k. Prohibited methods for conducting lead–based paint
abatement and interim controls.
l. Interior dust abatement and cleanup.*
m. Soil and exterior dust abatement and cleanup.*
n. Clearance standards and testing, including random
sampling.
o. Cleanup and waste disposal.
p. Record keeping.
q. Role and responsibilities of a project designer.
r. Development and implementation of an occupant protection
plan for large–scale abatement projects.
s. Lead–based paint abatement and lead–based paint
hazard reduction methods, including restricted practices for large–scale
abatement projects.
t. Interior dust abatement/cleanup or lead hazard control and
reduction methods for large–scale abatement proj–ects.
u. Clearance standards and testing for large–scale
abatement projects.
v. Integration of lead–based paint abatement methods
with modernization and rehabilitation projects for large–scale abatement
projects.
w. The course shall conclude with a course test and, if
applicable, a hands–on skills assessment. The student must achieve a
score of at least 80 percent on the examination and successfully complete the
hands–on skills assessment to successfully complete the course.
70.4(13) To be approved for the training of
project designers who have already completed an approved lead abatement
contractor course, a course must be at least 8 instructional training hours and
shall cover at least the following subjects:
a. Role and responsibilities of a project
designer.
b. Development and implementation of an occupant protection
plan for large–scale abatement projects.
c. Lead–based paint abatement and lead–based
paint hazard reduction methods, including restricted practices for
large–scale abatement projects.
d. Interior dust abatement/cleanup or lead hazard control
and reduction methods for large–scale abatement
proj–ects.
e. Clearance standards and testing for large–scale
abatement projects.
f. Integration of lead–based paint abatement methods
with modernization and rehabilitation projects for large–scale abatement
projects.
g. The course shall conclude with a course test. The
student must achieve a score of at least 80 percent on the examination and
successfully complete the hands–on skills assessment to successfully
complete the course.
70.4(14) To be approved for the training of
project designers who have already completed an approved lead abatement worker
course, a course must be at least 24 instructional training hours with a minimum
of 4 hours devoted to hands–on activities and shall cover at least the
following subjects (requirements ending in an asterisk (*) indicate areas that
require hands–on activities as an integral component of the
course):
a. Role and responsibilities of a lead abatement
contractor.
b. Liability and insurance issues relating to
lead–based paint abatement.
c. Interpretation of lead inspection
reports.*
d. Development and implementation of an occupant protection
plan and abatement report.
e. Employee information and training.
f. Clearance standards and testing, including random
sampling.
g. Record keeping.
h. Role and responsibilities of a project
designer.
i. Development and implementation of an occupant protection
plan for large–scale abatement projects.
j. Lead–based paint abatement and lead–based
paint hazard reduction methods, including restricted practices for
large–scale abatement projects.
k. Interior dust abatement/cleanup or lead hazard control
and reduction methods for large–scale abatement
proj–ects.
l. Clearance standards and testing for large–scale
abatement projects.
m. Integration of lead–based paint abatement methods
with modernization and rehabilitation projects for large–scale abatement
projects.
n. The course shall conclude with a course test and, if
applicable, a hands–on skills assessment. The student must achieve a
score of at least 80 percent on the examination and successfully complete the
hands–on skills assessment to successfully complete the
course.
70.4(9) 70.4(15) To be
approved for refresher training of visual risk assessors, lead abatement
contractors, lead abatement workers, and project designers, a course must be at
least 8 training hours. To be approved for refresher trainingof lead
inspector/risk assessors who completed an approved 24–hour training course
or elevated blood lead (EBL)inspector/risk assessors who completed an approved
32–hour training course, a course must be at least 8 training hours to
meet the recertification requirements of subrule 70.5(3). To be approved for
refresher training of lead inspector/risk assessors and elevated blood lead
(EBL) inspector/risk assessors to meet the recertification requirements of
subrule 70.5(5) 70.5(6), a course must be at least 16
training hours. All refresher courses shall cover at least the following
topics:
a. A review of the curriculum topics of the initial
certification course for the appropriate discipline as listed in subrules
70.4(3) to 70.4(8) 70.4(14).
b. An overview of current safety practices relating to
lead–based paint activities in general, as well as specific information
pertaining to the appropriate discipline.
c. Current laws and regulations relating to lead–based
paint activities in general, as well as specific information pertaining to the
appropriate discipline.
d. Current technologies relating to lead–based paint
activities in general, as well as specific information pertaining to the
appropriate discipline.
e. The course shall conclude with a course test and, if
applicable, a hands–on skills assessment. The student must achieve a
score of at least 80 percent on the examination and successfully complete the
hands–on skills assessment to successfully complete the course.
70.4(10) 70.4(16) Approvals of
training courses shall expire three years after the date of issuance. The
training manager shall submit the following at least 90 days prior to the
expiration date for a course to be reapproved:
a. Sponsoring organization name, contact person, address, and
telephone number.
b. A list of the courses for which reapproval is
sought.
c. A description of any changes to the training staff,
facility, equipment, or course materials since the approval of the training
program.
d. A statement signed by the training manager stating that the
training program complies at all times with rule 70.4(135).
e. A nonrefundable fee of $200.
70.4(11) 70.4(17) The
department shall consider a request for approval of a training course that has
been approved by a state or tribe authorized by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency.
a. The course shall be approved if it meets the requirements
of rule 70.4(135).
b. If the course does not meet all of the requirements of rule
70.4(135), the department shall inform the training provider of additional
topics and training hours that are needed to meet the requirements of rule
70.4(135).
641—70.5(135) Certification, interim certification,
and recertification.
70.5(1) to 70.5(3) No change.
70.5(4) By September 15, 2000, visual risk
assessors certified prior to July 1, 2000, must be recertified by submitting a
certificate showing the completion of additional training hours in an approved
course to meet the total training hours required by subrule 70.4(11) and the
completion of an 8–hour refresher course.
70.5(4) 70.5(5) All
agencies that perform or offer to perform elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections
after September 15, 2000, must be certified by the department. An agency
wishing to become a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency shall
apply on forms supplied by the department. The agency must submit:
a. A completed application form.
b. Documentation that the agency has the authority to require
the repair of lead hazards identified through an elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspection.
c. Documentation that the agency employs or has contracted
with a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor to provide
environmental case management of all elevated blood lead (EBL) children in the
agency’s service area, including follow–up to ensure that
lead–based paint hazards identified as a result of elevated blood lead
(EBL) inspections are corrected, and that lead–based paint activities
will be conducted only by appropriately certified lead professionals. In
addition, the agency must document that the agency and its employees or
contractors will follow the work practice standards in rule 70.6(135) for
conducting lead–based paint activities.
d. The certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection
agency must maintain all records required by rule 70.6(135).
70.5(5) 70.5(6) Beginning
March 1, 2000, individuals certified as lead professionals must be recertified
each year. To be recertified, lead professionals must submit the
following:
a. A completed application form.
b. A $50 nonrefundable fee.
c. Every three years, a certificate showing that the applicant
has successfully completed an approved refresher training course for the
appropriate discipline. If the applicant completed an approved training program
prior to March 1, 2000, the initial refresher training course must be completed
no more than three years after the date on which the applicant completed an
approved training program.
70.5(6) 70.5(7) The department
shall approve the state certification examinations for the disciplines of
leadinspector/risk assessor, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor,
lead abatement contractor, and project designer. The state certification
examination may not be administered by the provider of an approved
course.
a. An individual may take the state certification examination
no more than three times within six months of receiving a certificate of
completion from an approved course.
b. If an individual does not pass the state certification
examination within six months of receiving a certificate of completion from an
approved course, the individual must retake the appropriate approved course
before reapplying for certification.
70.5(8) Reciprocity. Each applicant for
certification who is certified in any of the disciplines specified in this rule
in another state may request reciprocal certification. The department shall
evaluate the requirements for certification to determine that the requirements
for certification in such other state are as protective of health and the
environment as the requirements for certification in Iowa. If the
departmentdetermines that the requirements for certification in such other state
are as protective of health and the environment as the requirements for
certification in Iowa, the applicant may be certified after passing a proctored
test covering Iowa–specific lead information with a score of at least 80
percent. Each applicant for certification pursuant to this subrule shall submit
the appropriate application accompanied by the fee for each discipline as
specified in rule 70.5(135).
641—70.6(135) Work practice standards for conducting
lead–based paint activities in target housing and child–occupied
facilities.
70.6(1) to 70.6(5) No change.
70.6(6) A certified lead abatement contractor or
certified lead abatement worker must conduct lead abatement according to the
following standards. Beginning March 1, 2000, lead abatement shall be conducted
only by a certified lead abatement contractor or a certified lead abatement
worker.
a. A certified lead abatement contractor must be on site
during all work site preparation and during the postabatement cleanup of work
areas. At all other times when lead abatement is being conducted, the certified
lead abatement contractor shall be on site or available by telephone, pager, or
answering service, and be able to be present at the work site in no more than
two hours.
b. A certified lead abatement contractor shall ensure that
lead abatement is conducted according to all federal, state, and local
requirements.
c. A certified lead abatement contractor shall notify the
department in writing at least seven days prior to the commencement of
lead abatement in a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility.
The notification shall include the following information:
(1) The address, including apartment numbers, where
abatement will be conducted.
(2) The dates when abatement will be
conducted.
(3) The name, address, telephone number, and Iowa
certification number of the certified firm that will conduct the
work.
(4) The name, address, telephone number, and Iowa
certification number for the certified abatement contractor who will serve as
the contact person for the project.
(5) The name, address, and telephone number of the property
owner.
(6) Whether the dwelling is owner–occupied or a
rental dwelling.
(7) If the dwelling is an occupied rental, the names of the
occupants.
(8) The approximate year that the dwelling was
built.
(9) A brief description of the abatement work to be
done.
d. A certified lead abatement contractor or a certified
project designer shall develop an occupant protection plan for all lead
abatement projects prior to starting lead abatement and shall implement the
occupant protection planduring the lead abatement project. The occupant
protection plan shall be unique to each residential dwelling or
child–occupied facility. The occupant protection plan shall describe the
measures and management procedures that will be taken during the abatement to
protect the building occupants from exposure to any lead–based paint
hazards.
e. Approved methods must be used to conduct lead abatement and
prohibited work practices must not be used to conduct lead abatement. The
following are prohibited work practices:
(1) to (5) No change.
f. Soil abatement shall be conducted using one of the
following methods:
(1) and (2) No change.
g. Postabatement clearance procedures shall be conducted by a
certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/risk assessor using the following procedures:
(1) Following an abatement, a visual inspection shall be
performed to determine if deteriorated paint surfaces or visible amounts of
dust, debris, or residue are still present. If deteriorated paint surfaces or
visible amounts of dust, debris, or residue are present, these conditions must
be eliminated prior to the continuation of the clearance procedures.
(2) Following the visual inspection and any
requiredpostabatement cleanup, clearance sampling for lead–contaminated
dust shall be conducted. Clearance sampling may be conducted by employing
single–surface sampling or composite dust sampling.
(3) Dust samples shall be collected a minimum of one hour
after the completion of final postabatement cleanup activities.
(4) Dust samples shall be collected using the documented
methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of
Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and
Urban Development). Dust samples shall be analyzed by a recognized laboratory
to determine the level of lead.
(5) The following postabatement clearance activities shall be
conducted as appropriate based upon the extent or manner of abatement activities
conducted in the residential dwelling or child–occupied
facility:
1. After conducting an abatement with containment between
abated and unabated areas, one dust sample shall be taken from one windowsill
and window trough (if available) and one dust sample shall be taken from the
floor of no fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the
containment area. In addition, one dust sample shall be taken from the floor
outside the containment area. If there are fewer than four rooms, hallways, or
stairwells within the containment area, then all rooms, hallways, and stairwells
shall be sampled.
2. After conducting an abatement with no containment, two dust
samples shall be taken from no fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells in
the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility. One dust sample
shall be taken from one windowsill and window trough (if available) and one dust
sample shall be taken from the floor of each room, hallway, or stairwell
selected. If there are fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within
the containment area, then all rooms, hallways, and stairwells shall be
sampled.
3. Following an exterior abatement, a visual inspection shall
be conducted. All horizontal surfaces in the outdoor living area closest to the
abated surface shall be found to be cleaned of visible dust and debris. In
addition, a visual inspection shall be conducted to determine the presence of
paint chips on the drip line or next to the foundation below any exterior
surface abated. If visible dust, debris, or paint chips are present, they must
be removed from the site and properly disposed of according to all applicable
federal, state, and local standards.
(6) The rooms, hallways, and stairwells selected for sampling
shall be selected using the documented methodologies specified in the Guidelines
for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing
(1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development).
(7) The certified lead inspector/risk assessor or certified
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor shall compare the residual
lead level as determined by the laboratory analysis from each dust sample with
applicable clearance levels for lead in dust on floors and window troughs. If
the residual lead levels in a dust sample exceed the clearance levels, then all
the components represented by the failed dust sample shall be recleaned and
retested until clearance levels are met.
h. In a multifamily dwelling with similarly constructed and
maintained residential dwellings, random sampling for the purpose of clearance
may be conducted if the following conditions are met:
(1) The certified lead abatement contractors and certified
lead abatement workers who abate or clean the dwellings do not know which
residential dwellings will be selected for the random sampling.
(2) A sufficient number of residential dwellings are selected
for dust sampling to provide a 95 percent level of confidence that no more than
5 percent or 50 of the residential dwellings (whichever is smaller) in the
randomly sampled population exceed the appropriate clearance levels.
(3) The randomly selected residential dwellings shall be
sampled and evaluated for clearance according to the procedures found in
paragraph 70.6(6)“g.”
i. The certified lead abatement contractor or a certified
project designer shall prepare an abatement report containing the following
information:
(1) to (8) No change.
70.6(7) No change.
70.6(8) A certified lead inspector/risk
assessor, a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or a
certified visual risk assessor must conduct clearance testing according to the
following standards. Beginning March 1, 2000, clearance testing following lead
abatement shall be conducted only by a certified lead inspector/risk assessor or
a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor. Beginning
September 15, 2000, clearance testing after interim controls, paint
stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance,
and rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340 shall be conducted only by
certified visual risk assessors, certified lead inspector/risk assessors, or
certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspectors.
a. Clearance testing following abatement shall be conducted
according to paragraph 70.6(6)“g.”
b. Clearance testing after interim controls, paint
stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance,
and rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340 shall be conducted according to
the following standards:
(1) A certified visual risk assessor shall perform
clearance testing only for a single–family property or for individual
dwelling units and associated common areas in a multi–unit property. A
certified visual risk assessor shall not perform clearance testing using random
sampling of dwelling units or common areas in multifamily properties unless the
clearance testing is approved by a certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a
certified elevated blood lead (EBL)inspector/risk assessor and the report is
signed by a certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood
lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor.
(2) A visual inspection shall be performed to determine if
deteriorated paint surfaces or visible amounts of dust, debris, or residue are
still present. Both exterior and interior painted surfaces shall be examined
for the presence of deteriorated paint. If deteriorated paint surfaces or
visible amounts of dust, debris, or residue are present, these conditions must
be eliminated prior to the continuation of the clearance testing. However,
elimination of deteriorated paint is not required if it has been determined
through a lead–based paint inspection that the deteriorated paint is not
lead–based paint. If exterior painted surfaces have been disturbed by the
interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing
lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation, the visual inspection
shall include an assessment of the ground and any outdoor living areas close to
the affected exterior painted surfaces. Visual dust or debris in living areas
shall be cleaned up and visible paint chips on the ground shall be removed and
properly disposed of according to all applicable federal, state, and local
standards.
(3) Following the visual inspection and any required
cleanup, clearance sampling for lead–contaminated dust shall be conducted.
Clearance sampling may be conducted by employing single–surface sampling
or composite dust sampling.
(4) Dust samples shall be collected a minimum of one hour
after the completion of final cleanup activities.
(5) Dust samples shall be collected using the documented
methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of
Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and
Urban Development). Dust samples shall be analyzed by a recognized laboratory
to determine the level of lead.
(6) The following clearance activities shall be conducted
as appropriate based upon the extent or manner of interim controls, paint
stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance,
or rehabilitation conducted in the residential dwelling or child–occupied
facility:
1. After conducting interim controls, paint stabilization,
standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or
rehabilitation, with containment between treated and untreated areas, one dust
sample shall be taken from one windowsill and window trough (if available) and
one dust sample shall be taken from the floor of no fewer than four rooms,
hallways, or stairwells within the containment area. In addition, one dust
sample shall be taken from the floor outside the containment area. If there are
fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the containment area, then
all rooms, hallways, and stairwells shall be sampled.
2. After conducting interim controls, paint stabilization,
standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or
rehabilitation, with no containment, two dust samples shall be taken from no
fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells in the residential dwelling or
child–occupied facility. One dust sample shall be taken from one
windowsill and window trough (if available) and one dust sample shall be taken
from the floor of each room, hallway, or stairwell selected. If there are fewer
than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the containment area, then all
rooms, hallways, and stairwells shall be sampled.
(7) The rooms, hallways, and stairwells selected for
sampling shall be selected using the documented methodologies specified in the
Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in
Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development).
(8) The certified lead inspector/risk assessor, certified
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or certified visual risk
assessor shall compare the residual lead level as determined by the laboratory
analysis from each dust sample with applicable clearance levels for lead in dust
on floors and window troughs. If the residual lead levels in a dust sample
exceed the clearance levels, then all the components represented by the failed
dust sample shall be recleaned and retested until clearance levels are
met.
c. In a multifamily dwelling with similarly constructed and
maintained residential dwellings, random sampling for the purpose of clearance
may be conducted if the following conditions are met:
(1) The contractors and the workers who conducted the
interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing
lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation do not know which
residential dwellings will be selected for the random sampling.
(2) A sufficient number of residential dwellings are
selected for dust sampling to provide a 95 percent level of confidence that no
more than 5 percent or 50 of the residential dwellings (whichever is smaller) in
the randomly sampled population exceed the appropriate clearance
levels.
(3) The randomly selected residential dwellings shall be
sampled and evaluated for clearance according to the procedures found in
paragraph 70.6(6)“g.”
d. A clearance report must be prepared that provides
documentation of the lead abatement, interim controls, paint stabilization,
standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or
rehabilitation as well as the clearance testing. When lead abatement is
performed, the report shall be an abatement report in accordance with paragraph
70.6(6)“h.” When interim controls, paint stabilization, standard
treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation are
performed, the clearance report shall include the following
information:
(1) The address of the residential property and, if only
part of a multifamily property is affected, the specific dwelling units and
common areas affected.
(2) The following information regarding the clearance
testing:
1. The date(s) of the clearance testing.
2. The name, address, and signature of each certified lead
professional performing the clearance examination, including the certification
number.
3. The results of the visual inspection for the presence of
deteriorated paint and visible dust, debris, residue, or paint
chips.
4. The results of the analysis of dust samples, in
micrograms per square foot, by location of sample.
5. The name and address of each recognized laboratory that
conducted the analysis of the dust samples, including the identification number
for each such laboratory recognized by EPA under Section 405(b) of the Toxic
Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2685(b)).
(3) The following information on the interim controls,
paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint
maintenance, or rehabilitation for which clearance testing was
performed:
1. The start and completion dates of the interim controls,
paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint
maintenance, or rehabilitation.
2. The name and address of each firm or organization
conducting the interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments,
ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation and the name of
each supervisor assigned.
3. A detailed written description of the interim controls,
paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint
maintenance, or rehabilitation, including the methods used, locations of
exterior surfaces, interior rooms, common areas, and components where the hazard
reduction activity occurred, and any suggested monitoring or encapsulants or
enclosures.
4. If interim control of soil hazards was conducted, a
detailed description of the location(s) of the interim controls and the
method(s) used.
e. A certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor shall maintain a copy of the
clearance testing information included in the abatement report specified in
paragraph 70.6(6)“h” for no fewer than three years. A certified
leadinspector/risk assessor, a certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/risk assessor shall maintain a copy of the clearance testing report
specified in paragraph 70.6(8)“d” for no fewer than three
years.
f. The clearance standards in 24 CFR 35.1320(b)(2) shall
apply. If the results of clearance testing equal or exceed the standards, the
dwelling unit, work site, or common area represented by the sample fails the
clearance testing.
g. All surfaces represented by a failed clearance sample
shall be recleaned or treated by interim controls, paint stabilization, standard
treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation, and
retested until the applicable clearance level in 24 CFR 35.1320(b)(2) is
met.
h. Clearance testing shall be performed by persons or
entities independent of those performing interim controls, paint stabilization,
standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or
rehabilitation, unless the designated party uses qualified in–house
employees to conduct clearance testing. An in–house employee shall not
conduct both interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing
lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation and the clearance
examination for this work.
70.6(8) 70.6(9) A certified
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency shall maintain the written records
for all elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections conducted by persons that the
agency employs or contracts with to provide elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspections in the agency’s service area.
70.6(9) 70.6(10) A person may
be certified as a leadinspector/risk assessor, visual risk assessor, or elevated
blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor and as a lead abatement contractor or
lead abatement worker. However, Except as specified by
paragraph 70.6(8)“h,” a person who is certified both as a lead
inspector/risk assessor, visual risk assessor, or elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/risk assessor and as a lead abatement contractor or lead abatement
worker shall not provide both lead inspection or visual risk assessment and lead
abatement services at the same site unless a written consent or waiver,
following full disclosure by the person, is obtained from the owner or manager
of the site.
70.6(10) 70.6(11) Any
paint chip, dust, or soil samples collected pursuant to the work practice
standards contained in this rule subrules 70.6(2) to 70.6(6)
shall be collected by persons certified as a lead inspector/risk assessor or
an elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor. Any paint chip, dust,
or soil samples collected pursuant to the work practice standards contained in
subrule 70.6(8) for clearance testing following lead abatement shall be
collected by persons certified as a lead inspector/risk assessor or an elevated
blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor. Any paint chip, dust, or soil samples
collected pursuant to the work practice standards contained in subrule 70.6(8)
for clearance testing after interim controls, paint stabilization, standard
treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, and rehabilitation
pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340 shall be conducted only by certified visual risk
assessors, certified lead inspector/risk assessors, or certified elevated blood
lead (EBL) inspectors. These Any paint chip, dust, or
soil samples collected pursuant to the work practice standards contained
in rule 70.6(135) shall be analyzed by a recognized laboratory.
70.6(11) 70.6(12) Composite
dust sampling shall be conducted only in the situations specified in subrules
70.6(4) to 70.6(6) and 70.6(8). If composite sampling is conducted, it
shall meet the following requirements:
a. Composite dust samples shall consist of at least two
subsamples.
b. Every component that is being tested shall be included in
the sampling.
c. Composite dust samples shall not consist of subsamples from
more than one type of component.
641—70.7(135) Firms. Firms
All firms that perform or offer to perform lead–based paint
activities other than elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections after September
15, 2000, must be certified by the department. Firms shall employ only
appropriately certified employees to conduct lead–based paint activities,
and the firm and its employees shall follow the work practice standards in
641—70.6(135) for conducting lead–based paint activities.
70.7(1) A firm wishing to be certified shall
apply on forms supplied by the department. The firm must submit:
a. A completed application form.
b. Documentation that the firm will employ only
appropriately certified lead professionals to perform lead–based paint
activities. In addition, the firm must document that the agency and its
employees or contractors will follow the work practice standards in rule
70.6(135) for conducting lead–based paint activities.
c. The certified firm must maintain all records required by
rule 70.6(135).
70.7(2) Reserved.
641—70.8(135) Enforcement. No change.
641—70.9(135) Denial, suspension or revocation of
certification and denial, suspension, revocation, or modification of course
approval.
70.9(1) The department may deny an application for
certification, or may suspend or revoke a certification, when it finds that the
applicant, or certified lead professional, certified
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency, or certified firm has committed
any of the following acts:
a. Obtained documentation of training through fraudulent
means.
b. Gained admission to and completed an accredited training
program through misrepresentation of admission requirements.
c. Obtained certification through misrepresentation of
certification requirements or related documents dealing with education,
training, professional registration, or experience.
d. Performed work requiring certification at a job site
without having proof of certification.
e. Permitted the duplication or use of the individual’s
own certificate by another.
f. Performed work for which certification is required, but for
which appropriate certification has not been received.
g. Failed to follow the standards of conduct required by rule
70.6(135).
h. Failed to comply with federal, state, or local
lead–based paint statutes and regulations.
i. For certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection
agencies and certified firms, performed work for which certification is required
with individuals who are not appropriately certified.
70.9(2) No change.
70.9(3) Complaints. Complaints regarding a certified
lead professional, a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency, a
certified firm, or an approved course shall be submitted in writing to the
Iowa Department of Public Health, Lead Poisoning Prevention Program, 321 East
12th Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075. The complainant shall
provide:
a. The name of the certified lead professional, certified
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency, or certified firm and the
specific details of the action(s) by the certified lead professional,
certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency, or certified firm
that did not comply with the rules, or
b. The name of the sponsoring person or organization of an
approved course and the specific way(s) that an approved course did not comply
with the rules.
70.9(4) and 70.9(5) No change.
641—70.10(135) Waivers. Rules in this chapter
are not subject to waiver or variance pursuant to 641—Chapter 178 or any
other provision of law.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
135.105A.
ARC 0029B
RACING AND GAMING
COMMISSION[491]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 99D.7, the
Racing and Gaming Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 8, “Mutuel Department,” and to rescind Chapter 10,
“Thoroughbred Racing,” and adopt a new Chapter 10,
“Thoroughbred and Quarter Horse Racing,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Item 1 removes a duplicate provision from Chapter 8.
Item 2 puts in place a new thoroughbred and quarter horse
racing chapter. Many of the rules in the current Chapter 10 are reorganized
within the new chapter. Redundant rules have been removed and some rules have
been rewritten to reflect current practice.
These rules are not subject to a waiver, pending adoption of a
uniform waiver rule.
This rule filing was sent out to all the horsemen groups and
horse racing licensees prior to going before the Commission. No comments were
received.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the
proposed amendments on or before August 30, 2000. Written material should be
directed to the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines,
Iowa 50309. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact the
Commission office at (515)281–7352.
Also, there will be a public hearing on August 30, 2000, at 9
a.m. in the office of the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B,
Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may pre–sent their views at the public hearing
either orally or in writing.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
99D.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind subrule 8.3(12),
paragraph “h.”
ITEM 2. Rescind 491—Chapter 10 and
adopt in lieu thereof the following new chapter:
CHAPTER 10
THOROUGHBRED AND QUARTER HORSE
RACING
491—10.1(99D) Terms defined. As used in the
rules, unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions
apply:
“Age” means the age of a horse reckoned from the
first day of January of the year of foaling.
“Allowance race” means an overnight race for which
eligibility and weight to be carried are determined according to specified
conditions that include age, sex, earnings, and number of wins.
“Also eligible” means:
1. A number of eligible horses, properly entered, which were
not drawn for inclusion in a race but which become eligible according to
preference or lot, when an entry is scratched prior to the scratch time
deadline; or
2. The next preferred nonqualifier for the finals or
consolation from a set of elimination trials that will become eligible in the
event a finalist is scratched by the stewards for a rule violation or is
otherwise eligible if written race conditions permit.
“Appeal” means a request for the commission or its
designee to investigate, consider, and review any decisions or rulings of
stewards.
“Arrears” means all moneys owed by a licensee,
including subscriptions, jockey fees, forfeitures, and any default incident to
these rules.
“Authorized agent” means a person
licensed by the commission and appointed by a written instrument, signed and
acknowledged before a notary public by the owner on whose behalf the agent will
act.
“Bleeder” means a horse that hemorrhages from
within the respiratory tract during a race, within one and one–half hours
postrace, during exercise or within one and one–half hours of
exercise.
“Bleeder list” means a tabulation of all bleeders
to be maintained by the commission.
“Chemist” means any official racing chemist
designated by the commission.
“Claiming race” means a race which includes a
condition that any horse starting the race may be claimed and purchased by any
licensed owner, or person(s) approved by the commission for an owner’s
license, for an amount specified in the conditions for that race by the racing
secretary.
“Commission” means the racing and gaming
commission.
“Conditions” means qualifications that determine a
horse’s eligibility to be entered in a race.
“Contest” means a competitive racing event on
which pari–mutuel wagering is conducted.
“Coupled entry” means two or more contestants in a
contest that are treated as a single betting interest for pari–mutuel
wagering purposes. (See also “Entry”)
“Day” means a 24–hour period ending at
midnight.
“Dead heat” means when the noses of two or more
horses reach the finish line of a race at the same time.
“Declaration” means the act of withdrawing an
entered horse from a race prior to the closing of entries.
“Detention barn” means the barn designated for the
collection from horses of test samples under the supervision of the commission
veterinarian; also the barn assigned by the commission to a horse on the bleeder
list, for occupancy as a prerequisite for receiving bleeder
medication.
“Entry” means a horse made eligible to run in a
race; or two or more horses, entered in the same race, which have common ties of
ownership, lease, or training. (See also “Coupled entry”)
“Facility” means an entity licensed by the
commission to conduct pari–mutuel wagering or gaming operations in
Iowa.
“Facility grounds” means all real property
utilized by the facility in the conduct of its race meeting, including the
racetrack, grandstand, concession stands, offices, barns, stable area, employee
housing facilities, parking lots, and any other areas under the jurisdiction of
the commission.
“Field or mutuel field” means a group of two or
more horses upon which a single bet may be placed. A mutuel field is required
when the number of horses starting in a race exceeds the capacity of the track
totalizator. The highest numbered horse within the totalizator capacity and all
the higher–numbered horses following are then grouped together in the
mutuel field.
“Foreign substances” means all substances except
those that exist naturally in the untreated horse at normal physiological
concentration.
“Forfeit” means money due from a licensee because
of an error, fault, neglect of duty, breach of contract, or penalty imposed by
the stewards or the commission.
“Handicap” means a race in which the weights to be
carried by the horses are assigned by the racing secretary or handicapper for
the purpose of equalizing the chances of winning for all horses
entered.
“Horse” means any equine (including equine
designated as a mare, filly, stallion, colt, ridgeling, or gelding) registered
for racing; specifically, an entire male 5 years of age and older.
“Hypodermic injection” means any injection into or
under the skin or mucosa, including intradermal injection, subcutaneous
injection, submucosal injection, intramuscular injection, intravenous injection,
intra–arterial injection, intra–articular injection, intrabursal
injection, and intraocular (intraconjunctival) injection.
“Inquiry” means an investigation by the stewards
of potential interference in a contest prior to declaring the result of said
contest official.
“Jockey” means a professional rider licensed to
ride in races.
“Licensee” means any person or entity licensed by
the commission to engage in racing or related regulated activity.
“Maiden race” means a contest restricted to
nonwinners.
“Meet/meeting” means the specified period and
dates each year during which a facility is authorized by the commission to
conduct pari–mutuel wagering on horse racing.
“Month” means a calendar month.
“Nomination” means the naming of a horse to a
certain race or series of races generally accompanied by payment of a prescribed
fee.
“Nominator” means the person or entity in whose
name a horse is nominated for a race or series of races.
“Objection” means:
1. A written complaint made to the stewards concerning a horse
entered in a race and filed not later than two hours prior to the scheduled post
time of the first race on the day in which the questioned horse is entered;
or
2. A verbal claim of foul in a race lodged by the
horse’s jockey, trainer, owner, or the owner’s authorized agent
before the race is declared official.
“Official starter” means the official responsible
for dispatching the horses for a race.
“Official time” means the elapsed time from the
moment the first horse crosses the starting point until the first horse crosses
the finish line.
“Overnight race” means a race for which entries
close 96 hours, or less, before the time set for the first race of the day on
which the race is to be run.
“Owner” means a person or entity that holds any
title, right or interest, whole or partial, in a horse, including the lessee and
lessor of a horse.
“Paddock” means an enclosure in which horses
scheduled to compete in a contest are saddled prior to racing.
“Performance” means a schedule of 9 to 11 races
per day unless otherwise authorized by the commission.
“Post position” means the preassigned position
from which a horse will leave the starting gate.
“Post time” means the scheduled starting time for
a contest.
“Prize” means the combined total of any cash,
premium, trophy, and object of value awarded to the owners of horses according
to order of finish in a race.
“Purse” means the total cash amount for which a
race is contested.
“Purse race” means a race for money or other prize
to which the owners of horses entered do not contribute money toward its purse
and for which entries close less than 96 hours prior to its running.
“Race” means a running contest between horses
ridden by jockeys for a purse, prize, or other reward run at a facility in the
presence of the stewards of the meeting. This includes purse races, overnight
races and stakes races.
“Recognized meeting” means any meeting with
regularly scheduled races for horses on the flat in a jurisdiction having
reciprocal relations with this state and the commission for the mutual
enforcement of rulings relating to horse racing.
“Rules” means the rules promulgated by the
commission to regulate the conduct of horse racing.
“Scratch” means the act of withdrawing an entered
horse from a contest after the closing of entries.
“Scratch time” means the deadline set by the
facility for withdrawal of entries from a scheduled performance.
“Smoke” means the procedure of reviewing
entries for correctness, eligibility, weight allowances, and
medications.
“Stakes race” means a contest in which nomination,
entry, and starting fees contribute to the purse.
“Starter” means a horse that becomes an actual
contestant in a race by virtue of the starting gate opening in front of it upon
dispatch by the official starter.
“Steward” means a duly appointed racing official
with powers and duties specified by rules.
“Subscription” means moneys paid for nomination,
entry, eligibility, or starting of a horse in a stakes race.
“Test level” means the concentration of a foreign
substance found in the test sample.
“Test sample” means any bodily substance
including, but not limited to, blood or urine taken from a horse under the
supervision of the commission veterinarian and as prescribed by the commission
for the purpose of analysis.
“Totalizator” means the system used for recording,
calculating, and disseminating information about ticket sales, wagers, odds, and
payoff prices to patrons at a pari–mutuel wagering facility.
“Veterinarian” means a veterinarian holding a
current unrestricted license issued by the state of Iowa veterinary regulatory
authority and licensed by the commission.
“Winner” means the horse whose nose reaches the
finish line first or is placed first through disqualification by the
stewards.
“Year” means a calendar year.
491—10.2(99D) Facilities’
responsibilities.
10.2(1) Stalls. The facility shall ensure that racing
animals are stabled in individual box stalls; that the stables and immediate
surrounding area are maintained in approved sanitary condition at all times;
that satisfactory drainage is provided; and that manure and other refuse are
kept in separate boxes or containers at locations distant from living quarters
and promptly and properly removed.
10.2(2) Paddocks and equipment. The facility shall
ensure that paddocks, starting gates, and other equipment subject to contact by
different animals are kept in a clean condition and free of dangerous
surfaces.
10.2(3) Receiving barn and stalls. Each facility
shall provide a conveniently located receiving barn or stalls for the use of
horses arriving during the meeting. The barn shall have adequate stable room
and facilities, hot and cold water, and stall bedding. The facility shall
employ attendants to operate and maintain the receiving barn or stalls in a
clean and healthy condition.
10.2(4) Fire protection. The facility shall develop
and implement a program for fire prevention on facility grounds in accordance
with applicable state fire codes. The facility shall instruct employees working
on facility grounds of procedures for fire prevention and evacuation. The
facility shall, in accordance with state fire codes, prohibit the
following:
a. Smoking in horse stalls, feed and tack rooms, and in the
alleyways.
b. Sleeping in feed rooms or stalls.
c. Open fires and oil– or gasoline–burning
lanterns or lamps in the stable area.
d. Leaving any electrical appliance unattended or in unsafe
proximity to walls, beds, or furnishings.
e. Keeping flammable materials, including cleaning fluids or
solvents, in the stable area.
f. Locking a stall which is occupied by a horse.
The facility shall post a notice in the stable area which
lists the prohibitions outlined in 10.2(4)“a” to “f”
above.
10.2(5) Starting gate.
a. During racing hours a facility shall provide at least two
operable padded starting gates that have been approved by the
commission.
b. During designated training hours a facility shall make at
least one starting gate and qualified starting gate employee available for
schooling.
c. If a race is started at a place other than in a chute, the
facility shall provide and maintain in good operating condition backup equipment
for moving the starting gate. The backup equipment must be immediately
available to replace the primary moving equipment in the event of
failure.
10.2(6) Distance markers.
a. A facility shall provide and maintain starting point
markers and distance poles in a size and position that can be clearly seen from
the steward’s stand.
b. The starting point markers and distance poles must be
marked as follows:
1/4 poles red and white horizontal stripes
1/8 poles green and white horizontal stripes
1/16 poles black and white horizontal stripes
220 yards green and white
250 yards blue
300 yards yellow
330 yards black and white
350 yards red
400 yards black
440 yards red and white
550 yards black and white horizontal stripes
660 yards green and white horizontal stripes
770 yards black and white horizontal stripes
870 yards blue and white horizontal stripes
10.2(7) Detention enclosure. Each facility shall
maintain a detention enclosure for use by the commission for securing samples of
urine, saliva, blood, or other bodily substances or tissues for chemical
analysis from horses who have run in a race. The enclosure shall include a wash
rack, commission veterinarian office, a walking ring, at least four stalls,
workroom for the sample collectors with hot and cold running water, and glass
observation windows for viewing of the horses from the office and workroom. An
owner, trainer, or designated representative licensed by the commission shall be
with a horse in the detention barn at all times.
10.2(8) Ambulance. A facility shall maintain, on the
grounds during every day that its track is open for racing or exercising, an
ambulance for humans and an ambulance for horses, equipped according to
prevailing standards and staffed by medical doctors, paramedics, or other
personnel trained to operate them. When an ambulance is used for transfer of a
horse or patient to medical facilities, a replacement ambulance must be
furnished by the facility to comply with this rule.
10.2(9) Helmets and vests. A facility shall not allow
any person to exercise any horse on facility grounds unless that person is
wearing a protective helmet and safety vest of a type approved by the
commission.
10.2(10) Racetrack.
a. The surface of a racetrack, including cushion, subsurface,
and base, must be designed, constructed, and maintained to provide for the
safety of the jockeys and racing animals.
b. Distances to be run shall be measured from the starting
line at a distance three feet out from the inside rail.
c. A facility shall provide an adequate drainage system for
the racetrack.
d. A facility shall provide adequate equipment and personnel
to maintain the track surface in a safe training and racing condition. The
facility shall provide backup equipment for maintaining the track surface. A
facility that conducts races on a turf track shall:
(1) Maintain an adequate stockpile of growing medium;
and
(2) Provide a system capable of adequately watering the entire
turf course evenly.
e. Rails.
(1) Racetracks, including turf tracks, shall have inside and
outside rails, including gap rails, designed, constructed, and maintained to
provide for the safety of jockeys and horses. The design and construction of
rails must be approved by the commission prior to the first race meeting at the
track.
(2) The top of the rail must be at least 38 inches but not
more than 44 inches above the top of the cushion. The inside rail shall have no
less than a 24–inch overhang with a continuous smooth cover.
(3) All rails must be constructed of materials designed to
withstand the impact of a horse running at a gallop.
10.2(11) Patrol films or videotapes. Each facility
shall provide:
a. A videotaping system approved by the commission. Cameras
must be located to provide clear panoramic and head–on views of each race.
Separate monitors, which simultaneously display the images received from each
camera and are capable of simultaneously displaying a synchronized view of the
recordings of each race for review, shall be provided in the stewards’
stand. The location and construction of video towers must be approved by the
commission.
b. One camera, designated by the commission, to videotape the
prerace loading of all horses into the starting gate and to continue to
videotape them until the field is dispatched by the starter.
c. One camera, designated by the commission, to videotape the
apparent winner of each race from the finish line until the horse has returned,
the jockey has dismounted, and the equipment has been removed from the
horse.
d. At the discretion of the stewards, video camera operators
to videotape the activities of any horses or persons handling horses prior to,
during, or following a race.
e. That races run on an oval track be recorded by at least
three video cameras. Races run on a straight course must be recorded by at
least two video cameras.
f. Upon request to the commission, without cost, a copy of a
videotape of a race.
g. Videotapes recorded prior to, during, and following each
race maintained by the facility for not less than six months after the end of
the race meeting, or such other period as may be requested by the stewards or
the commission.
h. A viewing room in which, on approval by the stewards, an
owner, trainer, jockey, or other interested individual may view a videotape
recording of a race.
i. Following any race in which there is an inquiry or
objection, the videotaped replays of the incident in question which were
utilized by the stewards in making their decision. The licensee shall display
to the public these videotaped replays on designated monitors.
10.2(12) Communications.
a. Each facility shall provide and maintain in good working
order a communication system between the:
(1) Stewards’ stand;
(2) Racing office;
(3) Tote room;
(4) Jockeys’ room;
(5) Paddock;
(6) Test barn;
(7) Starting gate;
(8) Weigh–in scale;
(9) Video camera locations;
(10) Clocker’s stand;
(11) Racing veterinarian;
(12) Track announcer;
(13) Location of the ambulances (equine and human);
and
(14) Other locations and persons designated by the
commission.
b. A facility shall provide and maintain a public address
system capable of clearly transmitting announcements to the patrons and to the
stable area.
491—10.3(99D) Facility policies. It shall be
the affirmative responsibility and continuing duty of each occupational licensee
to follow and comply with the facility policies as published in literature
distributed by the facility or posted in a conspicuous location.
491—10.4(99D) Racing officials.
10.4(1) General description. Every facility
conducting a race meeting shall appoint at least the following
officials:
a. One of the members of a three–member board of
stewards;
b. Racing secretary;
c. Assistant racing secretary;
d. Paddock judge;
e. Horse identifier;
f. Clerk of the course;
g. Starter;
h. Clocker/timer;
i. Three placing judges;
j. Jockey room custodian;
k. Mutuel manager;
l. Clerk of scales;
m. Minimum of two outriders;
n. Horsemen’s bookkeeper;
o. Any other person designated by the commission.
10.4(2) Officials’ prohibited activities. No
racing official or racing official’s assistant(s) listed in 10.4(1) while
serving in that capacity during any meeting may engage in any of the
following:
a. Enter into a business or employment that would be a
conflict of interest, interfere with, or conflict with the proper discharge of
duties including a business that does business with a facility or a business
issued a concession operator’s license;
b. Participate in the sale, purchase, or ownership of any
horse racing at the meeting;
c. Be involved in any way in the purchase or sale of any
contract on any jockey racing at the meeting;
d. Sell or solicit horse insurance on any horse racing at the
meeting, or any other business sales or solicitation not a part of the
official’s duties;
e. Wager on the outcome of any race under the jurisdiction of
the commission;
f. Accept or receive money or anything of value for the
official’s assistance in connection with the official’s
duties;
g. Consume or be under the influence of alcohol or any
prohibited substance while performing official duties.
10.4(3) Single official appointment. No official
appointed to any meeting, except placing judges, may hold more than one official
position listed in 10.4(1) unless, in the determination of the stewards or
commission, the holding of more than one appointment would not subject the
official to a conflict of interest or duties in the two appointments.
10.4(4) Stewards. (For practice and procedure before
the stewards and the commission, see 491—Chapter 4.)
a. General authority.
(1) General. The board of stewards for each racing meet shall
be responsible to the commission for the conduct of the racing meet in
accordance with the laws of this state and the rules adopted by the commission.
The stewards shall have authority to regulate and to resolve conflicts or
disputes between all other racing officials, licensees, and those persons
addressed by 491—paragraph 4.6(5)“e” which are reasonably
related to the conduct of a race or races and to discipline violators of these
rules in accordance with the provisions of these rules.
(2) Period of authority. The stewards’ authority as set
forth in this subrule shall commence 30 days prior to the beginning of each
racing meet and shall terminate 30 days after the end of each racing meet or
with the completion of their business pertaining to the meeting.
(3) Attendance. All three stewards shall be present in the
stand during the running of each race.
(4) Appointment of substitute. Should any steward be absent
at race time, the state steward(s) shall appoint a deputy for the absent
steward. If any deputy steward is appointed, the commission shall be notified
immediately by the stewards.
(5) Initiate action. The stewards shall take notice of
questionable conduct or rule violations, with or without complaint, and shall
initiate investigations promptly and render a decision on every objection and
every complaint made to them.
(6) General enforcement provisions. Stewards shall enforce
the laws of Iowa and the rules of the commission. The laws of Iowa and the rules
of racing apply equally during periods of racing. They supersede the conditions
of a race and the regulations of a racing meet and, in matters pertaining to
racing, the orders of the stewards supersede the orders of the officers of the
facility. The decision of the stewards as to the extent of a disqualification of
any horse in any race shall be final for purposes of distribution of the
pari–mutuel pool.
b. Other powers and authority.
(1) The stewards shall have the power to interpret the rules
and to decide all questions not specifically covered by them.
(2) All questions within their authority shall be determined
by a majority of the stewards.
(3) The stewards shall have control over and access to all
areas of the facility grounds.
(4) The stewards shall have the authority to determine all
questions arising with reference to entries and racing. Persons entering horses
to run at licensed facilities agree in so doing to accept the decision of the
stewards on any questions relating to a race or racing. The stewards, in their
sole discretion, are authorized to determine whether two or more individuals or
entities are operating as a single financial interest or as separate financial
interests. In making this determination, the stewards shall consider all
relevant information including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Whether the parties pay bills from and deposit receipts in
the same accounts.
2. Whether the parties share resources such as employees,
feed, supplies, veterinary and farrier services, exercise and pony riders, tack,
and equipment.
3. Whether the parties switch horses or owner/trainer for no
apparent reason, other than to avoid restrictions of being treated as a single
interest.
4. Whether the parties engage in separate racing operations in
other jurisdictions.
5. Whether the parties have claimed horses, or transferred
claimed horses after the fact, for the other’s benefit.
6. If owners, whether one owner is paying the expenses for
horses not in the owner’s name as owner.
7. If trainers, whether the relationship between the parties
is more consistent with that of a trainer and assistant trainer.
(5) The stewards shall have the authority to discipline, for
violation of the rules, any person subject to their control and, in their
discretion, to impose fines or suspensions or both for infractions.
(6) The stewards shall have the authority to order the
exclusion or ejection from all premises and enclosures of the facility any
person who is disqualified for corrupt practices on any race course in any
country.
(7) The stewards shall have the authority to call for proof
that a horse is neither itself disqualified in any respect, nor nominated by,
nor, wholly or in part, the property of a disqualified person. In default of
proof being given to their satisfaction, the stewards may declare the horse
disqualified.
(8) The stewards shall have the authority at any time to order
an examination of any horse entered for a race or which has run in a
race.
(9) In order to maintain necessary safety and health
conditions and to protect the public confidence in horse racing as a sport, the
stewards have the authority to authorize a person(s) on their behalf to enter
into or upon the buildings, barns, motor vehicles, trailers, or other places
within the grounds of a licensed facility, to examine same, and to inspect and
examine the person, personal property, and effects of any person within such
place, and to seize any illegal articles or any items as evidence
found.
(10) The stewards shall maintain a log of all infractions of
the rules and of all rulings of the stewards upon matters coming before them
during the race meet.
(11) The state stewards must give prior approval for any
person other than the commissioners or commission representative to be allowed
in the stewards’ stand.
c. Emergency authority.
(1) Substitute officials. When in an emergency, any official
is unable to discharge the official’s duties, the stewards may approve the
appointment of a substitute and shall report it immediately to the
commission.
(2) Substitute jockeys. The stewards have the authority, in
an emergency, to place a substitute jockey on any horse in the event the trainer
does not do so. Before using that authority, the stewards shall in good faith
attempt to inform the trainer of the emergency and to afford the trainer the
opportunity to appoint a substitute jockey. If the trainer cannot be contacted,
or if the trainer is contacted but fails to appoint a substitute jockey and
inform the stewards of the substitution by 30 minutes prior to post time, then
the stewards may appoint under this rule.
(3) Substitute trainer. The stewards have the authority in an
emergency to designate a substitute trainer for any horse.
(4) Excuse horse. In case of accident or injury to a horse or
any other emergency deemed by the stewards before the start of any race, the
stewards may excuse the horse from starting.
(5) Exercise authority. No licensee may exercise a horse on
the track between races unless upon the approval of the stewards.
(6) Nonstarter. At the discretion of the stewards, any
horse(s) precluded from having a fair start may be declared a nonstarter, and
any wagers involving said horse(s) may be ordered refunded.
d. Investigations and decisions.
(1) Investigations. The stewards may, upon direction of the
commission, conduct inquiries and shall recommend to the commission the issuance
of subpoenas to compel the attendance of witnesses and the production of
reports, books, papers, and documents for any inquiry. The commission stewards
have the power to administer oaths and examine witnesses. The stewards shall
submit a written report to the commission of every such inquiry made by
them.
(2) Form reversal. The stewards shall take notice of any
marked reversal of form by any horse and shall conduct an inquiry of the
horse’s owner, trainer, or other persons connected with the horse
including any person found to have contributed to the deliberate restraint or
impediment of a horse in order to cause it not to win or finish as near as
possible to first.
(3) Fouls.
1. Extent of disqualification. Upon any claim of foul
submitted to them, the stewards shall determine the extent of any
disqualification and place any horse found to be disqualified behind others in
the race with which it interfered or may place the offending horse last in the
race. The stewards at their discretion may determine if there was sufficient
interference or intimidation to affect the outcome of the race and take the
appropriate actions thereafter.
2. Coupled entry. When a horse is disqualified under
10.4(4)“d”(3)“1” and that horse was a part of a coupled
entry and, in the opinion of the stewards, the act which led to the
disqualification served to unduly benefit the other part of the coupled entry,
the stewards may disqualify the other part of the entry.
3. Jockey guilty of foul. The stewards may discipline any
jockey whose horse has been disqualified as a result of a foul committed during
the running of a race.
(4) Protests and complaints. The stewards shall investigate
promptly and render a decision in every protest and complaint made to them.
They shall keep a record of all protests and complaints and any rulings made by
the stewards and shall file reports daily with the commission.
1. Involving fraud. Protests involving fraud may be made by
any person at any time. The protest must be made to the stewards.
2. Not involving fraud. Protests, except those involving
fraud, may be filed only by the owner of a horse, authorized agent, trainer, or
the jockey of the horse in the race over which the protest is made. The protest
must be made to the clerk of scales, the stewards, or a person designated by the
stewards before the race is declared official. If the placement of the starting
gate is in error, no protest may be made, unless entered prior to the start of
the race.
3. Protest to clerk of scales. A jockey who intends to enter
a protest following the running of any race, and before the race is declared
official, shall notify the clerk of scales, or a person designated by the
stewards, of this intention immediately upon the arrival of the jockey at the
scales.
4. Prize money of protested horse. During the time of
determination of a protest, any money or prize won by a horse protested or
otherwise affected by the outcome of the race shall be paid to and held by the
horsemen’s bookkeeper until the protest is decided.
5. Protest in writing. A protest, other than one arising out
of the actual running of a race, must be in writing, signed by the complainant,
and filed with the stewards not later than one hour before post time of the race
out of which the protest arises.
6. Frivolous protests. No person shall make a frivolous
protest nor may any person withdraw a protest without the permission of the
stewards.
10.4(5) Racing secretary.
a. General authority. The racing secretary is responsible for
setting the conditions for each race of the meeting, regulating the nomination
of entries, determining the amounts of purses and to whom they are due, and
recording of race results. The racing secretary shall permit no person other
than licensed racing officials to enter the racing secretary’s office or
work areas until such time as all entries are closed, drawn, and smoked.
Exceptions to this rule must be approved by the stewards.
b. Conditions. The racing secretary shall establish the
conditions and eligibility for entering the races of the meeting and cause them
to be published to owners, trainers, and the commission. Corrections to the
conditions must be made within 24 hours of publication.
c. Posting of entries. Upon the closing of entries each day,
the racing secretary shall post a list of entries in a conspicuous location in
the office of the racing secretary and shall furnish that list to local
newspaper, radio, and television stations.
d. Stakes and entrance money records. The secretary shall be
caretaker of the permanent records of all stakes, entrance moneys, and arrears
paid or due in a race meeting and shall keep permanent records of the results of
each race of the meeting.
e. Record of racing. The racing secretary shall, no later
than the day following each race, attach or endorse on the registration
certificate of each horse winning in any race the fact of that winning
performance and the distance, date of the race, and the type or conditions of
the race.
f. Naming/engaging of riders. Riders must be named at the
time of entry or no later than scratch time. Before naming any rider, the
trainer, owner, or other person authorized must first engage the services of the
rider and state on the entry or to the clerk of scales whether it is a first or
second call. Riders properly engaged must fulfill their engagements as required
in 10.5(2)“l.”
g. Handicapping. The racing secretary, or a handicapper
assigned by the racing secretary, shall assign the weight to be carried by each
horse in a handicap when weights are not stated in the condition of the
race:
(1) Scale of weights for age. The scale of weights for age
hereinafter listed shall be carried when conditions of races do not otherwise
specify:
|
Distance
|
Age
|
Jan
|
Feb
|
Mar
|
Apr
|
May
|
Jun
|
Jul
|
Aug
|
Sep
|
Oct
|
Nov
|
Dec
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two Years
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
105
|
108
|
111
|
114
|
114
|
|
|
HALF
|
Three Years
|
117
|
117
|
119
|
119
|
121
|
123
|
125
|
126
|
127
|
128
|
129
|
129
|
|
|
MILE
|
Four Years
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
|
|
|
Five Years & Up
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two Years
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
102
|
105
|
108
|
111
|
111
|
|
|
SIX
|
Three Years
|
114
|
114
|
117
|
117
|
119
|
121
|
123
|
125
|
126
|
127
|
128
|
128
|
|
|
FURLONGS
|
Four Years
|
129
|
129
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
|
|
|
Five Years & Up
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two Years
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
96
|
99
|
102
|
102
|
|
|
ONE
|
Three Years
|
107
|
107
|
111
|
111
|
113
|
115
|
117
|
119
|
121
|
122
|
123
|
123
|
|
|
MILE
|
Four Years
|
127
|
127
|
128
|
128
|
127
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
|
|
|
Five Years & Up
|
128
|
128
|
128
|
128
|
127
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two Years
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
MILE AND
|
Three Years
|
101
|
101
|
107
|
107
|
111
|
113
|
116
|
118
|
120
|
121
|
122
|
122
|
|
|
A QUARTER
|
Four Years
|
125
|
125
|
127
|
127
|
127
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
|
|
|
Five Years & Up
|
127
|
127
|
127
|
127
|
127
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two Years
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
MILE AND
|
Three Years
|
98
|
98
|
104
|
104
|
108
|
111
|
114
|
117
|
119
|
121
|
122
|
122
|
|
|
A HALF
|
Four Years
|
124
|
124
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
|
|
|
Five Years & Up
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two Years
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
TWO MILES
|
Three Years
|
96
|
96
|
102
|
102
|
106
|
109
|
112
|
114
|
117
|
119
|
120
|
120
|
|
|
|
Four Years
|
124
|
124
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
125
|
125
|
124
|
124
|
124
|
|
|
|
Five Years & Up
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
126
|
125
|
125
|
124
|
124
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) Weights listed.
1. In races of intermediate lengths, the weights for the
shorter distance shall be carried.
2. In a race exclusively for two–year–olds, the
weight shall be 122 pounds.
3. In a race exclusively for three–year–olds or
four–year–olds, the weight shall be 126 pounds.
(3) Minimum weight.
1. Thoroughbreds. In all overnight races for
two–year–olds, three–year–olds, or
four–year–olds and older, the minimum weight shall be 112 pounds,
subject to sex and apprentice allowance. This rule shall not apply to handicaps
or to races written for three–year–olds and older.
2. Quarter horse and mixed races. In all overnight races for
two–year–olds, the weight shall be 120 pounds; for
three–year–olds, the weight shall be 122 pounds; and for
four–year–olds and older, the weight shall be 124 pounds.
3. Quarter horse and mixed races. In qualifying for a speed
index, standard weight shall be 120 pounds. Should any horse carry less than
this amount in a race, one–tenth of a second will be added to the official
time for each four pounds or fraction thereof less than 120 pounds.
(4) Sex allowances. For thoroughbred racing only, sex
allowances are obligatory. In all races except stakes, handicaps, and races
where the conditions expressly state to the contrary, two–year–old
fillies are allowed three pounds; mares three years old and older are allowed
five pounds before September 1 and three pounds thereafter. Sex allowances are
not applicable for quarter horse or mixed races.
h. Penalties not cumulative. Penalties and weight allowances
are not cumulative unless so declared in the conditions of a race by the racing
secretary.
i. Winnings.
(1) All inclusive. For the purpose of the setting of
conditions by the racing secretary, winnings shall be considered to include all
moneys and prizes won up to the time of the start of a race, including those
races outside the United States. Foreign winnings shall be determined on the
basis of the normal rate of exchange prevailing on the day of the win.
(2) Winnings considered from January 1. Winnings during the
year shall be reckoned by the racing secretary from the preceding January
1.
(3) Winner of a certain sum. Winner of a certain sum means
the winner of a single race of that sum, unless otherwise expressed in the
condition book by the racing secretary. In determining the net value to the
winner of any race, the sums contributed by its owner or nominator shall be
deducted from the amount won. In all stakes races, the winnings shall be
computed on the value of the gross earnings.
(4) Winner’s award. Unless the conditions of a race
provide otherwise, the entrance money, starting and subscription fees, and other
contributions shall go to the winner of the race. If for any reason a race is
not run, those entrance, starting, and subscription fees shall be returned to
the nominators.
j. Cancellation of a race. The racing secretary has the
authority to withdraw, cancel, or change any race which has not been closed. In
the event the canceled race is a stakes race, all subscriptions and fees paid in
connection with the race shall be refunded.
k. Coggins test. The racing secretary shall ensure that all
horses have a current negative Coggins test. The racing secretary shall report
all expired certificates to the stewards.
l. Registrations and supporting documents. The racing
secretary shall be responsible for receiving, inspecting, and safeguarding all
registrations and supporting documents submitted by the trainer while the horses
are located on facility grounds. Upon notification from a trainer of an
alteration of the sex of a horse, the racing secretary shall note such
alteration on the certificate of registration. Disclosure is made for the
benefit of the public and all documents pertaining to the ownership or lease of
a horse filed with the racing secretary shall be available for public
inspection.
10.4(6) Paddock judge.
a. General authority. The paddock judge shall:
(1) Supervise the assembly of horses in the paddock no later
than 15 minutes before the scheduled post time for each race;
(2) Maintain a written record of all equipment, inspect all
equipment of each horse saddled, and report any change thereof to the
stewards;
(3) Prohibit any change of equipment without the approval of
the stewards;
(4) Ensure that the saddling of all horses is orderly, open to
public view, free from public interference, and that horses are mounted at the
same time and leave the paddock for the post in proper sequence;
(5) Supervise paddock schooling of all horses approved for
such by the stewards;
(6) Report to the stewards any observed cruelty to a horse;
and
(7) Ensure that only properly authorized persons are permitted
in the paddock.
b. Paddock judge’s list.
(1) The paddock judge shall maintain a list of horses which
shall not be entered in a race because of poor or inconsistent behavior in the
paddock that endangers the health or safety of other participants in
racing.
(2) At the end of each day, the paddock judge shall provide a
copy of the list to the stewards.
(3) To be removed from the paddock judge’s list, a horse
must be schooled in the paddock and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the
paddock judge and the stewards that the horse is capable of performing safely in
the paddock.
10.4(7) Horse identifier. The horse identifier
shall:
a. When required, ensure the safekeeping of registration
certificates and racing permits for horses stabled or racing on facility
grounds;
b. Inspect documents of ownership, eligibility, registration,
or breeding necessary to ensure the proper identification of each horse
scheduled to compete at a race meeting;
c. Examine every starter in the paddock for sex, color,
markings, and lip tattoo for comparison with its registration certificate to
verify the horse’s identity;
d. Supervise the tattooing or branding for identification of
any horse located on facility grounds; and
e. Report to the stewards any horse not properly identified or
whose registration certificate is not in conformity with these rules.
10.4(8) Starter.
a. General authority. The starter shall:
(1) Have complete jurisdiction over the starting gate, the
starting of horses, and the authority to give orders not in conflict with the
rules as may be required to ensure all participants an equal opportunity to a
fair start;
(2) Appoint and supervise assistant starters who have
demonstrated they are adequately trained to safely handle horses in the starting
gate. In emergency situations, the starter may appoint qualified individuals to
act as substitute assistant starters;
(3) Assign the starting gate stall positions to assistant
starters and notify the assistant starters of their respective stall positions
more than ten minutes before post time for the race;
(4) Assess the ability of each person applying for a
jockey’s license in breaking from the starting gate and working a horse in
the company of other horses, and shall make said assessment known to the
stewards; and
(5) Load horses into the gate in any order deemed necessary to
ensure a safe and fair start.
b. Assistant starters. With respect to an official race, the
assistant starters shall not:
(1) Handle or take charge of any horse in the starting gate
without the expressed permission of the starter;
(2) Impede the start of a race;
(3) Apply a whip or other device, with the exception of
steward–approved twitches, to assist in loading a horse into the starting
gate;
(4) Slap, boot, or otherwise dispatch a horse from the
starting gate;
(5) Strike or use abusive language to a jockey; or
(6) Accept or solicit any gratuity or payment other than their
regular salary, directly or indirectly, for services in starting a
race.
c. Starter’s list. No horse shall be permitted to start
in a race unless approval is given by the starter. The starter shall maintain a
starter’s list of all horses which are ineligible to be entered in any
race because of poor or inconsistent behavior or performance in the starting
gate. Such horse shall be refused entry until it has demonstrated to the
starter that it has been satisfactorily schooled in the gate and can be removed
from the starter’s list. Schooling shall be under the direct supervision
of the starter.
10.4(9) Timer/clocker.
a. General authority—timer.
(1) The timer shall accurately record the official
time.
(2) At the end of a race, the timer shall post the official
running time on the infield totalizator board on instruction by the
stewards.
(3) At a facility equipped with an appropriate infield
totalizator board, the timer shall post the quarter times (splits) for
thoroughbred races in fractions as a race is being run. For quarter horse
races, the timer shall post the official times in hundredths of a
second.
(4) For backup purposes, the timer shall also use a stopwatch
to time all races. In time trials, the timer shall ensure that at least two
stopwatches are used by the stewards or their representatives.
(5) The timer shall maintain, and make available for
inspection by the stewards or the commission on request, a written record of
fractional and finish times of each race.
b. General authority—clocker.
(1) The clocker shall be present during training hours at each
track on facility grounds which is open for training to identify each horse
working out and to accurately record the distances and times of each
horse’s workout.
(2) Each day, the clocker shall prepare a list of workouts
that includes the name of each horse which worked along with the distance and
time of each horse’s workout.
(3) At the conclusion of training hours, the clocker shall
deliver a copy of the list of workouts to the stewards and the racing
secretary.
10.4(10) Placing judges.
a. General authority. The placing judges shall determine the
order of finish in a race as the horses pass the finish line and, with the
approval of the stewards, may display the results on the totalizator
board.
b. Photo finish.
(1) In the event the placing judges or the stewards request a
photo of the finish, the photo finish sign shall be posted on the totalizator
board.
(2) Following their review of the photo finish film strip, the
placing judges shall, with the approval of the stewards, determine the exact
order of finish for all horses participating in the race, and shall immediately
post the numbers of the first four finishers on the totalizator board.
(3) In the event a photo was requested, the placing judges
shall cause a photographic print of said finish to be produced. The finish
photograph shall, when needed, be used by the placing judges as an aid in
determining the correct order of finish.
(4) Upon determination of the correct order of finish of a
race in which the placing judges have utilized a photographic print to determine
the first four finishers, the placing judges shall cause prints of said
photograph to be displayed publicly in the grandstand and clubhouse areas of the
facility.
c. Dead heats.
(1) In the event the placing judges determine that two or more
horses finished the race simultaneously and cannot be separated as to their
order of finish, a dead heat shall, with the approval of the stewards, be
declared.
(2) In the event one or more of the first four finishers of a
race are involved in a dead heat, the placing judges shall post the dead heat
sign on the totalizator board and cause the numbers of the horse or horses
involved to blink on the totalizator board.
10.4(11) Jockey room custodian. The jockey room
custodian shall:
a. Supervise the conduct of the jockeys and their attendants
while they are in the jockey room;
b. Keep the jockey room clean and safe for all
jockeys;
c. Ensure all jockeys are in the correct colors before leaving
the jockey room to prepare for mounting their horses;
d. Keep a daily film list as dictated by the stewards and have
it displayed in plain view for all jockeys;
e. Keep a daily program displayed in plain view for the
jockeys;
f. Keep unauthorized persons out of the jockey room;
g. Report to the stewards any unusual occurrences in the
jockey room;
h. Assist the clerk of scales as required;
i. Supervise the care and storage of racing colors;
and
j. Assign to each jockey a locker, capable of being locked,
for the use of storing the jockey’s clothing, equipment, and personal
effects.
10.4(12) Mutuel manager. The mutuel manager is
responsible for the operation of the mutuel department. The mutuel manager
shall ensure that any delays in the running of official races caused by
totalizator malfunctions are reported to the stewards. The mutuel manager shall
submit a written report on any delay when requested by the state
steward.
10.4(13) Clerk of scales. The clerk of scales
shall:
a. Verify the presence of all jockeys in the jockey room at
the appointed time;
b. Verify that all such jockeys have a current jockey’s
license issued by the commission;
c. Verify the correct weight of each jockey at the time of
weighing out and weighing in and report any discrepancies to the stewards
immediately;
d. Oversee the security of the jockey room including the
conduct of the jockeys and their attendants;
e. Record all required data on the scale sheet and submit that
data to the horsemen’s bookkeeper at the end of each race day;
f. Maintain the record of applicable winning races on all
apprentice certificates at the meeting;
g. Release apprentice jockey certificates, upon the
jockey’s departure or upon the conclusion of the race meet; and
h. Assume the duties of the jockey room custodian in the
absence of such employee.
10.4(14) Outrider.
a. The facility shall appoint a minimum of two outriders on
the main track for each race of a performance and during workouts. The facility
shall appoint one outrider on the training track during all workouts. The
outriders must be neat in appearance, wear approved helmets with the chin straps
securely fastened, and wear approved safety vests while on the main track or
training track.
b. The outriders shall:
(1) Accompany the field of horses from the paddock to the
post;
(2) Ensure the post parade is conducted in an orderly manner,
with all jockeys and pony riders conducting themselves in a manner in conformity
with the best interests of racing as determined by the board of
stewards;
(3) Assist jockeys with unruly horses;
(4) Render assistance when requested by a jockey;
(5) Be present during morning workouts to assist exercise
riders as required by regulations;
(6) Promptly report to the stewards any unusual conduct which
occurs while performing the duties of an outrider;
(7) Ensure individuals using the track(s) are appropriately
licensed; and
(8) Promptly report jockey(s) objections to the stewards after
the finish of each race.
10.4(15) Horsemen’s bookkeeper.
a. General authority. The horsemen’s bookkeeper shall
maintain the records and accounts and perform the duties described herein and
maintain such other records and accounts and perform such other duties as the
facility and commission may prescribe.
b. Records.
(1) The records shall include the name, mailing address,
social security number or federal tax identification number, and the state or
country of residence of each horse owner, trainer, or jockey participating at
the race meeting who has funds due or on deposit in the horsemen’s
account.
(2) The records shall include a file of all required
statements of partnerships, syndicates, corporations, assignments of interest,
lease agreements, and registrations of authorized agents.
(3) All records of the horsemen’s bookkeeper shall be
kept separate and apart from the records of the facility.
(4) All records of the horsemen’s bookkeeper including
records of accounts and moneys and funds kept on deposit are subject to
inspection by the commission at any time.
c. Moneys and funds on account.
(1) All moneys and funds on account with the horsemen’s
bookkeeper shall be maintained:
1. Separate and apart from moneys and funds of the
facility;
2. In a trust account designated as “horsemen’s
trust account”; and
3. In an account insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation or the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.
(2) The horsemen’s bookkeeper shall be bonded.
d. Payment of purses.
(1) The horsemen’s bookkeeper shall receive, maintain,
and disburse the purses of each race and all stakes, entrance money, jockey
fees, purchase money in claiming races, all applicable taxes, and other moneys
that properly come into their possession in accordance with the provisions of
commission rules.
(2) The horsemen’s bookkeeper may accept moneys due,
belonging to other organizations or recognized meetings, provided prompt return
is made to the organization to which the money is due.
(3) The horsemen’s bookkeeper shall disburse the purse
of each race and all stakes, entrance money, jockey fees, purchase money in
claiming races, and all applicable taxes, upon request, within 48 hours of
receipt of notification that all tests with respect to such races have cleared
the drug testing laboratory (commission chemist) as reported by the stewards.
Minimum jockey mount fees may be disbursed prior to notification that the tests
have cleared the testing laboratory.
(4) Absent a prior request, the horsemen’s bookkeeper
shall disburse moneys to the persons entitled to receive same within 15 days
after the last race day of the race meeting, including purses for official
races, provided that all tests with respect to such races have cleared the drug
testing laboratory as reported by the stewards, and provided further that no
protest or appeal has been filed with the stewards or the commission.
(5) In the event a protest or appeal has been filed with the
stewards or the commission, the horsemen’s bookkeeper shall disburse the
purse within 48 hours of receipt of dismissal or a final nonappealable order
disposing of such protest or appeal.
e. No portion of purse money other than jockey fees shall be
deducted by the facility for itself or for another, unless so requested in
writing by the person to whom purse moneys are payable or the person’s
duly authorized representative. The horsemen’s bookkeeper shall mail to
each owner a duplicate of each record of all deposits, withdrawals, or transfers
of funds affecting the owner’s racing account at the close of each race
meeting.
10.4(16) Patrol judges.
a. General authority. A facility may employ patrol judges who
shall observe the running of the race and report information concerning the
running of the race to the stewards.
b. Duty stations. Each patrol judge shall have a duty station
assigned by the stewards.
10.4(17) Commission veterinarians.
a. The veterinarians shall advise the commission and the
stewards on all veterinary matters.
b. The commission veterinarians shall have supervision and
control of the detention barn for the collection of test samples for the testing
of horses for prohibited medication as provided in Iowa Code sections 99D.23(2)
and 99D.25(9). The commission may employ persons to assist the commission
veterinarians in maintaining the detention barn area and collecting test
samples.
c. The commission veterinarians shall not buy or sell any
horse under their supervision; wager on a race under their supervision; or be
licensed to participate in racing in any other capacity.
d. The stewards or commission veterinarians may request any
horse entered in a race to undergo an examination on the day of the race to
determine the general fitness of the horse for racing. During the examination,
all bandages shall be removed by the groom upon request and the horse may be
exercised outside the stall to permit the examiner to determine the condition of
the horse’s legs and feet. The examining veterinarian shall report any
unsoundness in a horse to the stewards.
e. A commission veterinarian shall inspect all of the horses
in a race at the starting gate and after the finish of a race shall observe the
horses upon their leaving the track.
f. The commission veterinarian shall place any horse
determined to be sick or too unsafe, unsound, or unfit to race on a
veterinarian’s list that shall be posted in a conspicuous place available
to all owners, trainers, and officials.
g. A horse placed on the veterinarian’s list, bleeders
exempt, may be allowed to enter only after it has been removed from the list by
the commission veterinarian. Requests for the removal of any horse from the
veterinarian’s list will be accepted only after three calendar days from
the placing of the horse on the veterinarian’s list have elapsed. Removal
from the list will be at the discretion of the commission veterinarian who may
require satisfactory workouts or examinations to adequately demonstrate that the
problem that caused the horse to be placed on the list has been
rectified.
h. The commission veterinarians shall supervise and ensure
that the administration of lasix and phenylbutazone is in compliance with Iowa
Code section 99D.25A.
i. The commission veterinarians shall, in accordance with Iowa
Code section 99D.25A, be present at all postmortem examinations on all horses
which have expired or been euthanized on facility grounds.
j. The commission veterinarian or commission representative
shall take receipt of veterinary reports as required by Iowa Code section
99D.25(10).
491—10.5(99D) Trainer, jockey, and jockey agent
responsibilities.
10.5(1) Trainer.
a. Responsibility. The trainer is responsible for:
(1) The condition of horses entered in an official workout or
race and, in the absence of substantial evidence to the contrary, for the
presence of any prohibited drug, medication or other substance, including
permitted medication in excess of the maximum allowable level, in such horses,
regardless of the acts of third parties. A positive test for a prohibited drug,
medication, or substance, including permitted medication in excess of the
maximum allowable level, as reported by a commission–approved laboratory,
is prima facie evidence of a violation of this rule or Iowa Code chapter
99D.
(2) Preventing the administration of any drug, medication, or
other prohibited substance that may cause a violation of these rules.
(3) Any violation of rules regarding a claimed horse’s
participation in the race in which the trainer’s horse is
claimed.
(4) The condition and contents of stalls, tack rooms, feed
rooms, sleeping rooms, and other areas which have been assigned to the trainer
by the facility and maintaining the assigned stable area in a clean, neat, and
sanitary condition at all times.
(5) Ensuring that fire prevention rules are strictly observed
in the assigned stable area.
(6) Providing a list to the commission of the trainer’s
employees in any area under the jurisdiction of the commission. The list shall
include each employee’s name, occupation, social security number, and
occupational license number. The commission shall be notified by the trainer,
in writing, within 24 hours of any change.
(7) The proper identity, custody, care, health, condition, and
safety of horses in the trainer’s charge.
(8) Disclosure to the racing secretary of the true and entire
ownership of each horse in the trainer’s care, custody, or control. Any
change in ownership shall be reported immediately to, and approved by, the
stewards and recorded by the racing secretary. The disclosure, together with
all written agreements and affidavits setting out oral agreements pertaining to
the ownership for or rights in and to a horse, shall be attached to the
registration certificate for the horse and filed with the racing
secretary.
(9) Training all horses owned wholly or in part by the trainer
which are participating at the race meeting.
(10) Registering with the racing secretary each horse in the
trainer’s charge within 24 hours of the horse’s arrival on facility
grounds.
(11) Ensuring that, at the time of arrival at the facility,
each horse in the trainer’s care is accompanied by a valid health
certificate which shall be filed with the racing secretary.
(12) Having each horse in the trainer’s care that is
racing or stabled on facility grounds tested for equine infectious anemia (EIA)
in accordance with state law and for filing evidence of such negative test
results with the racing secretary. The test must have been conducted within the
previous 12 months and must be repeated upon expiration. The certificate must
be attached to foal certificate.
(13) Using the services of those veterinarians licensed by the
commission to attend horses that are on facility grounds.
(14) Immediately reporting the alteration of the sex of a
horse in the trainer’s care to the horse identifier and the racing
secretary.
(15) Promptly reporting to the racing secretary and the
commission veterinarian any horse on which a posterior digital neurectomy (heel
nerving) has been performed and ensuring that such fact is designated on its
certificate of registration. See Iowa Code subsections 99D.25(1) to
99D.25(3).
(16) Promptly reporting to the stewards and the commission
veterinarian the serious illness of any horse in the trainer’s
charge.
(17) Promptly reporting the death of any horse in the
trainer’s care on facility grounds to the stewards, owner, and the
commission veterinarian and complying with Iowa Code subsection 99D.25(5)
governing postmortem examination.
(18) Maintaining a knowledge of the medication record and
status of all horses in the trainer’s care.
(19) Immediately reporting to the stewards and the commission
veterinarian if the trainer knows, or has cause to believe, that a horse in the
trainer’s custody, care, or control has received any prohibited drugs or
medication.
(20) Representing an owner in making entries and scratches and
in all other matters pertaining to racing.
(21) Eligibility of horses entered and weight or other
allowance claimed.
(22) Ensuring the fitness of a horse to perform creditably at
the distance entered.
(23) Ensuring that the trainer’s horses are properly
shod, bandaged, and equipped.
(24) Presenting the trainer’s horse in the paddock at
least 20 minutes before post time or at a time otherwise appointed before the
race in which the horse is entered.
(25) Personally attending to the trainer’s horses in the
paddock and supervising the saddling thereof, unless excused by the
stewards.
(26) Instructing the jockey to give the jockey’s best
effort during a race and instructing the jockey that each horse shall be ridden
to win.
(27) Attending the collection of a urine or blood sample from
the horse in the trainer’s charge or delegating a licensed employee or the
owner of the horse to do so.
(28) Notifying horse owners upon the revocation or suspension
of their trainer’s license. Upon application by the owner, the stewards
may approve the transfer of such horses to the care of another licensed trainer,
and upon such approved transfer, such horses may be entered to race.
b. Restrictions on wagering. A trainer with a horse(s)
entered in a race shall be allowed to wager only on that horse(s) or that
horse(s) in combination with other horses.
c. Assistant trainers.
(1) Upon the demonstration of a valid need, a trainer may
employ an assistant trainer as approved by the stewards. The assistant trainer
shall be licensed prior to acting in such capacity on behalf of the
trainer.
(2) Qualifications for obtaining an assistant
trainer’slicense shall be prescribed by the stewards and the commission
and may include requirements set forth in 491—Chapter 6.
(3) An assistant trainer may substitute for and shall assume
the same duties, responsibilities and restrictions as are imposed on the
licensed trainer. In which case, the trainer shall be jointly responsible for
the assistant trainer’s compliance with the rules.
d. Substitute trainers.
(1) A trainer absent for more than five days from
responsibility as a licensed trainer, or on a day in which the trainer has a
horse in a race, shall obtain another licensed trainer to substitute.
(2) A substitute trainer shall accept responsibility for the
horses in writing and shall be approved by the stewards.
(3) A substitute trainer and the absent trainer shall be
jointly responsible as absolute insurers of the condition of their horses
entered in an official workout or race.
10.5(2) Jockey.
a. Responsibility.
(1) A jockey shall give a best effort during a race, and each
horse shall be ridden to win.
(2) A jockey shall not have a valet attendant except one
provided and compensated by the facility.
(3) No person other than the licensed contract employer or a
licensed jockey agent may make riding engagements for a rider, except that a
jockey not represented by a jockey agent may make the jockey’s own riding
engagements.
(4) A jockey shall have no more than one jockey
agent.
(5) No revocation of a jockey agent’s authority is
effective until the jockey notifies the stewards in writing of the revocation of
the jockey agent’s authority.
(6) A jockey shall promptly report objections to the
outrider(s) following the finish of the race.
b. Jockey betting. A jockey shall be allowed to wager only on
a race in which the jockey is riding. A jockey shall only be allowed to wager
if:
(1) The owner or trainer of the horse that the jockey is
riding makes the wager for the jockey;
(2) The jockey only wagers on the jockey’s own mountto
win or finish first in combination with other horses inmultiple–type
wagers; and
(3) Records of such wagers are kept and available for
presentation upon request by the stewards.
c. Jockey’s spouse. A jockey shall not compete in any
race against a horse that is trained or owned by the jockey’s
spouse.
d. Jockey mount fees. In the absence of a specific contract
or special agreement, the following jockey mount fees apply:
Purse
|
Winning Mount
|
2nd Place
|
3rd Place
|
Unplaced
|
$599 and under
|
$33
|
$33
|
$33
|
$33
|
$600 to $699
|
36
|
33
|
33
|
33
|
$700 to $1,499
|
10% Win Purse
|
33
|
33
|
33
|
$1,500 to $1,999
|
10% Win Purse
|
35
|
33
|
33
|
$2,000 to $3,499
|
10% Win Purse
|
45
|
40
|
38
|
$3,500 to $4,999
|
10% Win Purse
|
55
|
45
|
40
|
$5,000 to $9,999
|
10% Win Purse
|
65
|
50
|
45
|
$10,000 to $14,999
|
10% Win Purse
|
5% Place Purse
|
5% Show Purse
|
50
|
$15,000 to $24,999
|
10% Win Purse
|
5% Place Purse
|
5% Show Purse
|
55
|
$25,000 to $49,999
|
10% Win Purse
|
5% Place Purse
|
5% Show Purse
|
65
|
$50,000 to $99,999
|
10% Win Purse
|
5% Place Purse
|
5% Show Purse
|
80
|
$100,000 and up
|
10% Win Purse
|
5% Place Purse
|
5% Show Purse
|
105
|
e. Entitlement. Any apprentice or contract rider shall be
entitled to the regular jockey fees, except when riding a horse owned in part or
solely by the contract holder. An interest in the winnings only (such as
trainer’s percent) shall not constitute ownership.
f. Fee earned. A jockey’s fee shall be considered
earned when the jockey is weighed out by the clerk of scales. The fee shall not
be considered earned when injury to the horse or rider is not involved and
jockeys, of their own free will, take themselves off their mounts. Any
conditions or considerations not covered by the above shall be at the discretion
of the stewards.
g. Multiple engagements. If any owner or trainer engages two
or more jockeys for the same race, the owner or trainer shall be required to pay
each of the jockeys whether the jockey rides in the race or not.
h. Dead heats. Jockeys finishing a race in a dead heat shall
divide equally the totals they individually would have received had one jockey
won the race alone. The owners of the horses finishing in the dead heat shall
pay equal shares of the jockey fees.
i. Apprentices subject to jockey rules. Unless excepted under
these rules, apprentices are subject to all rules governing jockeys and racing.
j. Conduct.
(1) Clothing and appearance. A jockey shall wear the colors
furnished by the owner or facility with the number on the saddlecloth
corresponding to the number given in the racing program. A jockey shall
maintain a neat and clean appearance while engaged in duties on facility grounds
and shall wear a clean jockey costume, cap, helmet (approved by commission), a
jacket of silk or waterproof fabric, breeches, and top boots.
(2) Competing against contractor. No jockey may ride in any
race against a starting horse belonging to the jockey’s contract employer
unless the jockey’s mount and the contract employer’s horse are both
trained by the same trainer.
(3) Confined to jockey room. Jockeys engaged to ride a race
shall report to the jockey room on the day of the race at the time designated by
facility officials. The jockeys shall then report their engagements and any
overweight to the clerk of scales. Thereafter, they shall not leave the jockey
room, except by permission of the stewards, until all of their riding
engagements of the day have been fulfilled. Once riders have fulfilled their
riding engagements for the day and have left the jockeys’ quarters, they
shall not be readmitted to the jockeys’ quarters until after the entire
racing program for that day has been completed, except upon permission of the
stewards. Jockeys are not allowed to communicate with anyone but the trainer or
agent while in the room during the performance except with approval of stewards.
On these occasions, they should be accompanied by a security guard.
(4) Whip prohibited. Jockeys may not use a whip on a
two–year–old horse before April 1 of each year, nor shall a jockey
or other person engage in excessive or indiscriminate whipping of any horse at
any time.
(5) Spurs prohibited. Jockeys shall not use spurs.
(6) Possessing drugs or devices. Jockeys shall not have in
their care, control, or custody any drugs, prohibited substances, or electrical
or mechanical device that could affect a horse’s racing performance.
k. Jockey effort. A jockey shall exert every effort to ride
the horse to the finish in the best and fastest run of which the horse is
capable. No jockey shall ease up or coast to a finish, without adequate cause,
even if the horse has no apparent chance to win prize money.
l. Duty to fulfill engagements. Jockeys shall fulfill their
duly scheduled riding engagements, unless excused by the stewards. Jockeys
shall not be forced to ride a horse they believe to be unsound nor over a racing
strip they believe to be unsafe. If the stewards find a jockey’s refusal
to fulfill a riding engagement is based on personal belief unwarranted by the
facts and circumstances, the jockey may be subject to disciplinary action.
Jockeys shall be responsible to their agent for any engagements previously
secured by the agent.
m. Riding interference.
(1) When the way is clear in a race, a horse may be ridden to
any part of the course; but if any horse swerves, or is ridden to either side,
so as to interfere with, impede, or intimidate any other horse, it is a
foul.
(2) The offending horse may be disqualified if, in the opinion
of the stewards, the foul altered the finish of the race, regardless of whether
the foul was accidental, willful, or the result of careless riding.
(3) If the stewards determine the foul was intentional, or due
to careless riding, the jockey shall be held responsible.
(4) In a straightaway race, every horse must maintain position
as nearly as possible in the lane in which it started. If a horse is ridden,
drifts, or swerves out of its lane in such a manner that it interferes with,
impedes, or intimidates another horse, it is a foul and may result in the
disqualification of the offending horse.
n. Jostling. Jockeys shall not jostle another horse or
jockey. Jockeys shall not strike another horse or jockey or ride so carelessly
as to cause injury or possible injury to another horse in the race.
o. Partial fault/third–party interference. If a horse
or jockey interferes with or jostles another horse, the aggressor may be
disqualified, unless the interfered or jostled horse or jockey was partly at
fault or the infraction was wholly caused by the fault of some other horse or
jockey.
p. Careless riding. A jockey shall not ride carelessly or
willfully permit the mount to interfere with, intimidate, or impede any other
horse in the race. A jockey shall not strike at another horse or jockey so as
to impede, interfere with, or injure the other horse or jockey. If a jockey
rides in a manner contrary to this rule, the horse may be disqualified; or the
jockey may be fined, suspended, or otherwise disciplined; or other penalties may
apply.
q. Jockey weighed out.
(1) Jockeys must be weighed for their assigned horse not more
than 30 minutes before the time fixed for the race.
(2) A jockey’s weight shall include the jockey’s
clothing, boots, saddle and its attachments. A safety vest shall be mandatory,
shall weigh no more than two pounds, and shall be designed to provide
shock–absorbing protection to the upper body of at least a rating of five
as defined by the British Equestrian Trade Association.
(3) All other equipment shall be excluded from the weight.
r. Overweight limited. No jockey may weigh more than two
pounds or, in the case of inclement weather, four pounds over the weight the
horse is assigned to carry unless with consent of the owner or trainer and
unless the jockey has declared the amount of overweight to the clerk of the
scales at least 45 minutes before the time of the race. However, a horse shall
not carry more than seven pounds overweight, except in inclement weather when
nine pounds shall be allowed. The overweight shall be publicly announced and
posted in a conspicuous place both prior to the first race of the day and before
the running of the race.
(1) Weigh in. Upon completion of a race, jockeys shall ride
promptly to the winner’s circle and dismount. Jockeys riding the first
four finishers, or at the discretion of the stewards a greater number, shall
present themselves to the clerk of scales to be weighed in. If a jockey is
prevented from riding the mount to the winner’s circle because of accident
or illness either to the jockey or the horse, the jockey may walk or be carried
to the scales unless excused by the stewards.
(2) Unsaddling. Jockeys, upon completion of a race, must
return to the winner’s circle and unsaddle their own horse, unless excused
by the stewards.
(3) Removing horse’s equipment. No person except the
valet attendant for each mount is permitted to assist the jockey in removing the
horse’s equipment that is included in the jockey’s weight, unless
the stewards permit otherwise. To weigh in, jockeys shall carry to the scales
all pieces of equipment with which they weighed out. Thereafter they may hand
the equipment to the valet attendant.
(4) Underweight. When any horse places first, second, or
third in a race, or is coupled in any form of multiple exotic wagering, and
thereafter the horse’s jockey is weighed in short by more than two pounds
of the weight of which the jockey was weighed out, the mount may be disqualified
and all purse moneys forfeited.
(5) Overweight. If the jockey is overweight, the mount may be
disqualified and all purse moneys forfeited.
s. Contracts.
(1) Jockey contracts. A jockey may contract with an owner or
trainer to furnish jockey services whenever the owner shall require; and, in
that event, a jockey shall not ride or agree to ride in any race for any other
person without the consent of the owner or trainer to whom the jockey is under
contract.
(2) Apprentice contracts and transfers.
1. Owners or trainers and apprentices who are parties to
contracts for apprentice jockey services shall file a copy of the contract with
the commission, upon forms approved by the commission, and shall, upon any
transfer, assignment, or amendment of the contract, immediately furnish a copy
to the commission.
2. An apprentice jockey may not ride for a licensed owner or
agent unless with the consent of the apprentice’s contract
employer.
(3) Contract condition. No person other than an owner,
trainer, jockey agent, or authorized agent of an owner in good standing shall
make engagements for an apprentice jockey or jockey. Jockeys not represented by
an agent may make their own engagements.
t. Jockey fines and forfeitures. Jockeys shall pay any
fine or forfeiture from their own funds within 48 hours of the imposition of the
fine or at a time deemed proper by the stewards. No other person shall pay
jockey fines or forfeitures for the jockey.
u. Competing claims. Whenever two or more licensees claim the
services of one jockey for a race, first call shall have priority and any
dispute shall be resolved by the stewards.
v. Jockey suspension.
(1) Offenses involving fraud. Suspension of a licensee for an
offense involving fraud or deception in racing shall begin immediately after the
ruling unless otherwise ordered by the stewards or commission.
(2) Offenses not involving fraud. Suspension for an offense
not involving fraud or deception in racing shall begin on the third day after
the ruling or at the stewards’ discretion.
(3) Withdrawal of appeal. Withdrawal by the appellant of a
notice of appeal filed with the commission, whenever imposition of the
disciplinary action has been stayed or enjoined pending a final decision by the
commission, shall be deemed a frivolous appeal and referred to the commission
for further disciplinary action in the event the appellant fails to show good
cause to the stewards why the withdrawal should not be deemed frivolous.
(4) Riding suspensions of ten days or less and participating
in designated races. The stewards appointed for a race meeting shall
immediately, prior to the commencement of that meeting, designate the stakes,
futurities, futurity trials, or other races in which a jockey will be permitted
to compete, notwithstanding the fact that such jockey is technically under
suspension for ten days or less for a riding infraction at the time the
designated race is to be run.
1. Official rulings for riding suspensions of ten days or less
shall state: “The term of this suspension shall not prohibit participation
in designated races.”
2. A listing of the designated races shall be posted in the
jockey room and any other such location deemed appropriate by the
stewards.
3. A suspended jockey must be named at time of entry to
participate in any designated race.
4. A day in which a jockey participated in one designated race
while on suspension shall count as a suspension day. Designated trials for a
futurity shall be considered as one race.
10.5(3) Jockey agent.
a. Responsibilities.
(1) A jockey agent shall not make or assist in making
engagements for a jockey other than those the agent is licensed to
represent.
(2) A jockey agent shall file written proof of all agencies
and changes of agencies with the stewards.
(3) A jockey agent shall notify the stewards, in writing,
prior to withdrawing from representation of a jockey and shall submit to the
stewards a list of any unfulfilled engagements made for the jockey.
(4) All persons permitted to make riding engagements shall
maintain current and accurate records of all engagements made. Such records
shall be subject to examination by the stewards at any time.
b. Prohibited areas. A jockey agent is prohibited from
entering the jockey room, winner’s circle, racing strip, paddock, or
saddling enclosure during the hours of racing, unless permitted by the
stewards.
c. A jockey agent shall not be permitted to withdraw from the
representation of any jockey unless written notice to the stewards has been
provided.
491—10.6(99D) Conduct of races.
10.6(1) Horses ineligible. Any horse ineligible to be
entered for a race, or ineligible to start in any race, which competes in that
race may be disqualified and the stewards may discipline the persons responsible
for the horse competing in that race.
a. A horse is ineligible to enter a race when:
(1) The nominator has failed to identify the horse which is
being entered for the first time, by name, color, sex, age, and the names of
sire and dam as registered.
(2) A horse has been knowingly entered or raced in any
jurisdiction under a different name, with an altered registration certificate,
or altered lip tattoo by a person having lawful custody or control of the horse
for the purpose of deceiving any facility or regulatory agency.
(3) A horse has been allowed to enter or start by a person
having lawful custody or control of the horse who participated in or assisted in
the entry or racing of some other horse under the name of the horse in
question.
(4) A horse is wholly or partially owned by a disqualified
person or a horse is under the direct or indirect management of a disqualified
person.
(5) A horse is wholly or partially owned by the spouse of a
disqualified person or a horse is under the direct or indirect management of the
spouse of a disqualified person. In such cases, a presumption which may be
rebutted is that the disqualified person and spouse constitute a single
financial entity with respect to the horse.
(6) A horse is owned in whole or in part by an undisclosed
person or interest.
(7) A horse has been nerved by surgical neurectomy.
(8) A horse has been trachea–tubed to artificially
assist breathing.
(9) A horse has impaired eyesight in both eyes.
(10) A horse appears on the starter’s list,
stewards’ list, paddock list, or veterinarian’s list,
notwithstanding a horse appearing on the veterinarian’s list as a
“bleeder.”
(11) A horse is barred from racing in any racing
jurisdiction.
b. A horse is ineligible to start a race when:
(1) The horse is not stabled on the grounds of the facility by
the time designated by the stewards.
(2) The horse’s breed registration certificate is not on
file with the racing secretary, or horse identifier, except in the case of a
quarter horse where the racing secretary has submitted the certificate to the
breed registry for correction. The stewards may, in their discretion, waive the
requirement in nonclaiming races provided the horse is otherwise properly
identified.
(3) The horse is not fully identified by an official tattoo on
the inside of the upper lip.
(4) A horse is brought to the paddock and is not in the care
of and saddled by a currently licensed trainer or assistant trainer.
(5) No current negative Coggins test or current negative
equine infectious anemia test certificate is attached to the horse’s
registration certificate.
(6) The stakes or entrance money for the horse has not been
paid.
(7) The horse appears on the starter’s list,
stewards’ list, paddock list, or veterinarian’s list.
(8) The horse is a first–time starter not approved by
the starter and does not have a minimum of two published workouts.
(9) Within the past calendar year the horse has started in a
race that has not been reported in a nationally published monthly chartbook,
unless at least 48 hours prior to entry, the owner of the horse provides to the
racing secretary performance records which show the place and date of the race,
distance, weight carried, amount carried, and the horse’s finishing
position and time.
(10) In a stakes race, a horse has been transferred with its
engagements, unless prior to the start, the fact of transfer of the horse and
its engagements has been filed with the racing secretary.
(11) A horse is subject to a lien which has not been approved
by the stewards and filed with the horsemen’s bookkeeper.
(12) A horse is subject to a lease not filed with the
stewards.
(13) A horse is not in sound racing condition.
(14) A horse has been blocked with alcohol or injected with
any other foreign substance or drug to desensitize the nerves of the
leg.
(15) A horse appears on the veterinarian’s list as a
“bleeder.”
10.6(2) Entries.
a. The facility shall provide forms for making entries and
declarations with the racing secretary. Entries and declarations shall be in
writing, or by telephone or fax subsequently confirmed in writing by the owner,
trainer, or authorized agent. When any entrant or nominator claims failure or
error in the receipt by a facility of any entry or declaration, the entrant or
nominator may be required to submit evidence within a reasonable time of the
filing of the entry or the declaration.
b. Upon the closing of entries the racing secretary shall
promptly compile a list of entries and cause it to be conspicuously
posted.
c. Coupling.
(1) Entry coupling. When one owner or lessee enters more than
one horse in the same race, the horses shall be coupled as an entry. Horses
shall be regarded as having a common owner when an owner of one horse, either as
an individual, a licensed member of a partnership, or a licensed shareholder of
a corporation has an aggregate commonality of ownership of 10 percent interest
in another horse, either as an individual, a licensed member of a partnership,
or a licensed shareholder of a corporation.
(2) Coupled entry limitations on owner. No more than two
horses coupled by a common ownership or trainer shall be entered in an overnight
race.
(3) Coupling of entries by stewards. The stewards may couple
as a single entry any horses which, in the determination of the stewards, are
connected by common ownership, common lessee, the same trainer, or when the
stewards determine that coupling is necessary in the interest of the regulation
of the pari–mutuel wagering industry or is necessary to ensure the
public’s confidence in racing.
(4) Exclusion of single interest. Horses having the same
owner, lessee, or trainer shall not be permitted to enter or start if the effect
would deprive a single interest from starting in overnight races.
d. Splitting of a race. If a race is canceled and declared
off for insufficient entries, the facility may split the list of entries for any
other overnight race to provide an additional race to replace the one canceled.
The racing secretary shall by lot divide the entries of the race so split into
two different races.
e. Entry weight. Owners, trainers, or any other duly
authorized person who enters a horse for a race shall ensure that the entry is
correct and accurate as to the weight allowances available and claimed for the
horse under the conditions set for the race. After a horse is entered and has
been assigned a weight to carry in the race, the assignment of weight shall not
be changed except in the case of error.
f. Horses run once daily. No horse shall be entered for more
than one race on the same day on which pari–mutuel wagering is
conducted.
g. Foreign entries. For the purposes of determining
eligibility, weight assignments, or allowances for horses imported from a
foreign nation, the racing secretary shall take into account the “Pattern
Race Book” published jointly by the Irish Turf Club, The Jockey Club of
Great Britain, and the Société d’Encouragement.
h. Weight conversions. For the purpose of determining
eligibility, weight assignments, or allowances for horses imported from a
foreign nation, the racing secretary shall convert metric distances to English
measures by reference to the following scale:
1 sixteenth = 100 meters
1 furlong = 200 meters
1 mile = 1600 meters
i. Name. The “name” of a horse means the name
reflected on the certificate of registration, racing permit, or temporary racing
permit issued by The Jockey Club. Imported horses shall have a suffix, enclosed
by brackets, added to their registered names showing the country of foaling.
This suffix is derived from the international code of suffixes and constitutes
part of the horse’s registered name. The registered names and suffixes,
where applicable, shall be printed in the official program.
j. Bona fide entry. No person shall enter or attempt to enter
a horse for a race unless that entry is a bona fide entry, made with the
intention that the horse is to compete in the race for which the horse was
entered.
k. Registration certificate to reflect correct ownership.
Every Jockey Club foal certificate or American Quarter Horse Association
registration certificate filed with the facility and its racing secretary to
establish the eligibility of a horse to be entered for any race shall accurately
reflect the correct and true ownership of the horse. The name of the owner that
is printed on the official program for the horse shall conform to the ownership
as declared on the certificate of registration or eligibility certificate unless
a stable name has been registered with the commission for the owner or
ownership.
10.6(3) Sweepstakes entries.
a. Entry and withdrawal. The entry of a horse in a
sweepstakes is a subscription to the sweepstakes. Before the time of closing,
any entry or subscription may be altered or withdrawn.
b. Entrance money. Entrance money shall be paid by the
nominator to a race. In the event of the death of the horse or a mistake made
in the entry of an otherwise eligible horse, the nominator subscriber shall
continue to be obligated for any stakes, and the entrance money shall not be
returned.
c. Quarter horse scratches and qualifiers unable to
participate in finals. If a horse should be scratched from the time trial
finals, the horse’s owner will not be eligible for a refund of the fees
paid. If a horse that qualified for the final should be unable to enter due to
racing soundness, or scratched for any reason other than a positive drug test
report or a rule violation, the horse shall be deemed to have earned and the
owner will receive last place money. If more than one horse should be unable to
enter due to racing soundness, or scratched for any reason other than a positive
drug test report or a rule violation, then those purse moneys shall be added
together and divided equally among the horse owners.
10.6(4) Closing of entries.
a. Overnight entries. Entries for overnight racing shall be
closed at 10 a.m. by the racing secretary, unless a later closing is established
by the racing secretary or unless approved by the stewards.
b. Sweepstakes entries. If an hour for closing is designated,
entries and declarations for sweepstakes cannot be received thereafter.
However, if a time for closing is not designated, entries and declarations may
be mailed or faxed until midnight of the day of closing, if they are received in
time to comply with all other conditions of the race. In the absence of notice
to the contrary, entries and declarations for sweepstakes that close during or
on the day preceding a race meeting shall close at the office of the racing
secretary in accordance with any requirements the secretary shall make. Closing
for sweepstakes not during race meetings shall be at the office of the
facility.
c. Exception. Nominations for stakes races shall not close
nor shall any eligibility payment be due on a day in which the United States
Postal Service is not operating.
10.6(5) Prohibited entries.
a. Entry by disqualified person. An entry made by a
disqualified person or the entry of a disqualified horse shall be void. Any
money paid for the entry shall be returned, if the disqualification is disclosed
at least 45 minutes before post time for the race. Otherwise, the entry money
shall be paid to the winner.
b. Limited partner entry prohibited. No person other than a
managing partner of a limited partnership or a person authorized by the managing
partner may enter a horse owned by that partnership.
c. Altering entries prohibited. No alteration shall be made
in any entry after the closing of entries, but the stewards may permit the
correction of an error in an entry.
d. Limitation on overnight entries. If the number of entries
to any purse or overnight race is in excess of the number of horses that may be
accommodated due to the size of the track, the starters for the race and their
post positions shall be determined by lot conducted in public by the racing
secretary.
e. Stake race entry limit. In a stake race, the number of
horses which may compete shall be limited only by the number of horses nominated
and entered. In any case, the facility’s lawful race conditions shall
govern.
f. Stewards’ denial of entry. The stewards may, after
notice to the entrant, subscriber, or nominator, deny entry of any horse to a
race if the stewards determine the entry to be in violation of these rules or
the laws of this state or to be contrary to the interests of the commission in
the regulation of pari–mutuel wagering or to public confidence in
racing.
10.6(6) Preferences and eligibles.
a. Also eligible. A list of not more than eight names may be
drawn from entries filed in excess of positions available in the race. These
names shall be listed as “also eligible” to be used as entries if
originally entered horses are withdrawn. Any owner, trainer, or authorized
agent who has entered a horse listed as an “also eligible” and who
does not wish to start shall file a scratch card with the secretary not later
than the scratch time designated for that race.
b. Preference system. A system using dates or stars shall be
used to determine preference for horses being entered in races. The system
being used will be at the option of the racing secretary and approved by the
stewards. A preference list will be kept current by the racing secretary and
posted in a place readily available to horsemen.
c. Disputed decision. When the decision of a race is in
dispute, all horses involved in the dispute, with respect to the winner’s
credit or earnings, shall be liable to all weights or conditions attached to the
winning of that race until a winner has been finally adjudged.
10.6(7) Post positions. Post positions shall be
determined by the racing secretary publicly and by lot. Post positions shall be
drawn from “also eligible” entries at scratch time. In all races
horses drawn into the race from the “also eligible” list shall take
the outside post positions.
10.6(8) Scratch; declaring out.
a. Notification to the secretary. No horse shall be
considered scratched, declared out, or withdrawn from a race until the owner,
agent, or other authorized person has given notice in writing to the racing
secretary before the time set by the facility as scratch time. All scratches
must be approved by the stewards.
b. Declaration irrevocable. Scratching or the declaration of
a horse out of an engagement for a race is irrevocable.
c. Limitation on scratches. No horse shall be permitted to be
scratched from a race if the horses remaining in the race number fewer than ten,
unless the stewards permit a lesser number. When the number of requests to
scratch would, if granted, leave a field of fewer than ten, the stewards shall
determine by lot which entrants may be scratched and permitted to withdraw from
the race.
d. Scratch time. Unless otherwise set by the stewards,
scratch time shall be:
(1) Stakes races. Scratch time shall be at least 45 minutes
before post time.
(2) Other races. Scratch time shall be no later than 10 a.m.
of the day of the race.
10.6(9) Workouts.
a. When required. No horse shall be allowed to start unless
the horse has raced in an official race or has an approved official timed
workout satisfactory to the stewards. A horse that has not started for a period
of 60 days or more shall be ineligible to race until it has completed a
published workout satisfactory to the stewards prior to the day of the race in
which entered. The workout must have occurred within the previous 30 days.
First–time starters must have at least two published workouts and be
approved from the gate by the starter.
b. Identification. The timer or the stewards may require
licensees to identify a horse in their care being worked. The owner, trainer,
or jockey may be required to identify the distance the horse is to be worked and
the point on the track where the workout will start.
c. Information dissemination. If the stewards approve the
timed workout so as to permit the horse to run in a race, they shall make it
mandatory that this information be furnished to the public in advance of the
race including, but not limited to, the following means:
(1) Announcement over the facility’s public address
system;
(2) Transmission on the facility’s message
board;
(3) Posting in designated conspicuous places in the racing
enclosure; and
(4) Exhibit on track TV monitors at certain intervals if the
track has closed circuit TV. If the workout is published prior to the race in
either the Daily Racing Form or the track program, then it shall not be
necessary to make the announcements set forth above.
d. Restrictions. No horse shall be taken onto the track for
training or a workout except during hours designated by the facility.
10.6(10) Equipment.
a. Whip and bridle limitations. Unless permitted by the
stewards, no whip or substitute for a whip shall exceed one pound or 30 inches
and no bridle shall exceed two pounds.
b. Equipment change. No licensee may change the equipment
used on a horse from that used in the horse’s last race, unless with
permission of the stewards. No licensee may add blinkers to a horse’s
equipment or discontinue their use without the prior approval of the starter and
the stewards. In the paddock prior to a race, a horse’s tongue may be
tied down with clean bandages, clean gauze, or with a tongue strap.
10.6(11) Racing numbers.
a. Number display. Each horse in a race shall carry a
conspicuous saddle cloth number corresponding to the official number given that
horse on the official program.
b. Coupled entries. In the case of a coupled or other entry
that includes more than one horse, each horse in the entry shall carry the same
number, with a different distinguishing letter following the number. As an
example, two horses in the same entry shall be entered as 1 and
1–A.
c. Field horses. In a combined field of horses, each horse in
the field shall carry a separate number.
10.6(12) Valuation of purse money. The amount of
purse money earned is credited in United States currency and there shall be no
appeal for any loss on the exchange rate at the time of transfer from the United
States currency to that of another country.
10.6(13) Dead heats.
a. When two horses run a dead heat for first place, all purses
or prizes to which first and second horses would have been entitled shall be
divided equally between them; and this applies in dividing all purses or prizes
whatever the number of horses running a dead heat and whatever places for which
the dead heat is run.
b. In the event of a dead–heat finish for second place
and thereafter, when an objection to the winner of the race is sustained, the
horses in the dead heat shall be considered to have run a dead heat for first
place.
c. If a prize includes a cup, plate, or other indivisible
prize, owners shall draw lots for the prize in the presence of at least two
stewards.
10.6(14) The facility shall not make distribution of
any purses until given clearance of chemical tests by the state
steward.
10.6(15) Purse money presumption. The fact
that purse money has been distributed prior to the issuance of a laboratory
report shall not be deemed a finding that no chemical substance has been
administered, in violation of these rules, to the horse earning the purse
money.
10.6(16) Equine infectious anemia (EIA) test.
a. Certificate required. No horse shall be allowed to start
or be stabled on the grounds of the facility unless a valid negative Coggins
test or other laboratory–approved negative EIA test certificate is on file
with the racing secretary.
b. Trainer responsibility. In the event of claims, sales, or
transfers, it shall be the responsibility of the new trainer to ascertain the
validity of the certificate for the horse within 24 hours. If the certificate
is either unavailable or invalid, the previous trainer shall be responsible for
any reasonable cost associated with obtaining a negative EIA laboratory
certificate.
c. Positive test reports. Whenever any owner or trainer is
furnished a positive Coggins test or positive EIA test result, the horse shall
be removed by the owner or trainer from facility grounds or approved farms
within 24 hours of actual notice to the owner or trainer of the
infection.
10.6(17) Race procedures.
a. Full weight. Each horse shall carry the full weight
assigned for that race from the paddock to the starting point, and shall parade
past the stewards’ stand, unless excused by the stewards.
b. Touching and dismounting prohibited. After the horses
enter the track, jockeys may not dismount or entrust their horse to the care of
an attendant unless due to an accident occurring to the jockey, the horse, or
the equipment, and then only with the prior consent of the starter. During any
delay during which a jockey is permitted to dismount, all other jockeys may
dismount and their horses may be attended by others. After the horses enter the
track, only the hands of the jockey, the starter, the assistant starter, the
commission veterinarian, an outrider on a lead pony, or persons approved by the
stewards may touch the horse before the start of the race.
c. Jockey injury. If a jockey is seriously injured on the way
to the post, the horse shall be returned to the paddock, a replacement jockey
obtained, and both the injured jockey and the replacement jockey will be paid by
the owner.
d. Twelve–minute parade limit. After entering the
track, all horses shall proceed to the starting post in not more than 12 minutes
unless approved by the stewards. After passing the stewards’ stand in
parade, the horses may break formation and proceed to the post in any manner.
Once at the post, the horses shall be started without unnecessary delay. All
horses must participate in the parade carrying their weight and equipment from
the paddock to the starting post, and any horse failing to do so may be
disqualified by the stewards. No lead pony leading a horse in the parade shall
obstruct the public’s view of the horse being led except with permission
of the stewards.
e. Striking a horse prohibited. In assisting the start of a
race, no person other than the jockey, starter, assistant starter, or
veterinarian shall strike a horse or use any other means to assist the
start.
f. Loading of horses. Horses will be loaded into the starting
gate in numerical order or in any other fair and consistent manner determined by
the starter and approved by the stewards.
g. Delays prohibited. No person shall obstruct or delay the
movement of a horse to the starting post.
10.6(18) Claiming races.
a. Eligibility.
(1) Registered to race or open claim. No person may file a
claim for any horse unless the person:
1. Is a licensed owner at the meeting who either has foal
paper(s) registered with the racing secretary’s office or has started a
horse at the meeting; or
2. Is a licensed authorized agent, authorized to claim for an
owner eligible to claim; or
3. Has a valid open claim certificate. Any person not licensed
as an owner, or a licensed authorized agent for the account of the same, or a
licensed owner not having foal paper(s) registered with the racing
secretary’s office or who has not started a horse at the meeting may
request an open claim certificate from the commission. The person must submit a
completed application for a prospective owner’s license to the commission.
The applicant must have the name of the trainer licensed by the commission who
will be responsible for the claim tours. A nonrefundable fee must accompany the
application along with any financial information requested by the commission.
The names of the prospective owners shall be prominently displayed in the
offices of the commission and the racing secretary. The application will be
processed by the commission; and when the open claim certificate is exercised,
an owner’s license will be issued.
(2) One stable claim. No stable that consists of horses owned
by more than one person and which has a single trainer may submit more than one
claim in any race. An authorized agent may submit only one claim in any race
regardless of the number of owners represented.
b. Procedure for claiming. To make a claim for a horse, an
eligible person shall:
(1) Deposit to the person’s account with the
horsemen’s bookkeeper the full claiming price and applicable taxes as
established by the racing secretary’s conditions.
(2) File in a locked claim box maintained for that purpose by
the stewards the claim filled out completely in writing and with sufficient
accuracy to identify the claim on forms provided by the facility at least ten
minutes before the time of the race.
c. Claim box.
(1) The claim box shall be approved by the commission and kept
locked until ten minutes prior to the start of the race, when it shall be
presented to the stewards or their representative for opening and publication of
the claims.
(2) The claim box shall also include a time clock which
automatically stamps the time on the claim envelope prior to its being dropped
in the box.
(3) No official of a facility shall give any information as to
the filing of claims therein until after the race has been run.
d. Claim irrevocable. After a claim has been filed in the
claim box, it shall not be withdrawn.
e. Multiple claims on single horses. If more than one claim
is filed on a horse, the successful claim shall be determined by lot conducted
by the stewards or their representatives.
f. Successful claims; later races.
(1) Sale or transfer. No successful claimant may sell or
transfer a horse, except in a claiming race, for a period of 30 days from the
date of claim.
(2) Eligibility price. A horse that is declared the official
winner in the race in which it is claimed may not start in a race in which the
claiming price is less than the amount for which it was claimed. After the
first start back or 30 days, whichever occurs first, a horse may start for any
claiming price. A horse which is not the official winner in the race in which
it is claimed may start for any claiming price. This provision shall not apply
to starter handicaps in which the weight to be carried is assigned by the
handicapper. No right, title, or interest for any claimed horse shall be sold
or transferred except in a claiming race for a period of 30 days following the
date of claiming. The day claimed shall not count, but the following calendar
day shall be the first day.
(3) Racing elsewhere. A horse that was claimed under these
rules may not participate at a race meeting other than that at which it was
claimed until the end of the meeting, except with written permission of the
stewards. This limitation shall not apply to stakes races.
(4) Same management. A claimed horse shall not remain in the
same stable or under the control or management of its former owner.
(5) When a horse is claimed out of a claiming race, the
horse’s engagements are included.
g. Transfer after claim.
(1) Forms. Upon a successful claim, the stewards shall issue
in triplicate, upon forms approved by the commission, an authorization of
transfer of the horse from the original owner to the claimant. Copies of the
transfer authorization shall be forwarded to and maintained by the commission,
the stewards, and the racing secretary. No claimed horse shall be delivered by
the original owner to the successful claimant until authorized by the stewards.
Every horse claimed shall race for the account of the original owner, but title
to the horse shall be transferred to the claimant from the time the horse
becomes a starter. The successful claimant shall become the owner of the horse
at the time of starting, regardless of whether it is alive or dead, sound or
unsound, or injured during the race or after it. The original trainer of the
claimed horse shall be responsible for the postrace test results.
(2) Other jurisdiction rules. The commission will recognize
and be governed by the rules of any other jurisdiction regulating title and
claiming races when ownership of a horse is transferred or affected by a
claiming race conducted in that other jurisdiction.
(3) Determination of sex and age. The claimant shall be
responsible for determining the age and sex of the horse claimed notwithstanding
any designation of sex and age appearing in the program or in any racing
publication. In the event of a spayed mare, the (s) for spayed should appear
next to the mare’s name on the program. If it does not and the claimant
finds that the mare is in fact spayed, claimant may then return the mare for
full refund of the claiming price.
(4) Affidavit by claimant. The stewards may, if they
determine it necessary, require any claimant to execute a sworn statement that
the claimant is claiming the horse for the claimant’s own account or as an
authorized agent for a principal and not for any other person.
(5) Delivery required. No person shall refuse to deliver a
properly claimed horse to the successful claimant. The claimed horse shall be
disqualified from entering any race until delivery is made to the
claimant.
(6) Obstructing rules of claiming. No person or licensee
shall obstruct or interfere with another person or licensee in claiming any
horse or enter into any agreement with another to subvert or defeat the object
and procedures of a claiming race, or attempt to prevent any horse entered from
being claimed.
h. Elimination of stable. An owner whose stable has been
eliminated by claiming may claim for the remainder of the meeting at which
eliminated or for 30 racing days, whichever is longer. With the permission of
the stewards, stables eliminated by fire or other casualty may claim under this
rule.
i. Deceptive claim. The stewards may cancel and disallow any
claim within 24 hours after a race if they determine that a claim was made upon
the basis of a lease, sale, or entry of a horse made for the purpose of
fraudulently obtaining the privilege of making a claim. In the event of a
disallowance, the stewards may further order the return of a horse to its
original owner and the return of all claim moneys.
j. Protest of claim. A protest to any claim must be filed
with the stewards before noon of the day following the date of the race in which
the horse was claimed. Nonracing days are excluded from this rule.
491—10.7(99D) Medication and administration, sample
collection, chemists, and practicing veterinarian.
10.7(1) Medication and administration.
a. No horse, while participating in a race, shall carry in its
body any medication, drug, foreign substance, or metabolic derivative thereof,
which is a narcotic or which could serve as a local anesthetic or tranquilizer
or which could stimulate or depress the circulatory, respiratory, or central
nervous system of a horse, thereby affecting its speed.
b. Also prohibited are any drugs or foreign substances that
might mask or screen the presence of the prohibited drugs, or prevent or delay
testing procedures.
c. Proof of detection by the commission chemist of the
presence of a medication, drug, foreign substance, or metabolic derivative
thereof, prohibited by paragraph “a” or “b” in a saliva,
urine, or blood sample duly taken under the supervision of the commission
veterinarian from a horse immediately prior to or promptly after running in a
race shall be prima facie evidence that the horse was administered with the
intent that it would carry or that it did carry prohibited medication, drug, or
foreign substance, in its body while running in a race in violation of this
rule.
d. Administration or possession of drugs.
(1) No person shall administer, cause to be administered,
participate or attempt to participate in any way in the administration to a
horse registered for racing of any medication, drug, foreign substance, or
treatment by any route, on the day of the race for which the horse is entered
prior to the race.
(2) No person except a veterinarian shall have in the
person’s possession any prescription drug. However, a person may possess
a noninjectable prescription drug for animal use if:
1. The person actually possesses, within the racetrack
enclosure, documentary evidence that a prescription has been issued to said
person for such a prescription drug.
2. The prescription contains a specific dosage for the
particular horse or horses to be treated by the prescription drug.
3. The horse or horses named in the prescription are then in
said person’s care within the racetrack enclosure.
(3) No veterinarian or any other person shall have in their
possession or administer to any horse within any racetrack enclosure any
chemical substance which:
1. Has not been approved for use on equines by the Food and
Drug Administration pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21
U.S.C. Section 301 et seq., and implementing regulations, without the prior
written approval from a commission veterinarian, after consulting with the board
of stewards.
2. Is on any of the schedules of controlled substances as
prepared by the Attorney General of the United States pursuant to 21 U.S.C.
Sections 811 and 812, without the prior written approval from a commission
veterinarian after consultation with the board of stewards. The commission
veterinarian shall not give such approval unless the person seeking the approval
can produce evidence in recognized veterinary journals or by recognized equine
experts that such chemical substance has a beneficial therapeutic use in
horses.
(4) No veterinarian or any other person shall dispense, sell,
or furnish any feed supplement, tonic, veterinary preparation, medication, or
any substance that can be administered or applied to a horse by any route, to
any person within the grounds of the facility unless there is a label specifying
the name of the substance dispensed, the name of the dispensing person, the name
of the horse or horses for which the substance is dispensed, the purpose for
which said substance is dispensed, the dispensing veterinarian’s
recommendations for withdrawal before racing (if applicable), and the name of
the person to which dispensed, or is otherwise labeled as required by
law.
(5) No person shall have in the person’s possession or
in areas under said person’s responsibility on facility grounds, any feed
supplement, tonic, veterinary preparation, medication, or any substance that can
be administered or applied to a horse by any route unless it complies with the
labeling requirements in 10.7(1)“d”(4).
e. Any person found to have administered a medication, drug,
or foreign substance that caused or could have caused a violation of this rule,
or caused, participated, or attempted to participate in any way in the
administration, shall be subject to disciplinary action.
f. The owner, trainer, groom, or any other person having
charge, custody, or care of the horse is obligated to protect the horse properly
and guard it against the administration or attempted administration of a
substance in violation of this rule. If the stewards find that any person has
failed to show proper protection and guarding of the horse, or if the stewards
find that any owner, lessee, or trainer is guilty of negligence, they shall
impose punishment and take other action they deem proper under any of the rules
including reference to the commission.
g. In order for a horse to be placed on the bleeder list in
Iowa through reciprocity, that horse must be certified as a bleeder in another
state or jurisdiction. A certified bleeder is a horse that has raced with lasix
in another state or jurisdiction in compliance with the laws governing lasix in
that state or jurisdiction.
10.7(2) Sample collection.
a. Urine, blood, and other specimens shall be taken and tested
from any horse that the stewards, commission veterinarian, or the
commission’s representatives may designate. Tests are to be under the
supervision of the commission. The samples shall be collected by the commission
veterinarian or other person or persons the commission may designate. Each
sample shall be marked or numbered and bear information essential to its proper
analysis; but the identity of the horse from which the sample was taken or the
identity of its owners or trainer shall not be revealed to the official chemist
or the staff of the chemist. The container of each sample shall be sealed as
soon as the sample is placed therein.
b. A facility shall have a detention barn under the
supervision of the commission veterinarian for the purpose of collecting body
fluid samples for any tests required by the commission. The building, location,
arrangement, furnishings, and facilities including refrigeration and hot and
cold running water must be approved by the commission. A security guard,
approved by the commission, must be in attendance at each access to the
detention barn during the hours designated by the commission.
c. No unauthorized person shall be admitted at any time to the
building or the area utilized for the purpose of collecting the required body
fluid samples or the area designated for the retention of horses pending the
obtaining of body fluid samples.
d. During the taking of samples from a horse, the owner,
responsible trainer, or a representative designated by the owner or trainer, may
be present and witness the taking of the sample and so signify in writing.
Failure to be present and witness the collection of the samples constitutes a
waiver by the owner, trainer, or representative of any objections to the source
and documentation of the sample.
e. The commission veterinarian, the board of stewards, agents
of the division of criminal investigation, or commission representative may take
samples of any medicine or other materials suspected of containing improper
medication, drugs, or other substance which could affect the racing condition of
a horse in a race, which may be found in barns or elsewhere on facility grounds
or in the possession of any person connected with racing, and the same shall be
delivered to the official chemist for analysis.
f. Nothing in these rules shall be construed to
prevent:
(1) Any horse in any race from being subjected by the order of
a steward or the commission veterinarian to tests of body fluid samples for the
purpose of determining the presence of any foreign substance.
(2) The state steward or the commission veterinarian from
authorizing the splitting of any sample.
(3) The commission or commission veterinarian from requiring
body fluid samples to be stored in a frozen state for future analysis.
g. Before leaving the racing surface, the trainer shall
ascertain the testing status of the horse under the trainer’s care from
the commission veterinarian or designated test barn representative.
10.7(3) Chemists.
a. The commission shall employ one or more chemists or
contract with one or more qualified chemical laboratories to determine by
chemical testing and analysis of body fluid samples whether a foreign substance,
medication, drug or metabolic derivative thereof is present.
b. All body fluid samples taken by or under direction of the
commission veterinarian or commission representative shall be delivered to the
laboratory of the official chemist for analysis.
c. The commission chemist shall be responsible for
safeguarding and testing each sample delivered to the laboratory by the
commission veterinarian.
d. The commission chemist shall conduct individual tests on
each sample, screening them for prohibited substances, and conducting other
tests to detect and identify any suspected prohibited substance or metabolic
derivative thereof with specificity. Pooling of samples shall be permitted only
with the knowledge and approval of the commission.
e. Upon the finding of a test negative for prohibited
substances, the remaining portions of the sample may be discarded. Upon the
finding of tests suspicious or positive for prohibited substances, the tests
shall be reconfirmed, and the remaining portion, if available, of the sample
preserved and protected for two years following close of meet.
f. The commission chemist shall submit to the commission a
written report as to each sample tested, indicating by sample tag identification
number, whether the sample was tested negative or positive for prohibited
substances. The commission chemist shall report test findings to no person
other than the administrator or commission representative, with the exception of
notifying the state stewards of all positive tests.
g. In the event the commission chemist should find a sample
suspicious for a prohibited medication, additional time for test analysis and
confirmation may be requested.
h. In reporting to the state steward a finding of a test
positive for a prohibited substance, the commission chemist shall present
documentary or demonstrative evidence acceptable in the scientific community and
admissible in court in support of the professional opinion as to the positive
finding.
i. No action shall be taken by the state steward until an
official report signed by the chemist properly identifying the medication, drug,
or other substance as well as the horse from which the sample was taken has been
received.
j. The cost of the testing and analysis shall be paid by the
commission to the official chemist. The commission shall then be reimbursed by
each facility on a per–sample basis so that each facility shall bear only
its proportion of the total cost of testing and analysis. The commission may
first receive payment from funds provided in Iowa Code chapter 99D, if
available.
10.7(4) Practicing veterinarian.
a. Prohibited acts.
(1) Ownership. A licensed veterinarian practicing at any
meeting is prohibited from possessing any ownership, directly or indirectly, in
any racing animal racing during the meeting.
(2) Wagering. Veterinarians licensed by the commission as
veterinarians are prohibited from placing any wager of money or other thing of
value directly or indirectly on the outcome of any race conducted at the meeting
at which the veterinarian is furnishing professional service.
(3) Prohibition of furnishing injectable materials. No
veterinarian shall within the facility grounds furnish, sell, or loan any
hypodermic syringe, needle, or other injection device, or any drug, narcotic, or
prohibited substance to any other person unless with written permission of the
stewards.
b. The use of other than single–use disposable syringes
and infusion tubes on facility grounds is prohibited. Whenever a veterinarian
has used a hypodermic needle or syringe the veterinarian shall destroy the
needle and syringe and remove it from the facility grounds.
c. Veterinarians must submit daily to the commission
veterinarian on a prescribed form a report of all medications and other
substances which the veterinarian prescribed, administered, or dispensed for
racing animals registered at the current race meeting as provided in Iowa Code
section 99D.25(10). Reports shall be submitted in a manner and at a time
determined by the commission veterinarian not later than the day following the
treatments being reported. Reports shall include the racing animal, trainer,
medication or other substance, dosage or quantity, route of administration, date
and time administered, dispensed, or prescribed.
d. Within 20 minutes following the administration of lasix,
the veterinarian must deliver to the commission veterinarian or commission
representative a signed affidavit certifying information regarding the treatment
of the horse. The statement must at least include the name of the practicing
veterinarian, the tattoo number of the horse, the location of the barn and stall
where the treatment occurred, the race number of the horse, the name of the
trainer, and the time that the lasix was administered. Lasix shall only be
administered in a dose level of 250 milligrams.
e. Each veterinarian shall report immediately to the
commission veterinarian any illness presenting unusual or unknown symptoms in a
racing animal entrusted into the veterinarian’s care.
f. Practicing veterinarians may have employees working under
their direct supervision licensed as “veterinary assistants” or
“veterinary technicians.” Activities of these employees shall not
include direct treatment or diagnosis of any racing animal. A practicing
veterinarian must be present if an employee is to have access to injection
devices or injectables.
g. Equine dentistry is considered a function of veterinary
practice by the Iowa veterinary practice Act. Any dental procedures performed
at the facility must be performed by a licensed veterinarian or a licensed
veterinary assistant.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
99D.
ARC 0045B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.5 and
421.17, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to adopt Chapter 3, “Voluntary Disclosure Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
New Chapter 3 sets forth rules to govern the
Department’s voluntary disclosure program for the reporting, settlement
and collection of certain unreported taxes by those persons which may be subject
to Iowa tax.
The proposed amendment will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract
with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of this amendment would result in hardship or injustice
to that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the discretionary
provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that this proposed amendment may
have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A [1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202,
section 10]. The Department will issue a regulatory analysis as provided in
Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A [1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10]
if a written request is filed by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than
September 11, 2000, to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of
Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines,
Iowa 50306. The request may be made by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee, the Administrative Rules Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing
that request who each qualify as a small business or an organization
representing at least 25 such persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on this proposed amendment on or before September 8, 2000. Such written
comments should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division,
Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457,
Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by September 1,
2000.
This amendment is intended to implement the voluntary
disclosure program pursuant to Iowa Code sections 421.5 and 421.17.
The following amendment is proposed.
Adopt new 701—Chapter 3 as
follows:
CHAPTER 3
VOLUNTARY DISCLOSURE PROGRAM
701—3.1(421,422,423) Scope of the voluntary
disclosure program. Any person located outside of Iowa who is subject to
Iowa tax or tax collection responsibilities may be eligible for the voluntary
disclosure program. Being subject to Iowa tax may occur when a person has Iowa
source income or has representatives or other presence in Iowa. Certain
activities by such persons may create Iowa tax return filing requirements for
Iowa source income, as defined in 701—subrule 3.1(1), not previously
reported. In addition, activities may also result in tax liabilities that are
past due and owing.
The purpose of the voluntary disclosure program is to
encourage unregistered business entities and persons to voluntarily contact the
department regarding unreported Iowa source income. The person or the
person’s representative may initially contact the department on an
anonymous basis. Anonymity of the taxpayer can be maintained until the
voluntary disclosure agreement is executed by the taxpayer and the
department.
The voluntary disclosure program may be used by the department
and the taxpayer to report previous periods of Iowa source income and to settle
outstanding tax, penalty and interest liabilities, but it must also ensure
future tax compliance by the taxpayer.
3.1(1) Type of taxes eligible. Only taxes, penalties
and interest related to Iowa source income are eligible for settlement under the
voluntary disclosure program. For purposes of this rule, “Iowa source
income” means the tax base and the tax collection responsibility for
the following enumerated taxes: corporate income tax, franchise tax,
fiduciary income tax, withholding income tax, individual income tax,
local option school district income surtax, state sales tax, state
use tax, motor fuel taxes, cigarette and tobacco taxes, and
local option taxes.
3.1(2) Eligibility of the taxpayer. The department
has discretion to determine who is eligible for participation in the voluntary
disclosure program. In making the determination, the department may consider
the following factors:
a. The location of the person must be outside of
Iowa;
b. The person must be subject to Iowa tax on Iowa source
income or have Iowa tax collection responsibilities;
c. The person must not currently be under audit or examination
by the department or under criminal investigation by the department;
d. The person must not have had any prior contact with the
department or a representative of the department which could lead to audit or
assessment associated with the tax types or tax periods sought to be addressed
under the program;
e. The type and extent of activities resulting in Iowa source
income;
f. Failure to report the Iowa source income or pay any
liability was not due to fraud, intentional misrepresentation, an intent to
evade tax, or willful disregard of Iowa tax laws; and
g. Any other factors which are relevant to the particular
situation.
3.1(3) Application to participate in the voluntary
disclosure program. To apply for the voluntary disclosure program, the person
or the person’s representative must submit a written application to the
Nonfiler Unit, Compliance Division, Iowa Department of Revenue and Finance, P.O.
Box 10456, Des Moines, Iowa 50306–0456. To be valid, an application must
include the following:
a. The types of taxes involved;
b. Separate statements evidencing compliance with each of the
eligibility requirements set forth in 701—subrule 3.1(2);
c. A complete and accurate description of the person’s
activities resulting in Iowa source income, the source of the Iowa source income
or Iowa tax collection responsibilities, the type and dates, if
available, of the activities in Iowa, a description of the product or service
sold in Iowa, and the number of activity occurrences in Iowa per year or
whether the activities in Iowa per year were continuous;
d. The reason for noncompliance with Iowa tax law;
e. An estimation of the amount of unpaid Iowa tax by the tax
type and applicable tax period(s); and
f. Any other matters which are relevant to the particular
situation.
The department reserves the right to request additional
information that the department determines is necessary to determine or
approximate the liability due, and to determine the applicant’s
eligibility, the accuracy of information presented and statements asserted by
the applicant, and the terms of the voluntary disclosure agreement.
3.1(4) Acceptance or rejection of an application for
the voluntary disclosure program. The department has the discretion to
determine if an applicant meets all of the requirements for the voluntary
disclosure program. The department will notify an applicant in writing
regarding whether the applicant’s application for participation in
the program is accepted or rejected.
Rejection of an application prior to the execution of an
agreement may be based on the applicant’s ineligibility; the
applicant’s noncompliance in submitting information, documents, evidence,
or returns within the time period as requested by the department;
misrepresentation of a material fact by the applicant or the applicant’s
representative; or the department’s determination that the matter may be
best handled by using other means of administration.
3.1(5) Terms of the voluntary disclosure agreement.
The department has the discretion to settle all outstanding Iowa
source income tax, penalty and interest liabilities of the eligible
applicant. Settlement terms are on a case–by–case basis.
The existence of the voluntary disclosure agreement and the terms of the
agreement are to be held confidential by all parties to the agreement.
Items considered by the department in determining the settlement terms include:
the type of tax; the tax periods at issue; the reason for noncompliance; whether
the tax is a trust fund tax; the types of activities resulting in the Iowa
source income; the frequency of the activities that resulted in the Iowa source
income; and any other matters which are relevant to the particular
situation.
If a taxpayer initiates the contact with the department and is
eligible for the voluntary disclosure program and complies with the agreement
terms, the maximum prior years for which the department will
generally audit and pursue settlement and collection will be five years, absent
an intent to defraud, the making of material misrepresentations of fact, or an
intent to evade tax.
All voluntary disclosure agreements must require that
the applicant file future Iowa tax returns, unless the activity by the applicant
resulting in the Iowa source income has changed or there has been a change in
the law, rules, or court cases which dictate a different result.
The department reserves the right to audit all returns,
spreadsheets or other documents submitted by the applicant or a third party to
verify the facts and whether the terms of the voluntary disclosure
agreement have been met. The department may audit information submitted
by the applicant at any time within the allowed statutory limitation
period. The department may also assess any tax, penalty, and interest found
to be due in addition to the amount of original tax reported. The statute of
limitations for assessment and statute of limitations for refunds begin to run
as provided by law.
3.1(6) Commencement of the voluntary disclosure
agreement. The voluntary agreement commences on the date of the execution of
the voluntary disclosure agreement. Execution of the agreement is complete when
the agreement is executed by the taxpayer and the department’s authorized
personnel. Prior to the execution of the voluntary disclosure agreement by the
taxpayer and the department, the taxpayer is not protected from the
department’s regular audit process if the identity of the taxpayer, as an
applicant, is unknown to the department. However, if the department has
knowledge of the taxpayer’s identity, as an applicant, the
department will not take audit action against the taxpayer during the
voluntary disclosure process. However, if a voluntary disclosure
agreement is not reached, the department may assess tax, penalty and interest as
provided by law at the time the identity of the applicant becomes known to the
department.
3.1(7) Voiding a voluntary disclosure agreement. The
department also has the authority to declare a voluntary disclosure agreement
null and void subsequent to the execution of the agreement. The department may
void the contractual agreement if the department determines that a
misrepresentation of a material fact was made by the person or a third party
representing the person to the department. The department may also void a
voluntary disclosure agreement if the department determines any of the following
has occurred:
a. The person does not submit information requested by the
department within the time period specified by the department, including any
extensions granted by the department;
b. The person fails to file future Iowa returns as agreed to
in the voluntary disclosure agreement;
c. The person does not pay the agreed settlement liability
within the time period designated by the department, including any extensions of
time that may be granted by the department;
d. The person does not remit all taxes imposed upon or
collected by the person for all subsequent tax periods and all tax
types that are subject to the voluntary disclosure agreement;
e. The person fails to prospectively comply with Iowa tax law.
Whether the person has failed to prospectively comply with Iowa tax law is
determined by the department on a case–by–case
basis;
f. The person, based on a determination by the department,
materially understates the person’s tax liability; or
g. The person has made a material breach of the terms of the
voluntary disclosure agreement.
Voiding of the agreement results in nonenforceability
of the agreement by the applicant and allows the department to proceed to assess
tax, penalty and interest for that person’s Iowa source income or tax
collection responsibilities, for all periods within the statute of limitations.
The department reserves the right to audit all returns, spreadsheets or other
documents submitted by the applicant or a third party and to make an assessment
for all tax, penalty and interest owed, if the applicant is
justifiably rejected for the voluntary disclosure program or the
agreement between the person and the department is declared by the department to
be null and void.
If the voluntary disclosure agreement is voided or the
application for the program is rejected and the department issues an assessment,
the taxpayer may protest the assessment pursuant to 701—Chapter 7 and
raise the issue of the propriety of voiding the voluntary disclosure
agreement or rejecting the application. If the department does not issue
an assessment, but does reject the application or voids the agreement,
such action is not subject to appeal under 701—Chapter 7, but is
considered to be “other agency action” as set forth in Iowa Code
section 17A.19(3). See Purethane Inc. v. Iowa State Board of Tax Review, 498
N.W.2d 706 (Iowa 1993).
3.1(8) Partnerships, partners, “S”
corporations, shareholders in “S” corporations, trusts, and trust
beneficiaries. Once the department has initiated an audit or investigation of
any type of partnership, partners of the partnership, “S”
corporations, a shareholder in an “S” corporation, a
trust, or trust beneficiaries, the department is deemed to have initiated
an audit or investigation of the entity and of all those who receive
Iowa source income from or have an interest in such an entity for
purposes of eligibility under subrule 3.1(2) for participation in the voluntary
disclosure program.
3.1(9) Transfer or assignment. The terms of the
voluntary disclosure agreement are valid and enforceable by and
against all parties, including their transferees and assignees.
3.1(10) Confidentiality. The terms of each voluntary
disclosure contract are determined on a case–by–case basis. Except
as may be specifically required by law or preexisting written agreement, the
existence of a voluntary disclosure agreement and the terms of the voluntary
disclosure agreement are to be held confidential by the parties to the
voluntary disclosure agreement, their representatives, transferees, and
assignees. Disclosure of the existence of a voluntary disclosure agreement or
the terms of such an agreement in a manner contrary to this rule may
result in the agreement being declared null and void at the discretion of
the nondisclosing party.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
421.17.
ARC 0047B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.5 and
422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to adopt Chapter 4, “Multilevel Marketer Agreements,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
This amendment creates a new Chapter 4 which sets forth rules
governing the collection and remittance of sales taxes by multilevel marketers
on retail sales to consumers of the multilevel marketer’s product made via
a network of independent distributors.
The proposed amendment will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract
with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of this rule would result in hardship or injustice to
that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the discretionary
provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that this proposed amendment may
have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A [1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202,
section 10]. The Department will issue a regulatory analysis as provided in
Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A [1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10]
if a written request is filed by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than
September 11, 2000, to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of
Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines,
Iowa 50306. The request may be made by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee, the Administrative Rules Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing
that request who each qualify as a small business or an organization
representing at least 25 such persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on this amendment on or before September 8, 2000. Such written comments should
be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue
and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa
50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by September 1,
2000.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 421.5 and
section 421.17 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2562, section
1.
The following amendment is proposed.
Adopt new 701—Chapter 4 as
follows:
CHAPTER 4
MULTILEVEL MARKETER AGREEMENTS
701—4.1(421) Multilevel marketers—in
general. Multilevel marketer companies may enter into a written contract
with the department to collect and remit state and local option sales taxes on
sales of tangible personal property to independent distributors for resale and
remit the taxes directly to the department. To be eligible for the multilevel
marketer’s program, the company must meet certain eligibility requirements
and agree to certain terms in the multilevel marketer agreement as set forth in
subrules 4.1(3)and 4.1(4). All written contacts with the department should be
sent to Nonfiler Unit, Compliance Division, Iowa Department of Revenue and
Finance, P.O. Box 10456, Des Moines, Iowa 50306– 0456.
4.1(1) Definitions. The following definitions of
terms are applicable to this chapter:
“Independent distributor” means a seller who
purchases products for resale to an Iowa consumer based on a price suggested by
a multilevel marketer.
“Multilevel marketer” means a wholesaler that
sells tangible personal property for resale via a network of independent
distributors who then sell the property to the ultimate consumers located in
Iowa at a retail price suggested by the multilevel marketer.
“Sales tax” or “sales taxes” for the
purpose of this rule means Iowa state sales tax, including local option sales
and service taxes, and state use tax. To determine if local option sales and
service taxes are due, see 701—107.2(422B), 701—107.3(422B), and
701—108.3(422E).
4.1(2) Collection of tax. Iowa state sales tax is to
be collected on the wholesale or retail selling price if delivery of the
multilevel marketer’s tangible personal property occurs in Iowa or the
property is used in Iowa (see subparagraph 4.1(4)“a”(1) for further
details). In addition, local option sales tax is due on the sale if delivery of
the tangible personal property to the consumer occurs within a local option tax
jurisdiction. See information and examples illustrating delivery and
taxation in 701—107.2(422B), 701—107.3(422B), and
701—108.3(422E).
4.1(3) Eligibility requirements. To be eligible for a
multilevel marketer agreement as a multilevel marketer, the following criteria
must be met:
a. Tangible personal property is sold by the multilevel
marketer to an independent distributor for resale to an Iowa end user or
for a distributor’s personal use.
b. Unless authorized by the department, the multilevel
marketer must not have been previously required to be registered to remit
sales tax.
c. The multilevel marketer must have contacted the department
with a request to collect and remit sales taxes directly to the department on
sales made by an independent distributor.
d. The multilevel marketer must not be under audit or
examination by the department on the effective date of the
agreement.
The department has full discretion to determine if a
multilevel marketer meets the eligibility requirements for a multilevel marketer
agreement. The department can request any and all information and documentation
necessary to determine whether eligibility requirements are met. Failure to
timely submit information and documents requested by the department will result
in the department’s refusal to enter into an agreement with the multilevel
marketer.
4.1(4) Terms of the multilevel marketer agreement.
The multilevel marketer agreement will become effective on the
date an authorized representative of the multilevel marketer executes the
agreement. Unless terminated in accordance with subrule 4.1(5), the
multilevel marketer agreement remains in effect as long as the multilevel
marketer has an independent distributor making sales in Iowa. Terms of
agreements are based on results of negotiations between the multilevel
marketer and the department. However, the following general terms must be in
each multilevel marketer agreement:
a. The multilevel marketer agrees to the following
terms:
(1) The multilevel marketer agrees to collect tax on the
following three types of sales, excluding sales properly exempt from tax
and evidenced by a valid exemption certificate:
1. The multilevel marketer agrees to collect sales tax from
the independent distributors based on the suggested retail price of its
product;
2. If the multilevel marketer allows independent distributors
to purchase its product at a wholesale price for the distributor’s
personal use, then the multilevel marketer agrees to collect sales tax on sales
which are based on the wholesale price to the independent Iowa distributor,
unless the department waives this requirement; and
3. The multilevel marketer agrees to collect sales tax on all
retail sales by the multilevel marketer to consumers that are subject to sales
tax;
(2) The multilevel marketer will timely remit sales tax on
transactions in subparagraph 4.1(4)“a”(1);
(3) The multilevel marketer will maintain records to establish
the accuracy of the sales tax returns within the applicable statutes of
limitation;
(4) The multilevel marketer agrees that the sales tax shall be
added to the retail price charged to the consumer, as required by Iowa Code
section 422.48;
(5) The multilevel marketer agrees to be subject to audit
and to pay any tax, penalty, and interest that are ultimately found to be
legally due and that were required to be collected by the multilevel marketer
under Iowa law, these rules and the multilevel marketer
agreement;
(6) The multilevel marketer agrees to abide by the rules in
701—Chapter 4; and
(7) The multilevel marketer agrees to register for an Iowa
retailer’s use tax permit.
b. The department agrees to the following terms:
(1) The department will not audit, assess or demand payment of
sales tax, penalty or interest from the multilevel marketer for any tax
periods ending before the effective date of the multilevel marketer
agreement.
(2) Unless required for transactions outside the multilevel
marketer agreement, the department will not require the multilevel marketer to
retroactively register for an Iowa sales tax permit or file Iowa sales
tax returns for periods ending on or before the effective date of this
agreement.
(3) The department agrees to allow a deduction from taxable
sales reported by the multilevel marketer for merchandise returned by an
independent distributor for which tax has already been paid to the
department and for which the multilevel marketer, via the
distributor, has allowed a credit or refund of the tax to the
consumer.
c. Other general agreement terms:
(1) The multilevel marketer agreement is binding upon all
parties, including their successors and assignees; and
(2) The terms, provisions, interpretations and enforcement of
the multilevel marketer agreement are to be governed by the laws of the state of
Iowa.
d. Refunds. Refunds for any overpayment of taxes paid by a
consumer as a result of a multilevel marketer agreement should be claimed
on the proper Iowa refund claim form as designated by the director.
Under this agreement, if the retail sale is made by an Iowa
retailer to an out–of–state consumer, the multilevel marketer agrees
to forgo any claim for refund of tax which was paid on such sale.
4.1(5) Termination of a multilevel marketer agreement.
If any of the following events occur, an executed multilevel marketer agreement
may be declared null and void:
a. Termination of a multilevel marketer agreement at the
department’s discretion.
(1) The multilevel marketer has misrepresented any material
fact regarding its activities, operations, tax liabilities, or eligibility under
the agreement.
(2) It is determined by the department that the multilevel
marketer had been notified that it was to be or was under audit by the
department prior to the time the multilevel marketer executed the multilevel
marketer agreement.
b. Termination of a multilevel marketer agreement by mutual
agreement of the parties.
(1) Change occurs in law that impacts the tax liability
subject to the multilevel marketer agreement.
(2) Collection and remittance of sales tax as required under
the agreement are more feasible by other means.
Written notice of termination will be promptly given by the
department in the event of termination under paragraph
4.1(5)“a.”
4.1(6) Liability of independent distributors. After
execution of a multilevel marketer agreement, an independent distributor must
collect, report, and remit to the department, unless remitted to the multilevel
marketer, any and all sales taxes that the independent distributor is
required to collect, report, and remit that exceed the amount of tax that the
independent distributor has previously remitted to the multilevel marketer
company. If such excess tax is remitted to the multilevel marketer, the
multilevel marketer shall report and remit the tax to the department.
EXAMPLE 1. An independent distributor
purchased products from the multilevel marketer at the wholesale price because
the distributor thought that the product would be for the personal use of the
distributor. The distributor paid Iowa tax based on the wholesale price to the
multilevel marketer and the multilevel marketer remitted the tax to the state of
Iowa. Subsequently, the distributor resold the product to an Iowa customer at a
retail price, which is greater than the wholesale price. The distributor
is required to charge Iowa tax on the retail price. The distributor
is also required to report and remit directly to the department or
the multilevel marketer the difference between the tax previously paid on
the wholesale price and the tax collected on the retail price from the Iowa
customer.
EXAMPLE 2. An independent distributor
purchased products from a multilevel marketer for resale at the retail price
suggested by the multilevel marketer. Tax was collected by the multilevel
marketer from the independent distributor on the suggested retail price of the
products and remitted to the department by the multilevel marketer. The
independent distributor subsequently sold the product to an Iowa customer for a
price greater than the suggested retail price. The independent distributor is
required to charge Iowa tax on the full sale price. The independent distributor
is also required to report and remit directly to the department or to the
multilevel marketer the difference between the tax previously paid on the
suggested retail price and the tax collected on the price charged the Iowa
customer.
If an independent distributor makes sales that are exempt from
sales taxes, then the independent distributor must obtain a valid
exemption certificate from the purchaser to evidence the transaction and provide
a copy of the completed exemption certificate to the multilevel marketer who has
the multilevel marketer agreement with the department.
4.1(7) Legislative changes. All multilevel marketer
agreements are subject to all applicable legislative enactments which are made
subsequent to the agreement and which impact the agreement.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 421.5
and section 421.17 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2562, section
1.
ARC 0046B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 422.68, the
Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 15, “Determination of a Sale and Sale Price,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
It was recently brought to the Department’s attention
that its rule explaining the exemption from sales tax applicable to
transportation charges is in need of revision. The rule was earlier amended to
explain that the exemption is not applicable to the transportation of gas and
electricity. This earlier amendment related the transportation exemption
exclusion to the sale of gas and electricity as tangible personal property;
however, the transportation exemption exclusion should relate to the service of
transporting gas and electricity. The rule is amended to correct the earlier
error of relating the exclusion from the transportation exemption to sales of
property rather than performance of services.
The proposed amendments will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract
with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of these amendments would result in hardship or
injustice to that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the
discretionary provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that these proposed amendments
may have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A [1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202,
section 10]. The Department will issue a regulatory analysis as provided in
Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A [1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10]
if a written request is filed by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than
September 11, 2000, to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of
Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines,
Iowa 50306. The request may be made by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee, the Administrative Rules Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing
that request who each qualify as a small business or an organization
representing at least 25 such persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments on or before September 8, 2000. Such written
comments should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division,
Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457,
Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by September 1,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
422.45, subsection 2, as amended by 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 151, sections 15 and
16.
The following amendments are proposed.
Amend rule 701—15.13(422,423) as follows:
701—15.13(422,423) Freight, other transportation
charges, and exclusions from the exemption applicable to these services.
The determination of whether freight and other transportation charges shall be
subject to sales or use tax is dependent upon the terms of the sale
agreement.
When tangible personal property or a taxable service is sold
at retail in Iowa or purchased for use in Iowa and under the terms of the sale
agreement the seller is to deliver the property to the buyer or the purchaser is
responsible for delivery and such delivery charges are stated and agreed to in
the sale agreement or the charges are separate from the sale agreement, the
gross receipts derived from the freight or transportation charges shall not be
subject to tax. As of May 20, 1999, this exemption does not apply to the
service of transporting electrical energy. As of April 1, 2000, this exemption
does not apply to the service of transporting natural gas.
When freight and other transportation charges are not
separately stated in the sale agreement or are not separately sold, the gross
receipts from the freight or transportation charges become a part of the gross
receipts from the sale of tangible personal property or a taxable service and
are subject to tax. Where a sales agreement exists, the freight and other
transportation charges are subject to tax unless the freight and other
transportation charges are separately contracted. If the written contract
contains no provisions separately itemizing such charge, tax is due on the full
contract price with no deduction for transportation charge, regardless of
whether or not such transportation charges are itemized separately on the
invoice. Clarion Ready Mixed Concrete Company v. Iowa State Tax Commission, 252
Iowa 500, 107 N.W.2d 553(1961); Schemmer v. Iowa State Tax Commission, 254 Iowa
315, 117 N.W.2d 420(1962); City of Ames v. Iowa State Tax Commission, 246 Iowa
1016, 71 N.W.2d 15(1959); Dain Mfg. Company v. Iowa State Tax Commission, 237
Iowa 531, 22 N.W.2d 786(1946).
The exclusions from this exemption relating to the
transportation of natural gas and electricity are not
applicable to all contracts for the delivery of these products
performance of these transportation services. Below are examples which
explain some of the principal circumstances in which the transport of natural
gas or electricity is or is not a service subject to
tax.
EXAMPLE 1. Consumer ABC, located in Des
Moines, purchases energy (electricity or gas) from contracts
with supplier DEF, located in Waterloo, for DEF to sell gas and
electricity to ABC. Ownership of the energy passes from DEF to ABC
in Waterloo. ABC then contracts with utility GHI to transport the
energy over GHI’s network (of pipes or wires) from Waterloo to ABC’s
facility in Des Moines. GHI’s transport of ABC’s energy is
not a taxable service. Gross receipts earned from
transporting goods owned by another party for hire (e.g., cartage or freight
hauling) have never been taxable under Iowa law (see Dain Manufacturing, above,
at 22 N.W.2d p. 792), and this principle is as applicable to the transport or
movement of energy as it is to the transport of any other product. Thus, the
exemption and exclusion from exemption are not applicable to GHI’s
transport of ABC’s energy because no tax is imposed, initially, on the
performance of the service. The transportation of natural gas and
electricity by a utility is a taxable service of furnishing natural gas or
electricity whether or not that utility or some other utility produces the
natural gas or generates the electricity furnished. A utility’s
transportation of gas or electricity is a “transportation service”
specifically excluded from the exemption set out in this rule.
EXAMPLE 2. Consumer ABC contracts with
utility DEF for the delivery of DEF to provide
electricity from DEF’s generating plant in Mason City to ABC’s
location in Cedar Rapids. Transport of the electricity is by way of DEF’s
network of long distance transmission lines. The contract between ABC and DEF
states the prices to be paid for the purchase of various amounts of electricity
and also sets out the amounts to be paid for delivery
transport of electricity as well and constitutes separate sales of
electricity and transportation services. Under the contract,
ownership of the electricity passes to ABC in Cedar Rapids. In these
circumstances, amounts which ABC pays DEF for delivery
transport of the electricity are taxable gross receipts. The
amounts are taxable, initially, as part of DEF’s sales of electricity to
ABC. They This transportation service would ordinarily then be
excluded from tax under the exemption set out in this rule; however,
separate transportation charges for transportation of electricity
are excluded from the exemption (as of April 1, 2000, May
20, 1999, and are thereafter taxable).
EXAMPLE 3. As in Example 2, consumer ABC
contracts with utility DEF for the delivery of electricity from DEF’s
generating plant in Mason City to ABC’s location in Cedar Rapids,
ownership of the electricity to pass to ABC in Cedar Rapids. Also, as in
Example 2, the contract between ABC and DEF states varying prices to be paid for
the purchase and delivery transportation of varying
amounts of electricity and constitutes separate sales of electricity and
transportation services. Transport of the electricity will be by way of
GHI’s transmission lines. DEF contracts with GHI for the transport of the
electricity to ABC’s plant in Cedar Rapids. At the time the contract is
signed, GHI asks DEF for an exemption certificate stating that DEF will resell
GHI’s transportation service to ABC. This is not necessary. The
service which GHI provides to DEF is not taxable in the initial instance since
DEF is the owner of the electricity which GHI is transporting. See Example 1.
Since no tax is imposed initially, there is no need to claim an exemption.
However, because of the nature of the contract between ABC and DEF, DEF’s
transport of the electricity is taxable to ABC. See Example 2. GHI
must either secure the certificate or collect Iowa sales tax from DEF. GHI is
furnishing a taxable electricity transportation service to DEF which DEF will in
turn furnish to ABC. DEF must collect tax from ABC.
EXAMPLE 4. In this example, the same
contract exists between ABC and DEF as exists in Example 3. However, in this
example, a breakdown at DEF’s plant in Mason City prevents DEF from
generating the electricity which it is contractually obligated to provide to
ABC. DEF is forced to purchase both electricity and its transport from JKL.
The contract between DEF and JKL states the prices to be paid for the purchase
of various amounts of electricity and also sets out the amounts to be paid for
the delivery transport of this electricity as well
and constitutes separate sales of electricity and transportation
services. JKL asks DEF for an exemption certificate stating that DEF has
purchased the electricity and its transport for resale to ABC. In this case,
because JKL’s transport of the electricity on behalf of DEF is
taxable in the initial instance (see Example 2), JKL must secure an
exemption certificate from DEF to avoid collecting tax on its sale and transport
of the electricity for DEF.
EXAMPLE 5. Again, ABC and DEF have
contracted, as they did in Example 2, for DEF to deliver
sell and transport electricity from Mason City to Cedar Rapids. However,
their agreement mentions only one combined price for sale and delivery of the
electricity. There is no separately contracted price for transport of the
electricity, in contrast to the situation in Example 2. In this case, the
entire amount which ABC pays to DEF is taxable because there is no
separate contract for the transport of the electricity as the entire
amount paid is for the sale of tangible personal property. See Clarion
Ready Mix and Schemmer, generally, above.
EXAMPLE 6. Manufacturer EFG contracts
with utility DEF for the purchase of natural gas with a separate contract for
its delivery. The gas is to be transported from DEF’s storage facility
near Osceola to EFG’s manufacturing plant in Fort Dodge by way of
DEF’s pipeline. Ownership of the gas passes from DEF to EFG in Fort
Dodge. EFG uses 92 percent of the gas which is transported to its plant in
processing the goods manufactured there. The receipts which EFG pays DEF for
the transport of the gas are excluded from the transportation exemption, but
they are not excluded from the processing exemption. Ninety–two percent
of those receipts are exempt from tax because that is the percentage of gas used
by EFG in processing.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 422.43
and 423.2 and Iowa Code section 422.45(2) as amended by 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter
151.
ARC 0044B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.17(19) and
422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 71, “Assessment Practices and Equalization,”
Chapter 74, “Mobile, Modular, and Manufactured Home Tax,” and
Chapter 80, “Property Tax Credits and Exemptions,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Items 1 and 2 provide that condominiums are to be classified
as residential real estate if used for human habitation and as commercial real
estate if used for business purposes. The lease of a condominium for human
habitation is not considered a business use. Each unit is to be classified
separately and existing structures cannot be converted to real estate unless
building codes requirements have been met.
Item 3 requires the mobile home park manager to report to the
county treasurer homes sited in the park.
Item 4 amends an implementation clause.
Item 5 allows a property tax exemption for barns and
one–room schoolhouses.
The proposed amendments will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract
with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of these amendments would result in hardship or
injustice to that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the
discretionary provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that these proposed amendments
may have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A. The Department will issue a
regulatory analysis as provided in Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A if a
written request is filed by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than
September 11, 2000, to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of
Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines,
Iowa 50306. The request may be made by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee, the Administrative Rules Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing
that request who each qualify as a small business or an organization
representing at least 25 such persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments on or before September 8, 2000. Such written
comments should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division,
Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457,
Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by September 1,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
427 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2560, 435 as amended by 2000 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2253, and 499B as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2426.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 71.1(4) as
follows:
71.1(4) Residential real estate. Residential real
estate shall include all lands and buildings which are primarily used or
intended for human habitation, including those buildings located on agricultural
land. Buildings used primarily or intended for human habitation shall include
the dwelling as well as structures and improvements used primarily as a part of,
or in conjunction with, the dwelling. This includes but is not limited to
garages, whether attached or detached, tennis courts, swimming pools, guest
cottages, and storage sheds for household goods. Residential real estate
located on agricultural land shall include only buildings as defined in this
subrule. Buildings for human habitation that are used as commercial ventures,
including but not limited to hotels, motels, rest homes, and structures
containing three or more separate living quarters shall not be considered
residential real estate. However, regardless of the number of separate living
quarters, condominiums, multiple housing cooperatives organized
under Iowa Code chapter 499A, and land and buildings owned and operated by
organizations that have received tax–exempt status under Section 501(c)(3)
of the Internal Revenue Code, if the rental income from the property is not
taxed as unrelated business income under Iowa Code section 422.33(1A), shall be
considered residential real estate. Condominiums shall be classified as
residential real estate through the 2004 assessment year if used or intended for
use for human habitation pursuant to a horizontal property regime declaration
recorded prior to January 1, 1999, or included in a development plan approved by
a city or county in an extension of a horizontal property regime declared prior
to January 1, 1999.
An apartment in a horizontal property regime referred to in
Iowa Code chapter 499B which is used or intended for use for human habitation
shall be classified as residential real estate regardless of who occupies the
apartment. Existing structures shall not be converted to a horizontal property
regime unless building code requirements have been met.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 71.1(5) as
follows:
71.1(5) Commercial real estate. Commercial real
estate shall include all lands and improvements and structures located thereon
which are primarily used or intended as a place of business where goods, wares,
services or merchandise is stored or offered for sale at wholesale or retail.
Commercial realty shall also include hotels, motels, rest homes, structures
consisting of three or more separate living quarters and any other buildings for
human habitation that are used as a commercial venture. Commercial real estate
shall also include data processing equipment as defined in Iowa Code section
427A.1(1)“j,” except data processing equipment used in the
manufacturing process. However, regardless of the number of separate living
quarters or any commercial use of the property, single– and
two–family dwellings, condominiums, multiple housing
cooperatives organized under Iowa Code chapter 499A, and land and buildings used
primarily for human habitation and owned and operated by organizations that have
received tax–exempt status under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue
Code, if the rental income from the property is not taxed as unrelated business
income under Iowa Code section 422.33(1A), shall be classified as residential
real estate. Condominiums shall be classified as residential real
estate through the 2004 assessment year if used or intended for use for human
habitation pursuant to a horizontal property regime declaration recorded prior
to January 1, 1999, or included in a development plan approved by a city or
county in an extension of a horizontal property regime declared prior to January
1, 1999.
An apartment in a horizontal property regime referred to in
Iowa Code chapter 499B which is used or intended for use as a commercial
venture, other than leased for human habitation, shall be classified as
commercial real estate. Existing structures shall not be converted to a
horizontal property regime unless building code requirements have been
met.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
701—71.1(405,427A,428,441, 499B), implementation clause, as
follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 405.1,
427A.1, 428.4, 441.21, 441.22 and 499B.11 chapter 499B
as amended by 1999 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
187 Senate File 2426.
ITEM 4. Amend rule
701—74.6(435) by adopting the following new first
unnumbered paragraph:
The mobile home park owner or manager shall make an annual
report with the county treasurer by June 1 listing the owner and address of each
home sited in the park. An additional report shall be filed by December 1 if
any homes move in or out of the park or there are any changes in home
ownership.
ITEM 5. Amend rule
701—74.6(435), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 435.22
and section 435.24(3) as amended by 1998 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2400 2253.
ITEM 6. Adopt the following
new rule:
701—80.15(427) Barn and one–room schoolhouse
preservation. The increase in value added to a farm structure constructed
prior to 1937 or one–room schoolhouse as a result of improvements made is
exempt from tax. An application must be filed with the assessor by February 1
of the first assessment year only and the exemption is to continue as long as
the structure continues to be used as a barn or in the case of a one–room
schoolhouse is not used for dwelling purposes. A “barn” is an
agricultural structure that is used for the storage of farm products or feed or
the housing of farm animals, poultry, or farm equipment.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
427.1(31) and 427.1(32) as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2560.
ARC 0048B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.17(19) and
422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 81, “Administration,” and Chapter 82,
“Cigarette Tax,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 provides that the suspension or revocation of a retail
permit applies only to the location where the violation occurred.
Items 2 and 4 require that the Department of Public Health be
notified of retail permit suspensions or revocations and be provided with copies
of applications for permits and permits issued.
Items 3 and 5 amend implementation clauses.
The proposed amendments will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract
with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of these amendments would result in hardship or
injustice to that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the
discretionary provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that these proposed amendments
may have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A. The Department will issue a
regulatory analysis as provided in Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A if a
written request is filed by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than
September 11, 2000, to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of
Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines,
Iowa 50306. The request may be made by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee, the Administrative Rules Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing
that request who each qualify as a small business or an organization
representing at least 25 such persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments on or before September 8, 2000. Such written
comments should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division,
Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457,
Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by September 1,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
453A as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2366.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 81.12(1),
last unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
If a permit is revoked under this subrule, except for the
receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the child support recovery unit,
the permit holder cannot obtain a new cigarette permit of any kind nor may any
other person obtain a permit for the location covered by the revoked permit for
a period of one year unless good cause to the contrary is shown to the issuing
authority. If a retail permit is suspended or revoked, the suspension or
revocation applies only to the place of business where the violation occurred
and not to any other place of business covered by the permit.
The department or local authority must report the
suspension or revocation of a retail permit to the department of public health
within 30 days of the suspension or revocation.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
701—81.12(453A), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
453A.13 and 453A.22 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2366, and sections 453A.44(11) and 453A.48(2) and Iowa Code chapter
252J.
ITEM 3. Amend paragraph
82.1(7)“a,” last unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
The power to grant the retail permit is discretionary with the
city council or board of supervisors, and uniform, nondiscriminatory limits may
be placed on their its issuance. Bernstein v. City of
Marshalltown, 215 Iowa 1168, 248 N.W. 26 (1933); Ford Hopkins Co. v. City
of Iowa City, 216 Iowa 1286, 248 N.W. 668 (1933); 1938 O.A.G. 708.
The city or county must submit a copy of any retail permit issued and the
application for the permit to the department of public health within 30 days of
issuance.
ITEM 4. Amend rule
701—82.1(7), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code
sections section 453A.13 as amended by 2000 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2366, and sections 453A.16, 453A.17, and 453A.23
and Iowa Code section 453A.16 as amended by 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter
151.
ARC 0022B
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 47.1, the
Secretary of State hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 21,
“Election Forms and Instructions,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2330, requires county commissioners
of elections to post a sign stating “vote here” at the entrance to
each driveway leading to the building where a polling place is located. The
sign must be visible from the street or highway fronting the driveway, but shall
not encroach upon the right–of–way of such street or highway. This
new rule provides minimum dimensions for these signs (16 inches by 24 inches).
It also provides guidance about the placement of “vote here” signs
when buildings housing polling places have driveways that lead away from the
entrance to the voting area or when placement of the sign would not be helpful
in locating the voting area.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendment on or before Tuesday, August 29, 2000. Written
comments should be sent to the Elections Division, Office of the Secretary of
State, Second Floor, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0138; fax (515)242–5953. Anyone who wishes to comment orally
may telephone the Elections Division at (515)281–5823 or visit the office
on the second floor of the Hoover Building.
There will be a public hearing on Tuesday, August 29, 2000, at
1:30 p.m. at the office of the Secretary of State, Second Floor, Hoover State
Office Building. People may comment orally or in writing. Persons who speak at
the hearing will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and
to confine their remarks to the subject of the rule. Persons planning to attend
the hearing shall notify the Director of Elections by telephone at
(515)281–5823 or by fax (515) 242–5953 no later than 4:30 p.m. on
Monday, August 28, 2000.
This rule is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, House File
2330.
The following new rule is proposed.
721—21.8(78GA,HF2330) “Vote here”
signs.
1. Size. The signs shall be no smaller than 16 inches by 24
inches.
2. Exceptions. If a driveway leads away from the entrance to
the voting area, or if the driveway is located in such a way that posting a
“vote here” sign at the driveway entrance would not help potential
voters find the voting area, no “vote here” sign shall be posted at
the entrance to that driveway.
ARC 0026B
SUBSTANCE ABUSE
COMMISSION[643]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 125.7(4), the
Commission on Substance Abuse gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter
3, “Licensure Standards for Substance Abuse Treatment Programs,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
This proposed rule making rescinds unnecessary rules, includes
editorial changes, amends existing definitions and adopts new definitions for
treatment services, and reorganizes the rules for a more easily read chapter.
The amendments reflect the current needs of treatment programs
andclient/patients in the general areas of licensing, application procedures,
inspection of licensees, license renewals, complaints, variances, deemed status,
focused reviews, placement screening, levels of care criteria, clinical
services, quality improvement, administration, programming and facilities. In
addition, these amendments include new clinical terminology regarding levels of
care and criteria for continued care based on the American Society of Addiction
Medicine Patient Placement Criteria for the Treatment of Substance–Related
Disorders, Second Edition. Service providers have contributed to the
development of these amendments and have been utilizing the outlined levels of
care. These criteria are consistent with contract requirements.
In compliance with Executive Order Number Eight, the
amendments are based on input and review by providers in the field over the past
year and do not create any additional regulatory burden on programs. Rather,
these amendments clarify and better outline the most current activities and
practices.
The Commission on Substance Abuse shall hold a public hearing
on August 29, 2000, from 10 a.m. to 12 noon. The public hearing will be held
over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN), accessing several sites around the
state simultaneously. Individuals wishing to participate should contact Robyn
Fisher at (515)242–6161 to receive confirmation of the following ICN
locations:
• Sioux City – Western
Iowa Tech Community College, Building B, Room 127B
• Ottumwa – Indian
Hills Community College, Advanced Technology Center, Room 108
• Des Moines –
Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building
• Council Bluffs –
Department of Human Services, 417 E. Kanesville Blvd.
• Cedar Rapids – Cedar
Rapids Public Library, 5001 First St., S.E.
Any interested persons or agency may submit written comments
on or before August 29, 2000, to Janet Zwick, Deputy Director, Division of
Health Promotion, Prevention, and Addictive Behaviors, Department of Public
Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0075.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
125.13.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
643—3.1(125) as follows:
Amend the following definitions:
“Acute intoxication or withdrawal potential” is a
category to be considered in the ASAM–PPC–2
client/patient placement, continued stay, and discharge criteria. This category
evaluates patient/client’s current status of intoxication and potential
for withdrawal complications as it impacts on level of care decision making.
Historical information about client/patient’s withdrawal patterns may also
be considered.
“Administration” means the direct application of a
prescription drug, whether by injection, inhalation, ingestion, or any other
means, to the body of a client/patient or research subject by one of the
following:
1. A practitioner or the practitioner’s authorized
agent.
2. The client/patient or research subject at the
direction of a practitioner.
“Admission criteria” means specific
ASAM–PPC–2 criteria developed by the
department to be considered in determining appropriate client/patient
placement and resultantreferral to a level of care. Criteria vary in intensity
and are organized into six categories: acute intoxication or withdrawal
potential, biomedical conditions or complications, emotional/behavioral
conditions or complications, treatment resistance/acceptance, relapse potential,
and recovery environment.
“Assessment” means the ongoing process of
identifying a diagnosis, ruling out other diagnoses, and determining the level
of care needed by the client/patient.
“Biomedical condition or complication” means one
category to be considered in the ASAM–PPC–2 client/patient
placement, continued stay, and discharge criteria. This category evaluates
client/patient’s current physical condition as it impacts on level of care
decision making. Historical information on client/patient’s
medical/physical functioning may also be considered. This includes
biological and physical aspects of the medical assessment and treatment of a
patient. In addiction treatment, the physical problems may be the direct result
of the substance use disorder, or be independent of and interactive with them,
thus affecting the total treatment plan and prognosis.
“Case management” means the process of using
predefined criteria to evaluate the necessity and appropriateness of
client/patient care.
“Chemical dependency” means alcohol or drug
dependence or psychoactive substance use disorder as defined by the
current Diagnostic and Statistical measurement
Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition (DSM) IV
(DSM IV), criteria or by other standardized and widely accepted
criteria.
“Client/patient” means an individual who
has a substance abuse problem or is chemically dependent, has been assessed as
appropriate for services, and for whom screening procedures have been
completed.
“Concerned family member or concerned person”
means an individual who is seeking treatment services due to problems arising
from the person’s involvement or association with a substance abuser or
chemically dependent individual or client/patient, and is negatively
affected by the behavior of the substance abuser, chemically dependent
individual, or client/patient.
“Continued stay criteria” means specific
ASAM–PPC–2 criteria that describe the clinical
criteria to be considered in determining appropriate client/patient
placement for continued stay service at a level of care
or referral to a more appropriate level of care. Criteria vary in intensity and
are organized into six assessment categories: acute intoxication or
withdrawal potential; biomedical conditions or complications;
emotional/behavioral conditions or complications; treatment
resistance/acceptance; relapse potential; and recovery environment.
“Continuing care” means Level I service of
the ASAM–PPC–2 client/patient placement criteria,
which provides a specific period of structured therapeutic involvement designed
to enhance, facilitate and promote transition from primary care to ongoing
recovery.
“Detoxification” means the process of
eliminating the toxic effects of drugs and alcohol from the body.
Supervised detoxification methods include social detoxification and medical
monitoring or management and are intended to avoid withdrawal
complications. withdrawing a person from a specific psychoactive
substance in a safe and effective manner. ASAM–PPC–2 detoxification
levels of care include Levels I–D, II–D, III.2–D,
III.7–D; and IV–D.
“Discharge criteria” means specific
ASAM–PPC–2 criteria to be considered in
when determining appropriate client/patient placement
for appropriateness of discharge or referral to a different
level of care. Criteria vary in intensity and are organized into six
categories: acute intoxication or withdrawal potential; biomedical conditions
or complications; emotional/behavioral conditions or complications; treatment
resistance/acceptance; relapse potential; and recovery environment.
“Emotional/behavioral conditions or complications”
is a category to be considered in the ASAM–PPC–2
client/patient placement criteria, continued stay and
dischargecriteria. This category evaluates client/patient’s current
emotional/behavioral status as it impacts on level of care decision making.
Emotional/behavioral status may include, but is not limited to, anxiety,
depression, impulsivity, and guilt and the behavior that accompanies or follows
these emotional states. Historical information on client/patient
emotional/behavioral functioning may also be considered.
“Evaluation” means the process to evaluate the
client’s client/patient’s strengths,
weaknesses, problems, and needs for the purpose of defining a course of
treatment. This includes use of the standardized placement screening and any
additional patient/client client/patient profile
information and development of a comprehensive treatment plan.
“Extended outpatient treatment” means Level
III I of the ASAM–PPC–2
client/patient placement criteria, which is an organized, nonresidential
service. Services usually are provided in regularly scheduled sessions which do
not exceed ten nine treatment hours a week.
“Intensive outpatient treatment (Level
II.I)” means Level IV of client/patient placement criteria,
which is an organized, outpatient treatment service with scheduled sessions that
provide a range of 11 or more treatment hours per week. means
intensive outpatient programs (IOP) that provide a minimum of nine hours of
structured programming per week, consisting primarily of counseling and
education focused on alcohol and other drug problems. IOP differs from partial
hospitalization (Level II.5) in the intensity of clinical services that are
directly available. Specifically, an IOP has less capacity to effectively treat
individuals who have substantial medical and psychiatric problems.
“Levels of care” is a general term that
encompasses the different options for treatment that vary according to the
intensity of the services offered. Each treatment option in the
ASAM–PPC–2 client/patient placement criteria
is a level of care.
“Licensure weighting report” means the report that
is used to determine the type of license a program qualifies for based on point
values assigned to areas reviewed and total number of points attained. In
addition, a minimum percent value in each of three categories shall be attained
to qualify a program for a license as follows: 90 percent or better rating in
clinical, administrative and programming for a two–year license; less than
90 percent but no less than 70 percent rating in clinical, administrative and
programming for a one–year license. Also, in order to receive a
two–year license, a program must receive a rating of 80 percent or better
in each of the two categories of quality assurance and building construction and
safety. In order to receive a one–year license, a program must receive a
rating of 60 percent or better in each of those two
categories.
“Medically managed intensive inpatient treatment
(Level IV)” is Level VII of client/patient placement
criteria, which is addiction and chemical dependency treatment provided to a
patient/client whose medical condition is such that a physical examination by a
physician is required within 24 hours of admission. The program provides
24–hour medical management of treatment and detoxification
services. is an organized ASAM–PPC–2 service staffed by
designated addiction physicians or addiction credentialed clinicians. Level IV
care involves a planned regimen of 24–hour medically directed evaluation,
care and treatment of substance–related disorders in an acute–care
inpatient setting. Such a service functions under a defined set of policies and
procedures and has permanent facilities that include inpatient beds. Services
involve daily medical care in which diagnostic and treatment services are
directly provided by a licensed physician.
“Medically monitored residential
intensive inpatient treatment (Level III.7)” is
Level VI of client/patient placement criteria, which is addiction and chemical
dependency treatment. Client/patient’s medical condition is such that a
physical examination by a physician is required within 24 hours of admission.
The program provides 24–hour medical monitoring of treatment and
detoxification services; and 50 or more hours of chemical dependency
rehabilitation services per week are provided. Programs providing this level of
care may provide detoxification services or residential chemical dependency
treatment services, or both. is an organized ASAM–PPC–2
service delivered by an interdisciplinary staff to client/patients whose
subacute biomedical andemotional/behavioral problems are sufficiently severe to
require inpatient care. Twenty–four–hour observation, monitoring
and treatment are available. However, the full resources of an acute care
general hospital or a medically managed inpatient treatment service system are
not necessary. Services are provided by an interdisciplinary staff of nurses,
counselors, social workers, addiction specialists and other health care
professionals and technical personnel, under the direction of licensed
physicians. Medical monitoring is provided through an appropriate mix of direct
patient contact, review of records, team meetings, 24–hour coverage by a
physician, and quality assurance programs.
“Outreach” means public speaking engagements and
other similar activities and functions that inform the public of available
programs and services offered by a substance abuse treatment program. In
addition, outreach is a process or series of activities that identifies
individuals in need of services, engages them and links the individual in need
of services with the most appropriate resource or service provider. Such
activities may include, but are not limited to, the following: Individual
client/patient recruitment through street outreach and organized
informational sessions at churches, community centers, recreational facilities,
and community service agencies.
“Primary care modality” means a substance
abuse treatment component or modality including continuing care, halfway house,
extended outpatient treatment, intensive outpatient treatment, primary extended
residential treatment, medically monitored residential
intensive inpatient treatment, and medically managed intensive
inpatient treatment services.
“Quality improvement” means the process of
objectively and systematically monitoring and evaluating the quality and
appropriateness of client/patient care to improve client/patient
care and resolve identified problems.
“Recovery environment” means one
is a category to be considered in the ASAM–PPC–2
client/patient placement, continued stay and discharge criteria. This category
evaluates client/patient’s current recovery environment as it impacts on
level of care decision making. Recovery environment may include, but is not
limited to, current relationships and degree of support for recovery, current
housing, employment situation, and availability of alternatives. Historical
information on client/patient’s recovery environment may also be
considered.
“Rehabilitation” means the restoration of a
client/patient to the fullest physical, mental, social, vocational, and
economic usefulness of which the client/patient is capable.
Rehabilitation may include, but is not limited to, medical treatment,
psychological therapy, occupational training, job counseling, social and
domestic rehabilitation and education.
“Relapse potential” means
is a category to be considered in the ASAM–PPC–2
client/patient placement, continued stay, and discharge criteria. This
category evaluates client/patient’s current relapse potential as it
impacts on level of care decision making. Relapse potential may include, but is
not limited to, current statements by client/patient about relapse potential,
reports from others on potential for patient/client
client/patient relapse, and assessment by clinical staff. Historical
information on client/patient’s relapse potential may also be
considered.
“Residential program” means a 24–hour
live–in, seven–day–a–week substance abuse treatment
program facility offering intensive rehabilitation services to individuals who
are considered unable to live or work in the community due to social, emotional,
or physical disabilities resulting from substance abuse. The
ASAM–PPC–2 levels of care may include III.1, III.3, III.5 or
III.7.
“Substance abuser” means a person who
habitually lacks self–control as to the use of chemical
substances or uses chemical substances to the extent that the person’s
health is substantially impaired or endangered or that the person’s social
or economic function is substantially disrupted.
“Treatment acceptance/resistance” is a category to
be considered in the ASAM–PPC–2 client/patient placement,
continued stay, and discharge criteria. This category evaluates
client/patient’s current treatment acceptance/resistance as it impacts on
level of care decision making. Treatmentacceptance/resistance may include, but
is not limited to, current statement by client/patient about treatment
acceptance/resistance, reports from others on client/patient
treatmentacceptance/resistance, and assessment by clinical staff
onclient/patient motivation. Historical information on client/patient may also
be considered.
“Treatment supervisor” means an individual who, by
virtue of education, training or experience, is capable of assessing the
psychosocial history of a substance abuser to determine the treatment plan most
appropriate for the client/patient. This person shall be designated by
the applicant.
Rescind the definitions of “clinical privileges,”
“day treatment,” “extended residential program,”
“halfway house,” “inpatient treatment,” “medically
managed detoxification,” “medically monitored detoxification,”
“outpatient treatment,” “primary residential program,”
“residential detoxification,” and “residential
treatment.”
Adopt the following new definitions in
alphabetical order:
“ASAM–PPC–2” means the American
Society of Addiction Medicine Patient Placement Criteria for the Treatment of
Substance–Related Disorders, Second Edition.
“Clinically managed high–intensity residential
services (Level III.5)” means high–intensity residential services
designed to address significant problems with living skills. The prime example
of Level III.5 care is the therapeutic community, which provides a highly
structured recovery environment in combination with moderate– to
high–intensity professional clinical services to support and promote
recovery. Client/patients must participate in at least 50 hours of structured
chemical dependency rehabilitation services per week.
“Clinically managed low–intensity residential
services (halfway house) (Level III.I)” means low–intensity
professional addiction treatment services offered at least five hours per week.
Treatment is directed toward applying recovery skills, preventing relapse,
promoting personal responsibility and reintegrating the resident into the worlds
of work, education and family life. The services may include individual, group
and family therapy. Mutual/self–help meetings are available on
site.
“Clinically managed medium–intensity residential
services (Level III.3)” are frequently referred to as extended or
long–term care. Level III.3 programs provide a structured recovery
environment in combination with medium–intensity professional clinical
services to support and promote recovery. Client/patients must participate in
at least 30 hours of structured chemical dependency rehabilitation services per
week.
“Clinically managed services” means clinically
managed services in which treatment is directed by addiction specialists rather
than by medical professionals. They serve residents whose problems in the area
of emotional/behavioral concerns, treatment acceptance, relapse potential, or
recovery environment are the primary focus of treatment and problems in the
areas of intoxication/withdrawal (Dimension 1) and biomedical concerns
(Dimension 2), if any, are minimal.
“Clinical oversight” means oversight provided by
an individual who, by virtue of education, training and experience, is capable
of assessing the pyschosocial history of a substance abuser to determine the
treatment plan most appropriate for the client/patient. The person providing
oversight shall be designated by the applicant.
“Continuum of care” means a structure of
interlinked treatment modalities and services designed so that an
individual’s changing needs will be met as that individual moves through
the treatment and recovery process.
“Deemed status” means acceptance by the commission
of accreditation or licensure of a program or service by another recognized
national or state not–for–profit licensing or accrediting body in
lieu of licensure based on review and evaluation by the division as outlined in
licensure procedures.
“Focused reviews” means a survey conducted during
the licensing process to assess the degree to which a program has improved its
level of compliance relating to specific recommendations. The subject matter of
the review is typically in area(s) of identified deficiency in compliance;
however, other performance areas may also be assessed by a surveyor(s),
including areas not covered in deemed status.
“Management of care” means the process to ensure
the appropriate level of care is utilized by implementing ASAM–PPC–2
during the placement screening, continued stay and discharge process. This
includes discharge planning that begins at admission to meet the immediate,
ongoing and posttreatment needs of the client/patient.
“Partial hospitalization (day treatment) (Level
II.5)” means a program which provides 20 or more hours of clinically
intensive programming per week based on individual treatment plans. Programs
have ready access to psychiatric, medical and laboratory services and thus are
better able than Level II.I programs to meet client/patient needs.
Partialhospitalization/day treatment is a generic term encompassing day, night,
evening and weekend treatment programs that employ an integrated, comprehensive
and complementary schedule of recognized treatments.
“Physician” means any individual licensed under
Iowa Code chapter 148, 150, or 150A.
“Sole practitioner” means an individual
incorporated under the laws of the state of Iowa, or an individual in private
practice who is providing substance abuse treatment services independent from a
program that is required to be licensed in accordance with Iowa Code section
125.13(1).
“Time frames” means the period of time the
assessment and treatment plan must be completed after admission, frequency of
review of the treatment plan by the client and counselor, and frequency of
reviews for continued stay and discharge. The time frames for Levels I and
III.I shall be every 30 days; for Levels II.I, II.5, III.3 and III.5, every 7
days; and for Levels III.7 and IV, daily.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 643—3.2(125) as
follows:
643—3.2(125) Licensing. A single license will
be issued to each qualifying substance abuse treatment program. The license
will delineate one or more categories of services the program is authorized to
provide. Although a program may have more than one facility, only one license
will be issued to the program.
The categories of services for which licenses will be issued
are:
1. Inpatient Narcotic
detoxification/chemical substitute, antagonist maintenance
chemotherapy;
2. Residential; Assessment and
evaluation;
3. Halfway house; OWI correctional
residential;
4. Outpatient; OWI correctional
outpatient;
5. Chemical substitute, antagonist and detoxification;
and Correctional residential treatment;
6. Intake and assessment. Correctional
outpatient treatment;
7. Medically managed intensive inpatient services: Level
IV;
8. Residential/inpatient services: Levels III.I, III.3,
III.5 and III.7;
9. Intensive outpatient/partial hospitalization services:
Levels II.I and II.5; and
10. Outpatient extended and continuing care services: Level
I.
ITEM 3. Amend 643—3.5(125),
introductory paragraph, and subrule 3.5(1) as follows:
643—3.5(125) Application procedures. The
department will shall mail an application
form to all applicants for licensure. An on–site
visit for licensure of an initial applicant shall occur before the program opens
and admits client/patients for services. For initial applicants, if technical
assistance has been provided, the on–site visit may be waived at the
discretion of the department. The division shall prepare a report with a
recommendation for licensure to be presented at a commission meeting within 60
days from the site visit. Public notice for commission meetings will be made in
accordance with Iowa Code section 21.4. The division shall send notice to the
program by certified mail, return receipt requested, ten days prior to the
commission meeting notifying the program director and board chairperson of the
time, place, and date the commission will review and act upon the application
for the program along with the results of the inspection. The division shall
mail to all commission members reports of the on–site program licensure
inspection and a final recommendation for each application to be acted upon at
the next commission meeting.
3.5(1) Application information for comprehensive
programs. An applicant for licensure shall submit the following information
on forms available at the Iowa Department of Public Health, Division of
Substance Abuse, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319:
a. to m. No change.
ITEM 4. Adopt the following
new subrule 3.5(2) and renumber subrules 3.5(2) and
3.5(3) as 3.5(3) and 3.5(4):
3.5(2) Application information for assessment and
evaluation programs. An applicant for licensure shall submit the following
information on forms available at the Iowa Department of Public Health, Division
of Substance Abuse, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319:
a. The name and address of the applicant substance abuse
assessment and evaluation program.
b. The name and address of the executive director or sole
practitioner of such substance abuse program.
c. The names, titles, dates of employment, education, and
years of current job–related experience of staff and a copy of the table
of organization (if applicable). If multiple components and facilities exist,
the relationship between components and facilities must be shown, as well as a
description of services.
d. The names and addresses of members of the governing body,
sponsors, or advisory boards of such substance abuse assessment and evaluation
program and current articles of incorporation and bylaws. (This requirement
does not apply to a sole practitioner.)
e. The name(s) and address(es) of person(s) entered into the
affiliation agreement for clinical oversight.
f. A description of the assessment and evaluation
services.
g. Copies of reports substantiating compliance with federal,
state and local rules and laws for each facility, to include appropriate state
fire marshal’s rules and fire ordinances, occupancy code, and safety
regulations.
h. Information required under Iowa Code section
125.14A.
i. Insurance coverage related to professional and general
liability; building; workers’ compensation; and fidelity bond.
j. The address and facility code of each office, facility, or
program location.
k. The program’s current written policies and procedures
manual which shall include the staff development and training program, and
personnel policies. Applications for licensure will not be considered complete
until a complete policies and procedures manual has been submitted to the
division.
The application information for an initial application for
licensure shall be complete and shall be reviewed by the department prior to a
scheduled on–site inspection.
ITEM 5. Amend renumbered subrule 3.5(3)
as follows:
3.5(3) Renewal. An application for renewal shall be
submitted on forms provided by the department at least 90
60 calendar days before expiration of the current license.
Applications for licensure renewal will not be considered
complete until a current policies and procedures manual has been submitted to
the department by the applicant substance abuse treatment program.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 3.7(1),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
3.7(1) Technical assistance. All treatment programs
applying for an initial license to operate a substance abuse treatment program
in the state of Iowa will be visited by the department for the purpose of
providing needed technical assistance regarding the licensure criteria and
procedures. The program may waive technical assistance in order to expedite
the licensing process. Requests shall be submitted in writing to the
division.
ITEM 7. Adopt new subrule
3.7(3) as follows:
3.7(3) Effective date of license. The effective date
of a license shall begin on the date the commission reviews the program’s
written report/application and acts to issue a license.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 3.8(1),
introductory paragraph and paragraph “a,” as
follows:
3.8(1) Commission hearing preparation. The division
will shall prepare all documents a
report with a final recommendation for licensing
determination to be presented at a commission meeting within
120 60 days from the site visit. The division
shall send public notice of the date, time, place and name of applicants to be
reviewed and processed. Public notice of commission meetings shall
be made in accordance with Iowa Code section 21.4.
a. The division shall send notice to the program by certified
mail, return receipt requested, 30 ten days prior to the
commission meeting notifying the program director and board chairperson of the
time, place, and date the commission will review and act upon the application
for the program along with the results of the inspection.
ITEM 9. Amend rule 643—3.16(125),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
643—3.16(125) Complaints. Any person may
request an inspection of a program licensed pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 125 by
filing with the department a complaint of any alleged violation of applicable
requirements of the Iowa Code or the rules adopted pursuant to it. The
complaint shall state in a specific manner the basis of the complaint and the
full name and address of the complainant. The complaint may be delivered
personally or by mail to the division director at Lucas State Office Building,
Des Moines, Iowa 50319. The executive director of the program involved
shall may be notified that the department shall conduct
a complaint investigation within 48 hours of the on–site
visit notification. Timely filing is required in order to
ensure availability of witnesses and to avoid initiation of an investigation
under conditions which may have been significantly altered during the period of
delay.
ITEM 10. Amend paragraph
3.17(1)“e” as follows:
e. Demonstrate that the requested variance will not endanger
the health, safety, or welfare of any resident or
client/patient.
ITEM 11. Adopt new rule
643—3.18(125) as follows:
643—3.18(125) Deemed status. The commission may
grant deemed status to programs accredited either by a recognized national or
state not–for–profit accrediting body when the commission determines
the accreditation is for the same services.
3.18(1) National accrediting bodies. The national
accrediting bodies currently recognized as meeting commission criteria for
possible deemed status are:
a. Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare
Organizations (JCAHO).
b. Council on Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities
(CARF).
c. Council on Accreditation of Services for Families and
Children (COA).
3.18(2) State accreditation/licensing bodies. The
stateaccreditation/licensing bodies currently recognized as meeting commission
criteria for possible deemed status are:
a. Iowa department of human services (DHS).
b. Iowa department of inspections and appeals (DIA).
The accreditation/licensing credentials of these bodies must
specify the type of organization, programs and services that they accredit, and
include targeted population groups, if appropriate. Deemed status means that
the division is accepting an outside body’s review, assessment and
accreditation/licensure of a program’s/organization’s functioning
and services. Therefore, the accrediting body conducting the review must assess
categories of organizations and types of programs, services and facility
requirements corresponding to those described in this chapter. For example, if
a program receives an inspection of food service or fire safety by the
department of inspections and appeals (DIA), the division will accept the
documentation or certificate from DIA. Deemed status shall not be granted for
clinical services. The division will conduct an on–site review for
clinical services as outlined in subrules 3.21(11) to 3.21(20). When a program
has received accreditation by deemed status, the program shall continue to be
held responsible for meeting all requirements under this chapter and all
applicable laws and regulations. When a program which is nationally accredited
requests deemed status for services not covered by the national body’s
standards, but covered under this chapter, the licensing for those services
shall be done by the division. Technical assistance by the division staff shall
be provided to deemed–status providers as time permits; however, the
technical assistance will be focused on this chapter’s
requirements.
3.18(3) Reservations. When deemed status is granted,
the commission and the division reserve the right to do the following:
a. To have division staff conduct on–site focused
reviews for those programs applying for deemed status that have been previously
licensed by the division.
b. To have division staff do joint on–site visits with
the accrediting body, attend exit conferences, or conduct focused
follow–up visits as determined to be appropriate in consultation with the
national or state accrediting or licensing organization and the
provider/program.
c. To be informed of and to investigate all complaints that
fall under this chapter’s jurisdiction, to make findings as a result of
the investigation, and to require corrective action measures when indicated.
Complaints, findings and corrective actions shall be reported to the national or
state accrediting or licensing body. The complaint process outlined in rule
643—3.16(125) shall be followed.
d. To review and act upon deemed status when complaints have
been founded, when focused reviews find instances of noncompliance with this
chapter’s requirements, when national or state accreditation status of the
provider expires without renewal or when the provider’s status is
downgraded or withdrawn by the national or state accrediting or licensing
body.
e. To have division staff conduct either focused or full
on–site reviews in instances in which the national or state body has
accredited or licensed the program for less than the maximum time
period.
3.18(4) Application for deemed status. To apply for
deemed status, the provider/program shall:
a. Be currently accredited by a recognized national or state
accrediting agency or licensing body for services that are defined in this
chapter.
b. Submit to the division application for deemed status
licensure and copies of latest survey/licensure inspection report and
accreditation certificate or license.
c. Sign the letter of agreement and send it to the
division.
d. Provide any additional information or supporting
documentation as required by the division. When granted, deemed status shall
coincide with the time period awarded by the national or state accrediting body,
but under no circumstances shall it be longer than two years.
ITEM 12. Amend subrule 3.21(1),
introductory paragraph and paragraphs “b” and
“c,” as follows:
3.21(1) Governing body. Each program shall have a
formally designated governing body that is representative of the community being
served, complies with the Iowa Code, and is the ultimate authority for the
overall program operations. Persons in private practice as sole
practitioners shall be exempt from this subrule.
b. The bylaws shall minimally specify the following:
(1) The qualifications of the memberships;
The type of membership;
(2) The type of membership; The term of
appointment;
(3) The method of selecting members; The
frequency of meetings;
(4) The term of appointment or election of members,
officers and chairpersons of committees; The attendance
requirements; and
(5) The number of the membership; The
quorum necessary to transact business.
(6) The frequency of meetings;
(7) The attendance requirements;
and
(8) The quorum necessary to transact
business.
c. Minutes of all meetings shall be kept and be available for
review by the department and shall include, but not necessarily be limited
to:
(1) Date of the meeting;
(2) Names of members attending;
(3) Topics discussed; and
(4) Decisions reached and actions taken;
and.
(5) A summary of all reports presented to the
governing body.
ITEM 13. Rescind subrule 3.21(2) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
3.21(2) Executive director. This individual shall
have primary responsibility for the overall program operations. The duties of
the executive director shall be clearly defined by the governing authority, when
applicable, in accordance with the policies established by the governing
body.
ITEM 14. Amend subrules 3.21(3) to
3.21(6) as follows:
3.21(3) Treatment supervisor services. The
program shall have available consultation from a treatment supervisor to ensure
quality of clinical services provided to clients/patients. This individual will
assist Clinical oversight. The program shall have appropriate
clinical oversight to ensure quality of clinical services provided to
client/patients. This may be provided in–house or through
consultation.
Clinical oversight may include assisting the program in
developing policies and procedures relating to the assessment and treatment of
psychopathology. The treatment supervisor will assist,
assisting in the training of the staff and providing assistance to the
clinical staff in client assessment or treatment. The
executive director or designee shall be ultimately responsible for clinical
services and implementation of treatment services to clients
client/patients.
3.21(4) Staff development and training. There shall
be written policies and procedures that establish a staff
development program. The staff Staff
development program shall include orientation for
entry–level for staff, on–the–job
training, in–service education, and opportunities for continuing
job–related education. For corporations organized under Iowa Code
chapter 496C and sole practitioners, documentation of continuing education to
maintain professional license or substance abuse certification will meet the
requirements of this subrule.
a. Initial training is recommended for all staff,
which for each treatment staff member shall include structured scheduled
orientation in the following areas: Evidence of professional
education, substance abuse certification, licensing, or orientation which
includes the following: psychosocial, medical, pharmacological,
confidentiality, and tuberculosis and blood–borne pathogens; an
orientation to the program and community resources; counseling skill
development; HIV/AIDS (Human Immunodeficiency Virus/Acquired Immune Deficiency
Syndrome) information/education; and the attitudes, values and lifestyles of
racially diverse cultures, other cultures and special populations. In
addition, each treatment staff member shall complete two hours of training
relating to the identification and reporting of child abuse and dependent adult
abuse within six months of initial employment, and at least two hours of
additional training every five years thereafter.
b. No change.
c. The staff development program shall take steps to ensure
that staff members are kept informed of new developments in the field of
substance abuse assessment, evaluation, placement, treatment and
rehabilitation.
d. and e. No change.
f. Minutes shall be kept of on–site training activities
and shall include, but not necessarily be limited to:
(1) Date of the meeting;
(2) Names of persons attending; and
(3) Topics discussed, to include name and title of
presenters; and.
(4) Recommendations made.
g. No change.
h. The local program shall document staff attendance
and participation at local, regional, state and national training
opportunities.
3.21(5) Management information system. All
programs Programs receiving Medicaid or
funded state funding and programs performing OWI
evaluations in accordance with 643—Chapter 8 by the
department shall submit client/patient data to the Iowa
Department of Public Health, Division of Substance Abuse and Health Promotion,
Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075, in accordance
with substance abuse reporting system procedures.
3.21(6) Procedures manual. All programs shall develop
and maintain a procedures manual. This manual shall define the program’s
policies and procedures to reflect the program’s activities. Revisions
shall be entered with the date, name and title of the individual making the
entries. This manual shall contain all of the required written policies,
procedures, definitions, and all other documentation required
by outlined throughout these standards in the following
areas:.
a. Legal authority and organization of the governing
body;
b. Fiscal management;
c. Personnel policies;
d. Medical services;
e. Staff training;
f. Treatment planning;
g. Client case records;
h. Supportive and professional
services;
i. Follow–up services;
j. Client rights;
k. Confidentiality of client
records;
l. Discharge planning;
m. All clinical services, such as placement screening
and initial assessment, outpatient services, primary residential treatment,
extended residential treatment;
n. Treatment philosophy;
o. Objectives;
p. Table of organization;
q. The role of the coordinator/director in charge of
this service; and
r. Interrelationship with other service components and
providers.
ITEM 15. Adopt new
paragraph 3.21(7)“d” as follows:
d. Assessment and evaluation programs shall make public the
OWI evaluation fees, and the client/patient shall be informed of the fee at the
time of the evaluation.
ITEM 16. Amend subrule 3.21(8) as
follows:
3.21(8) Personnel. Written personnel policies and
procedures shall be developed by all programs except for sole
practitioners. The sole practitioner shall subscribe to a code of
conduct such as found in professional certification or licensure.
a. These All programs shall have
written policies and procedures shall that address
the following areas:
(1) to (10) No change.
(11) Methods for handling cases of inappropriate
client care;
(12) and (13) No change.
(14) Arbitration of employee Employee
grievances; and
(15) No change.
b. No change.
c. There shall be written job descriptions for all
positions that reflect the actual duties of the employee.
Each job description shall identify specifically:
(1) Job title;
(2) Tasks and responsibilities of the
job;
(3) The skills, knowledge, training, education and
experience required for the job; and
(4) Lines of authority.
d. and e. No change.
f. The written personnel policies and practices shall include
a mechanism for the evaluating written evaluation of
personnel performance on at least an annual basis. This evaluation
shall be in writing. There shall be evidence that this evaluation is
reviewed with the employee and that the employee is given the opportunity to
respond to this evaluation.
g. Any wages paid to clients engaged in vocational
training or work within the program shall be in accord with local, state and
federal requirements.
h g. There shall be a personnel record
kept on each staff member. These records shall contain as applicable:
(1) The application for
employment;
(2 1) Verification of training,
experience, and all professional credentials relevant to the position;
(3) Wage and salary information, including all
changes;
( 4 2) Job performance
evaluations;
(5 3) Incident reports;
(6 4) Disciplinary actions taken;
and
(7 5) Documentation of review and
adherence to confidentiality laws and regulations. This review and agreement
shall occur prior to assumption of duties.
i. For each employee working within a juvenile service
area, these personnel records shall contain:
(1) Documentation of a criminal records check with the
Iowa division of criminal investigation on all new applicants for employment
asking whether the applicant has been convicted of a crime.
(2) A written, signed, and dated statement furnished
by a new applicant for employment which discloses any substantiated reports of
child abuse, neglect, or sexual abuse that may exist on the
applicant.
(3) Documentation of a check after hiring on
probationary or temporary status, but prior to permanently employing the
individual with the Iowa central child abuse registry for any substantiated
reports of child abuse, neglect, or sexual abuse.
(4) A person who has a record of a criminal conviction
or founded child abuse report shall not be employed, unless an evaluation of the
crime or founded child abuse has been made by the Department of Human Services
which concludes that the crime or founded child abuse does not merit prohibition
of employment. If a record of criminal conviction or founded child abuse
exists, the person shall be offered the opportunity to complete and submit Form
470–2310. Record Check Evaluation. In its evaluation, the DHS shall
consider the nature and seriousness of the crime or founded abuse in relation to
the position sought, the time elapsed since the commission of the crime or
founded abuse, the circumstances under which the crime or founded abuse was
committed, the degree of rehabilitation, and the number of crimes or founded
abuses committed by the person involved.
j h. There shall be written policies
and procedures designed to ensure confidentiality of personnel records and a
delineation of authorized personnel who have access to various types of
personnel information.
k i. Personnel providing screening,
evaluations, assessments or treatment shall be certified by the Iowa board
of substance abuse certification, or certified by an international certification
and reciprocity consortium member board in the states of Illinois,
Minnesota, Nebraska, Missouri, South Dakota, and Wisconsin; or
be eligible for certification or have education, training, or
and experience in the substance abuse field.
l j. There shall be written policies
related to the prohibition of sexual harassment.
m k. There shall be written policies
related to the implementation of the Americans with Disabilities Act.
ITEM 17. Amend subrule 3.21(9) as
follows:
3.21(9) Child abuse/criminal records
check.
a. Written policies and procedures shall prohibit
mistreatment, neglect, or abuse of children and specify reporting and
enforcement procedures for the program. Alleged violations shall be reported
immediately to the director of the facility and appropriate department of human
services personnel. Written policies and procedures on reporting alleged
violations shall be in compliance with DHHS, 42 CFR, Part 2, Regulations on
Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Client Records. Any employee found to
be in violation of Iowa Code chapter 232, division III, part 2, as substantiated
by the department of human services’ investigation shall be subject to the
agency’s policies concerning dismissal.
b. For each employee working within a juvenile services
area, the personnel record shall contain:
(1) Documentation of a criminal records check with the
division of criminal investigation on all new applicants for employment asking
whether the applicant has been convicted of a crime.
(2) A written, signed and dated statement furnished by a
new applicant for employment which discloses any substantiated reports of child
abuse, neglect or sexual abuse that may exist.
(3) Documentation of a check after hiring on probationary
or temporary status, but prior to permanently employing the individual, with the
Iowa central child abuse registry for any substantiated reports of child abuse,
neglect or sexual abuse.
A person who has a record of a criminal conviction or
founded child abuse report shall not be employed, unless an evaluation of the
crime or founded child abuse has been made by the department of human services
which concludes that the crime of founded child abuse does not merit prohibition
of employment. If a record of criminal conviction or founded child abuse does
exist, the person shall be offered the opportunity to complete and submit Form
470–2310, Record Check Evaluation. In its evaluation, the department of
human services shall consider the nature and seriousness of the crime or founded
abuse in relation to the position sought, the time elapsed since the commission
of the crime of founded abuse, the circumstances under which the crime or
founded abuse was committed, the degree of rehabilitation and the number of
crimes or founded abuses committed by the person involved.
c. Each treatment staff member shall complete two hours of
training relating to the identification and reporting of child abuse and
dependent adult abuse within six months of initial employment and at least two
hours of additional training every five years thereafter.
ITEM 18. Amend subrule 3.21(10) as
follows:
3.21(10) Client/patient case record
maintenance. There shall be written policies and procedures governing the
compilation, storage and dissemination of individual client/patient case
records.
a. These policies and procedures shall ensure that:
(1) The program exercises its responsibility for safeguarding
and protecting the client/patient case record against loss, tampering, or
unauthorized disclosure of information;
(2) Content and format of client/patient records are
kept uniform; and
(3) Entries in the client/patient case record are
signed and dated.
b. The program shall provide adequate physical facilities for
the storage, processing, and handling of client/patient case records.
These facilities shall include suitably locked, secured rooms or file
cabinets.
c. Appropriate records shall be readily accessible to those
staff members providing services directly to the client/patient and other
individuals specifically authorized by program policy. Records should be kept
in proximity to the area in which the client/patient normally receives
services.
d. There shall be a written policy governing the disposal and
maintenance of client/patient case records. Client/patient case
records shall be maintained for not less than five years from the date they are
officially closed.
e. No change.
f. The governing body shall establish policies that specify
the conditions under which information on applicants or clients
client/patients may be released and the procedures to be followed for
releasing such information. Even if a program is not federally funded, all such
policies and procedures shall be in accordance with the federal confidentiality
regulations, “Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient
Records,” 42 CFR, Part 2, effective June 9, 1987, which implement federal
statutory provisions, 42 U.S.C. 290dd–3applicable to alcohol abuse
client/patient records, and42 U.S.C. 290ee–3 applicable to drug
abuse client/patientrecords, and state confidentiality laws and
regulations.
g. Confidentiality of alcohol and drug abuse
client/patient records. The confidentiality of alcohol and drug abuse
client/patient records maintained by a program is protected by the
“Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records”
regulations, 42 CFR, Part 2, effective June 9, 1987, which implement federal
statutory provisions, 42 U.S.C. 290dd–3 applicable to alcohol abuse
client/patientrecords, and 42 U.S.C. 290ee–3 applicable to drug
abuseclient/patient records.
ITEM 19. Amend subrule 3.21(11) as
follows:
3.21(11) Placement screening, admission, assessment
and evaluation. There shall be clearly stated written The
program shall conduct an initial assessment which shall include evaluation of
the American Society of Addiction Medicine Patient Placement Criteria
criteria for determining the eligibility of individuals for
placement and admission.
a. No change.
b. The client Following admission, the
comprehensive assessment (psychosocial history) shall be an analysis and
synthesis of the client/patient status and shall address the
client’s client/patient’s strengths,
problems, and areas of clinical concern. Sufficient information shall be
collected so that a comprehensive treatment plan can be developed. It shall
be developed within the period of time between admission and the first review
date specified for that particular level of care within the continued
stay management of care review proc–ess. This
initial assessment upon admission to treatment services is an expansion of
information on the six categories contained within the placement screening
document.
c. When an individual refuses to divulge information
or to follow the recommended course of treatment, this refusal shall be noted in
the case record.
d c. At the time of admission,
documentation shall be made that the individual has been informed of:
(1) General nature and goals of the program;
(2) Rules governing client/patient conduct and
infractions that can lead to disciplinary action or discharge from the
program;
(3) In a nonresidential program, the hours during which
services are available;
(4) Treatment costs to be borne by the client/patient,
if any;
(5) Client’s rights and responsibilities;
and
(6) Confidentiality laws, rules and
regulations.;
(7) HIV/AIDS information; and
(8) Safety and emergency procedures for residential,
halfway house, inpatient and treatment services with housing.
e. Sufficient information shall be collected during
the admission process so that the assessment process allows for the development
of a complete assessment of the client’s status and a comprehensive plan
of treatment can be developed.
f d. The results of the screening and
admission process shall be clearly explained to the client/patient and to
the client’s client/patient’s family when
appropriate. This shall be documented in the client/patient
record.
ITEM 20. Amend subrule 3.21(12) as
follows:
3.21(12) Treatment plans. Based upon the initial
assessment, an individualized written treatment plan shall be developed and
recorded in the client’s client/patient case
record.
a. A treatment plan shall be developed as soon after the
client’s client/patient’s admission as is
clinically feasible and within the period of time between admission and the next
review date specified for that particular level of care within the
continued stay reviews management of care review
process.
b. The individualized treatment plan shall minimally
contain:
(1) A clear and concise statement of
client’s the client/patient’s
current strengths and needs;
(2) Clear and concise statements of the short– and
long–term goals the client/patient will be attempting to
achieve;
(3) Type and frequency of therapeutic activities in which the
client/patient will be participating;
(4) The staff person(s) to be responsible for the
client’s client/patient’s treatment;
and
(5) The specific criteria to be met for successful
completion of treatment; and
(6 5) Treatment plans shall be
culturally and environmentally specific so as to meet the needs of the
client/patient. Treatment plans shall be written in a manner readily
understandable to the client/patient, with assistance if
necessary.
c. Treatment plans shall be developed in partnership with the
client/patient and shall be reviewed by the primary counselor and the
client/patient as often as necessary and in accordance with the time
frames specified within the continued stay reviews
management of care review process.
d. The reviews shall consist of: a reassessment of the
client’s client/patient’s current status in
conjunction with the continued stay review criteria, accomplishments and needs,
and a redefining of treatment goals when appropriate. The date of the review,
as well as any changes, shall be recorded in the record
as well as the individuals involved in the review shall also be recorded
in the continued stay review process.
e. The use of abstract terms, technical jargon, or slang
should be avoided in the treatment plan. The program should provide the
client client/patient with copies of all treatment plans
upon request.
ITEM 21. Amend subrule 3.21(13) as
follows:
3.21(13) Progress notes. A
client’s client/patient’s progress and
current status in meeting the goals set in the treatment plan shall be recorded
in the client’s client/patient case record.
Information will be noted following each individual counseling session and a
summary of group counseling services shall be documented at least
weekly.
a. Entries shall be filed in chronological order and shall
include the date services were provided or observations made, the date the entry
was made, the signature or initials and staff title of the individual rendering
the services. All progress notes shall be entered into the
client/patient case record in permanent pen, typewriter, or by computer.
In those instances where records are maintained electronically, a staff
identification code number authorizing access shall be accepted in lieu of a
signature.
b. All entries that involve subjective interpretations of a
client’s client/patient’s progress should be
supplemented with a description of the actual behavioral observations which were
the basis for the interpretation.
c. and d. No change.
ITEM 22. Amend subrule 3.21(14) as
follows:
3.21(14) Client case record contents. There shall be
a case record for each client/patient that contains:
a. to d. No change.
e. Medication records, which shall allow for the monitoring of
all medications administered and self–administered and the detection of
adverse drug reactions. All medication orders in the client/patient case
records shall define at least the name of the medication, dose, route of
administration, frequency of administration, the name of the physician who
prescribed the medication, and the name of the person administering or
dispensing the medication;
f. and g. No change.
h. Correspondence related to the client/patient,
including all letters and dated notations of telephone conversations relevant to
the client’s client/patient’s
treatment;
i. to l. No change.
m. Discharge summaries of services provided shall be
completed within 30 days of discharge and shall be sufficiently detailed
to identify the types of services the
clientclient/patient has received and action taken to
address specific problems identified. General terms such as
“counseling” or “activities” shall be avoided in
describing services; and
n. Management information system or other appropriate data
forms.; and
o. Incident reports.
ITEM 23. Amend subrule 3.21(16) as
follows:
3.21(16) Medical services. The applicant shall have
policies and procedures developed in conjunction with a physician to examine and
evaluate substance abusers/concerned persons seeking or undergoing treatment or
rehabilitation. Individuals who enter an inpatient, residential, halfway house
facility, chemotherapy or emergency care facility (ASAM Levels III.I, III.3,
III.5, III.7 and IV) shall undergo a medical history and physical
examination. Laboratory examinations may be performed as deemed necessary by
the physician. The medical history, physical examination, and necessary
laboratory examinations shall be performed as soon as possible, however
minimally, as follows:
•
a. Inpatient medically managed and medically monitored residential
treatment services (ASAM Levels VI & VII IV and
III.7) within 24 hours of admission;
•
b. Primary residential treatment and extended residential
treatment (Level V Levels III.5 and III.3) within seven
calendar days of admission; and
•
c. Halfway house services (Level II III.I) within 21
calendar days of admission.
For individuals who enter a Level I or Level II service, a
medical history shall be obtained upon admission.
A program may accept medical history and physical examination
results from referral sources which were conducted no more than 90 days prior to
admission.
All client/patients admitted to residential,
inpatient and halfway house residents are required to receive
tuberculosis testing within 5 calendar days of admission, and all identified
high–risk outpatient clients are required to receive testing within 14
calendar days, or halfway house services and high–risk
outpatient client/patients shall have a tuberculosis skin test administered and
read within 5 days of admission. If the client/patient has documentation of a
negative tuberculosis skin test within the previous 90 days, the tuberculosis
test may be accepted if the client/patient does not show any symptoms. If the
client/patient has unexplained symptoms or a history of positive tuberculosis
skin tests, the physician shall determine what tests are needed. On
individuals who enter a Level I program or any outpatient program, a medical
history shall be obtained upon admission.
ITEM 24. Amend paragraphs
3.21(18)“d” through 3.21(18)“l” as
follows:
d. Drugs/medications shall be prescribed by a physician
licensed to practice in the state of Iowa or other practitioner
authorized to prescribe under Iowa law.
e. Prescription drugs shall not be administered or
self–administered to a client/patient without a written order
signed by a licensed physician or other practitioner
authorized to prescribe under Iowa law. All prescribed medications shall be
clearly labeled indicating the patient/client’s
client/patient’s full name, physician’s name, prescription
number, name and strength of the drug, dosage, directions for use, date of
issue; and name, address and telephone number of the pharmacy or physician
issuing the drug. Medications shall be packaged and labeled according to state
and federal guidelines.
f. If the medications the client/patient brings to the
program are not to be used, they shall be packaged, sealed and stored. The
sealed packages of drugs medications shall be returned
to the client/patient, family or significant others at the time of
discharge.
g. Accountability and control of medications.
(1) There shall be a specific routine for
drug medication administration, indicating dose
schedules and standardization of abbreviations.
(2) There shall be specific methods for control and
accountability of drug medication products throughout
the program.
(3) to (5) No change.
h. Drug Medication storage shall be
maintained in accordance with the security requirements of federal, state and
local laws.
(1) All drugs medication shall be
maintained in locked storage. Controlled substances shall be maintained in a
locked box within the locked cabinet.
(2) No change.
(3) Disinfectants and drugs medication
for external use are shall be stored separately from
internal and injectable medications.
(4) The medication for each client/patient shall be
stored in the original containers.
(5) All potent poisonous or caustic drugs
medication shall be plainly labeled, stored separately from other
drugs medication in a specific well–illuminated
cabinet, closet, or storeroom, and made accessible only to authorized
persons.
i. Dispensed from a licensed pharmacy. Drugs
Medication provided to patients/clients a
client/patient shall be dispensed only from a licensed pharmacy in the state
of Iowa in accordance with the pharmacy laws in the Code of Iowa, or from a
licensed pharmacy in another state according to the laws of that state, or by a
licensed physician.
j. Use of medications. No prescription
Prescription medications prescribed for one resident may not be
administered to or allowed in the possession of another resident.
k. Patient reaction. Any unusual client/patient
reaction to a drug medication shall be documented in the
patient/client’s client/patient record and
reported to the attending physician immediately.
l. Dilution or reconstitution of drugs
medication. Dilution or reconstitution and labeling of
drugs medication and their labeling
shall be done only by a licensed pharmacist.
ITEM 25. Amend 3.21(19) as
follows:
3.21(19) Management of care. The program shall ensure
appropriate level of care utilization by implementing and maintaining the
written placement screening, continued stay, and discharge criteria process
developed by the department. The programs shall also address underutilization,
overutilization, and the effective use of levels of care available. The time
frames for management of care activities minimally shall be implemented within
30 days for Level I and III.1; within 7 days for Level II.1, II.5, III.3 and
III.5; and daily for Levels III.7 and IV.
The discharge planning process shall begin at admission,
determining a client/patient’s continued need for treatment services and
developing a plan to address ongoing client/patient needs posttreatment.
Discharge planning may or may not include a document identified as a discharge
plan.
ITEM 26. Amend subrule 3.21(20) as
follows:
3.21(20) Quality improvement. The program shall have
an ongoing quality improvement program designed to objectively and
systematically monitor and evaluate the quality and appropriateness of
client/patient care, pursue opportunities to improve
client/patient care, and resolve identified problems. Quality
improvement efforts shall be facilitywide in scope and include review of
clinical, and professional, and
administrative services.
a. No change.
b. The program shall develop and implement a plan to
put into operation outcome measures or performance indicators, as determined by
the department.
c. Relevant findings from the quality improvement
activities (as defined by program) may be considered as part of the performance
evaluations for all professional, clinical, and administrative staff
members.
d b. The program shall establish
written policies and procedures to both describe and document the quality
improvement of the program’s monitoring and evaluation activities. The
policies and procedures shall ensure that:
(1) and (2) No change.
(3) Objective criteria shall be utilized in the evaluation of
the information collected in order to identify important problems in, or
opportunities to improve, client/patient care and clinical
performance.
e c. The program shall document that
the quality of client/patient care is improved and identified problems
are resolved through actions taken as appropriate by the program’s
administrative and supervisory staffs and through professional staff
functions, which may include, but not be limited to:.
(1) Activities of the governing
body;
(2) Activities of the program, program component,
modality, or service;
(3) Revisions to written policies and procedures for
program and professional services and staff composition.
f. The findings, conclusions, recommendations, actions
taken, and results of actions taken shall be documented and reported through
processes established by the program.
g d. Necessary information shall be
communicated among program components, modalities, or services when problems or
opportunities to improve client/patient care involve more than one
program component or service.
h e. The program shall ensure that the
status of identified problems is tracked to ensure improvement or
resolution.
i f. Information from program
components or services and the findings of discrete quality improvement
activities are used to detect trends, patterns of performance, or potential
problems that affect more than one program component or service.
j g. The objectives, scope,
organization, and effectiveness of the quality improvement program are evaluated
at least annually and revised as necessary.
ITEM 27. Amend subrule 3.21(21) as
follows:
3.21(21) Building construction and safety. All
buildings in which clients receive screenings, evaluations, assessments
or treatment are designed, constructed, equipped, and maintained in a manner
that is designed to provide for the physical safety of clients, personnel, and
visitors.
a. to c. No change.
d. All programs shall have written policies and procedures
to provide a safe environment for clients, personnel, and visitors and to
monitor that environment. The program shall document implementation of the
procedures. The written policies and procedures shall include, but not be
limited to, the following:
(1) The process for the identification, development,
implementation, and review of safety policies and procedures for all departments
or services.
(2) The promotion and maintenance of an ongoing,
facilitywide hazard surveillance program to detect and report all safety hazards
related to clients, visitors, and personnel.
(3) The process by which the staff is to dispose of
biohaz–ardous waste within the clinical service areas.
(4) All program areas.
1. Stairways, halls, and aisles shall be of substantial
nonslippery material, shall be maintained in a good state of repair, shall be
adequately lighted and shall be kept free from obstructions at all times. All
stairways shall have handrails.
2. Radiators, registers, and steam and hot water pipes
shall have protective covering or insulation. Electrical outlets and switches
shall have wall plates.
3. For juvenile facilities, fuse boxes shall be under lock
and key or six feet above the floor.
4. Facilities shall have written procedures for the
handling and storage of hazardous materials.
5. Facilities shall have policies and procedures for
weapons removal.
6. Swimming pools shall conform to state and local health
and safety regulations. Adult supervision shall be provided at all times when
children are using the pool.
7. Facilities shall have policies regarding fishing ponds,
lakes, or any bodies of water located on or near the program and accessible to
the client/patient.
ITEM 28. Rescind subrules 3.21(22) to
3.21(24) and adopt the following new subrules in lieu
thereof:
3.21(22) Outpatient facility. The outpatient facility
shall be safe, clean, well ventilated, properly heated, free from vermin and
rodents and in good repair.
a. The facility shall be appropriate for providing services
available from the program and for protecting confidentiality.
b. Furniture shall be in good repair.
c. There shall be a written plan outlining procedures to be
followed in the event of fire or tornado. These plans shall be conspicuously
displayed at the facility.
3.21(23) Therapeutic environment. All programs shall
establish an environment that enhances the positive self–image of
client/patients and preserves their human dignity. The grounds of the program
shall have adequate space for the program to carry out its stated goals. When
client/patient needs or program goals involve outdoor activities, these
activities and programs shall be appropriate to the ages and clinical needs of
the client/patient.
a. All services shall be accessible to people with
disabilities or the program shall have written policies and procedures that
describe how people with disabilities can attain access to the facility for
necessary services. All programs shall comply with the Americans with
Disabilities Act.
b. The waiting or reception areas shall be of adequate size,
have appropriate furniture and be located so as to ensure confidentiality of
client/patients in session or receiving services.
c. Program staff shall be available in waiting or reception
areas so as to address the needs of the client/patients and visitors.
d. The program shall have written policies and procedures
regarding chemical substances in the facility.
e. Smoking shall be prohibited except in designated
areas.
f. A program or person shall not sell, give, or otherwise
supply any tobacco, tobacco products, or cigarettes to any person under 18 years
of age, and a person under 18 years of age shall not smoke, use, purchase, or
attempt to purchase, any tobacco, tobacco products, or cigarettes.
g. There shall be written policies and procedures to address
the following:
(1) There shall be a policy to inform client/patients of their
legal and human rights at the time of admission;
(2) Client/patient communication, opinions, or grievances,
with a mechanism for redress;
(3) Prohibition of sexual harassment; and
(4) Client/patient rights to privacy.
ITEM 29. Amend rule 643—3.22(125),
introductory paragraph, and subrule 3.22(1) as follows:
643—3.22(125) Inpatient, residential and halfway
house services safety. Specific safety standards for
inpatient, residential and halfway house services
safety.
3.22(1) Health and fire safety inspections.
Inpatient, residential and halfway house substance abuse treatment facilities
shall comply with appropriate department of inspections and appeals rules, state
fire marshal’s rules and fire ordinances, and appropriate local health,
fire, occupancy code, and safety regulations. The program shall maintain
documentation of such compliance.
a. Inpatient, residential and halfway house substance abuse
treatment facilities required to be licensed by the department of public health
shall comply with standards for food service sanitation in accordance with rules
promulgated by the department of inspections and appeals pursuant to
481—Chapter 32 of the Iowa Administrative Code and Iowa Code chapter
137B.
b. No change.
c. The use of door locks or closed sections shall be approved
by the fire marshal, professional staff and governing body.
d. Staff shall respect a client’s right to
privacy by knocking on the door of a client’s room before
entering.
ITEM 30. Rescind subrule 3.22(2) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
3.22(2) Emergency preparedness. The inpatient,
residential and halfway house programs shall have an emergency preparedness
program designed to provide for the effective utilization of available resources
so that client/patient care can be continued during a disaster.
ITEM 31. Rescind rule 643—3.23(125)
and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
643—3.23(125) Specific standards for inpatient,
residential, and halfway house service. An inpatient, residential, and
halfway house service shall be designed to provide comprehensive diagnostic,
treatment and rehabilitation services in a 24–hour therapeutic
setting.
3.23(1) Hours of operation. An inpatient,
residential, and halfway house service shall operate seven days per week, 24
hours a day.
3.23(2) Meals. Inpatient and residential programs
shall provide a minimum of three meals per day to each client/patient enrolled
in the program. Inpatient, residential, and other programs where
client/patients are not present during mealtime shall make provisions to make
available the necessary meals. Menus shall be prepared in consultation with a
dietitian. If client/patients are allowed to prepare meals, the program shall
document conformity with all commonly accepted policies and procedures of state
health regulations and food hygiene.
3.23(3) Consultation with counsel. An inpatient,
residential, and halfway house program shall have policies and procedures which
will ensure that all client/patients in a facility have opportunity for and
access to consultation with legal counsel at any reasonable time.
3.23(4) Visitation with family and friends. An
inpatient, residential and halfway house program shall have policies and
procedures which will ensure opportunities for continuing contact with family
and friends. If such visiting opportunities are clinically contraindicated,
they shall be approved on an individual basis by the treatment supervisor and
subject to review by the executive director. The justification for restrictions
shall be documented in the client/patient record. If clinical indications
require restrictions on visitation, such restrictions shall be evaluated for
continuing therapeutic effectiveness every seven days by the treatment
supervisor and primary counselor.
The program shall establish visiting hours which shall be
conspicuously displayed at the facility and in such a manner to be visible to
those entering the facility.
3.23(5) Telephone use. An inpatient, residential and
halfway house program shall have policies and procedures which allow
client/patients to conduct private telephone conversations with family and
friends at the facility. If such are clinically contraindicated, they shall be
approved on an individual basis by the treatment supervisor and subject to
review by the executive director. The justification for restrictions shall be
documented in the client/patient record. If clinical indications require
restrictions, such shall be evaluated for continuing therapeutic effectiveness
every seven days by the treatment supervisor and primary counselor. Access to
the telephone shall be available during reasonable hours as defined by the
program in written policies and procedures except for emergency calls, which may
be received at the time of the call, or made when necessary.
3.23(6) Written communication. An inpatient,
residential and halfway house program shall have policies and procedures which
ensure that neither mail nor other communications to or from a client/patient in
a facility is intercepted, read, or censored.
3.23(7) Facility. An inpatient, residential, and
halfway house facility shall be safe, clean, well–ventilated, properly
heated, in good repair, and free from vermin to ensure the well–being of
residents.
a. Client/patient bedrooms shall include:
(1) A sturdily constructed bed;
(2) A clean mattress protected with a clean mattress
pad;
(3) A designated space for personal possessions and for
hanging clothing in proximity to the sleeping area; and
(4) Windows in bedrooms shall have curtains or window
blinds.
b. Sleeping areas shall include:
(1) Doors for privacy;
(2) Partitioning or placement of furniture to provide privacy
for all client/patients;
(3) The number of client/patients in a room shall be
appropriate to the goals of the facility and to the ages, developmental levels,
and clinical needs of the client/patients;
(4) Client/patients will be allowed to keep and display
personal belongings and add personal touches to the decoration of their rooms in
accordance with program policy;
(5) Staff shall respect the client/patient’s right to
privacy by knocking on the door of the client/patient’s room before
entering.
c. Clean linen, towels and washcloths shall be available
minimally on a weekly basis and more often as needed.
d. Bathrooms shall provide residents with facilities necessary
for personal hygiene and personal privacy, including:
(1) A safe supply of hot and cold running water which is
potable;
(2) Clean towels, electric hand dryers or paper towel
dispensers, and an available supply of toilet paper and soap;
(3) Natural or mechanical ventilation capable of removing
odors;
(4) Tubs or showers shall have slip–proof
surfaces;
(5) Partitions with doors which provide privacy if a bathroom
has multiple toilet stools;
(6) Toilets, wash basins, and other plumbing or sanitary
facilities shall at all times be maintained in good operating condition;
and
(7) The ratio of bathroom facilities to residents shall be one
tub or shower head per 12 residents, one wash basin per 12 residents and one
toilet per 8 residents.
(8) If the facility is coeducational, the program shall
designate and so identify separate bathrooms for male and female
client/patients.
e. There shall be a written plan outlining procedures to be
followed in the event of fire or tornado. These plans shall be conspicuously
displayed on each floor or dormitory area that clients, residents, or visitors
occupy at the facility and shall be explained to all inpatient, residential, and
halfway house client/patients as a part of their orientation to the program.
Fire drills shall be conducted at least monthly and tornado drills conducted
during the tornado season from April through October.
f. Written reports of annual inspections by state or local
fire safety officials shall be maintained with records of corrective action
taken by the program on recommendations articulated in such reports.
g. Smoking shall not be permitted in bedrooms.
h. Every facility shall have an adequate water supply from an
approved source. A municipal water system shall be considered as meeting this
requirement. Private water sources shall be tested annually.
i. The facility shall allow for the following:
(1) Areas in which a client/patient may be alone when
appropriate; and
(2) Areas for private conversations with others.
j. Articles of grooming and personal hygiene that are
appropriate to the client/patient’s age, developmental level, and clinical
state shall be readily available in a space reserved near the
client/patient’s sleeping area. If clinically indicated as determined by
the treatment supervisor, a client/patient’s personal articles may be kept
under lock and key by staff. If access to potentially dangerous grooming aids
or other personal articles is contraindicated for clinical reasons, a member of
the professional staff shall explain to the client/patient the conditions under
which the articles may be used; and the clinical rationale for these conditions
shall be documented in the client/patient case record.
k. Housekeeping. If client/patients take responsibility for
maintaining their own living quarters and for day–to–day
housekeeping activities of the program, these responsibilities shall be clearly
defined in writing and be a part of theclient/patient orientation program.
Staff assistance and equipment shall be provided as needed.
l. Clothing. Client/patients shall be allowed to wear their
own clothing in accordance with program rules. If clothing is provided by
programs, it shall be suited to the climate and appropriate. In addition, a
laundry room shall be accessible so client/patients may wash their
clothing.
m. Noise–producing equipment. The program shall ensure
that the use and location of noise–producing equipment and appliances,
such as television sets, radios, and CD players do not interfere with clinical
and therapeutic activities.
n. Recreation and outdoor activities. The program shall
provide recreation and outdoor activities, unless contraindicated for
therapeutic reasons.
3.23(8) Religion–culture. The inpatient,
residential, and halfway house program shall have a written description of its
religious orientation, particular religious practices that are observed, and any
religious restrictions. This description shall be provided to the
client/patients, parent(s) or guardian, and the placing agency at the time of
admission in compliance with DHHS, 42 CFR, Part 2, Regulations on
Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Client Records. This information
shall also be available to adults during orientation. The client/patient shall
have the opportunity to participate in religious activities and services in
accordance with the client/patient’s own faith or that of a minor
client/patient’s parent(s) or guardian. The facility shall, when
necessary and reasonable, arrange transportation for religious
activities.
ITEM 32. Amend rule 643—3.24(125),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
643—3.24(125) Specific standards for inpatient,
residential, and halfway house substance abuse program
service admitting juveniles. An inpatient, residential and halfway
house program that houses one or more juveniles under the age of 18 must also
comply with the following standards.
ITEM 33. Amend paragraphs
3.24(5)“a” and 3.24(5)“b” as
follows:
a. Inpatient, residential, halfway house programs, and
community residential facilities as defined in 441—Chapter 114, shall have
an on–call system operational 24 hours a day to provide supervisory
consultation. The program shall have a written plan documenting this system.
During prime programming time, there shall be at least a
one–to–eight, staff–to–client/patient
ratio.
b. Comprehensive residential facilities as defined in
441—Chapter 115, shall have at least a one–to–five,
staff–to–client/patient ratio during prime programming time.
A staff person shall be in each living unit at all times when children are in
residence, and there shall be a minimum of three nighttime checks between
the hours of 12 midnight and 6 a.m. These checks shall be logged. Policies
and procedures for nighttime checks shall be in writing.
ITEM 34. Amend subrule 3.24(6) as
follows:
3.24(6) Illness, accident, death, or absence from the
inpatient, residential, and halfway house program. The program shall have
written policies and procedures to notify the child’s parent(s),
guardian, and responsible agency of any serious illnesses, incidents involving
serious bodily injury, or circumstances causing removal of the child from the
facility in compliance with DHHS, 42 CFR, Part 2, Regulations on Confidentiality
of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Client Rec–ords. In the event of the death of a
child, a facility shall notify immediately the physician, the child’s
parent(s) or guardian, the placing agency, and the appropriate state authority.
The agency shall cooperate in arrangements made for examination,
autopsy, and burial.
NOTICE—USURY
In accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code section 535.2,
subsection 3, paragraph “a,” the Superintendent of Banking has
determined that the maximum lawful rate of interest shall be:
July 1, 1999 — July 31, 1999 7.50%
August 1, 1999 — August 31, 1999 8.00%
September 1, 1999 — September 30, 1999 8.00%
October 1, 1999 — October 31, 1999 8.00%
November 1, 1999 — November 30, 1999 8.00%
December 1, 1999 — December 31, 1999 8.00%
January 1, 2000 — January 31, 2000 8.00%
February 1, 2000 — February 29, 2000 8.25%
March 1, 2000 — March 31, 2000 8.75%
April 1, 2000 — April 30, 2000 8.50%
May 1, 2000 — May 31, 2000 8.25%
June 1, 2000 — June 30, 2000 8.00%
July 1, 2000 — July 31, 2000 8.50%
August 1, 2000 — August 31, 2000 8.00%
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Notice of Amendment to Procedural Schedule
in
Notice and Comment Proceeding
The Utilities Board (Board) previously gave notice that on
April 11, 2000, the Board issued an order in Docket No. INU–00–3,
In re: U S WEST Communications, Inc., “Order Initiating Formal
Notice and Comment Proceeding,” pursuant to Iowa Code section 476.1D, to
consider whether the provision of local directory assistance (DA) services is
subject to effective competition in Iowa and should be deregulated.
On February 11, 2000, U S WEST Communications, Inc., filed a
petition asking the Board to determine that the provision of local DA services
in Iowa is subject to effective competition and should be deregulated. Since
the time of this filing, a corporate reorganization was closed on June 30, 2000,
and the company’s name has been changed to Qwest Corporation. Pursuant to
199 IAC 5.3(1), the Board initiated a formal notice and comment
proceeding.
Copies of the Board’s complete order initiating formal
notice and comment proceedings may be obtained from the Board at
(515)281–6240 or at the Board’s Web site,
http://www.state.ia.us/iub.
The Board has, by an order issued July 21, 2000, amended the
procedural schedule. An oral presentation is scheduled, pursuant to 199 IAC
5.3(4) and 5.5(476), for the purpose of taking sworn testimony concerning the
statements and counterstatements. The oral presentation shall be held September
7, 2000, beginning at 10 a.m. in the Board’s Hearing Room at 350 Maple
Street, Des Moines, Iowa. All persons filing written statements shall have at
least one witness available at the oral presentation who may be
cross–examined on the subject matter of the written statement.
Cross–examination may be by the Board, the Consumer Advocate Division of
the Department of Justice, and other participants as the Board may deem
appropriate to develop the record fully. Persons with disabilities requiring
assistive services or devices to observe or participate should contact the Board
at (515)281–5256 in advance of the scheduled date to request that
appropriate arrangements be made.
ARC 0005B
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2428,
section 20, the Department of Workforce Development proposes to adopt Chapter
13, “New Employment Opportunities Fund,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The Workforce Development Board approved this amendment on
July 10, 2000.
This chapter implements a program created to assist members of
underutilized population groups gain and retain employment. The program was
established in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2428, section 20.
Public comments concerning the proposed new chapter will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on Tuesday, August 29, 2000. Interested persons may
submit written or oral comments by contacting Patti Curler, Workforce
Development Center Administration, Iowa Workforce Development, 150 Des Moines
Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515)281–9029.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed new
chapter will be held at the Workforce Development Center Administration Office,
Room 106, 150 Des Moines Street, Des Moines, Iowa, on Tuesday, August 29, 2000,
from 9 to 11 a.m. Individuals interested in providing comments at the hearing
should contact Patti Curler at (515) 281–9029 by 4 p.m. on Monday, August
28, 2000, to be placed on the hearing agenda.
These rules were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are
published herein as ARC 0006B. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2428, section 20.
FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 0034B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby rescinds Chapter 20,
“ACE PIAP Program,” and adopts a new Chapter 20, “Accelerated
Career Education Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The new rules implement the Accelerated Career Education (ACE)
Program authorized by Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2439, and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2453. The rules
establish guidelines, application procedures, and evaluation criteria for the
capital costs and program job credits components of the ACE Program.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department
finds that notice and public participation are impracticable and contrary to the
public interest because in order to allow applicants to receive program benefits
in time for the fall 2000 school year, rules must be in effect so that
applications can be accepted prior to the start of the fall semester. In
addition, applications for the capital costs component are pending. To permit
eligible projects to move forward, funding decisions need to be made in a timely
manner.
The Department finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendments, 35
days after publication, should be waived and the rules be made effective on July
21, 2000. These amendments confer a benefit on the public by ensuring that
eligible applicants have access to ACE Program resources in time for the 2000
school year.
Notice of Intended Action regarding these rules is published
herein as ARC 0035B to solicit public comment.
The agency is taking the following steps to notify potentially
affected parties of the effective date of the rules: publishing the rules in
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, providing free copies on request, and having
copies available wherever requests for information about the program are likely
to be made.
The IDED Board adopted the new rules on July 20,
2000.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439, and 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2453.
These rules became effective on July 21, 2000.
The following new chapter is adopted.
Rescind 261—Chapter 20 and adopt in lieu thereof the
following new chapter:
CHAPTER 20
ACCELERATED CAREER EDUCATION
(ACE)
PROGRAM
PART 1– GENERAL
PROVISIONS
261—20.1(260G) Purpose. The ACE program has
three parts: the capital costs component, the program job credits component, and
the accelerated career education grants program. The Iowa department of
economic development administers the first two components. The college student
aid commission administers the career education grants portion of the ACE
program as described in the commission’s administrative rules. The goal
of the ACE program is to provide an enhanced skilled workforce in
Iowa.
261—20.2(260G) Definitions.
“Accelerated career education program” or
“ACE” means the program established pursuant to Iowa Code Supplement
chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439.
“Agreement” means a program agreement referred to
in Iowa Code Supplement section 260G.3 between an employer and a community
college.
“Community college” means a community college
established under Iowa Code chapter 260C or a consortium of two or more
community colleges.
“Employee” means a person employed in a program
job.
“Employer” means a business or consortium of
businesses engaged in interstate or intrastate commerce for the purposes of
manufacturing, processing or assembling products; construction; conducting
research and development; or providing services in interstate or intrastate
commerce, but excluding retail services.
“Highly skilled job” means a job with a broadly
based, high–performance skill profile including advanced computation and
communication skills, technology skills and workplace behavior skills, and for
which an applied technical education is required.
“IDED” or “department” means the Iowa
department of economic development.
“IDED board” means the Iowa economic development
board authorized under Iowa Code section 15.103.
“Participant” means an individual who is enrolled
in an accelerated career education program at a community college.
“Participant position” means the individual
student enrollment position available in an accelerated career education
program.
“Program capital cost” means classroom and
laboratory renovation, new classroom and laboratory construction, site
acquisition or preparation.
“Program job” means a highly skilled job available
from an employer pursuant to a program agreement.
“Program job credit” means a credit that an
employer may claim against all withholding taxes due in an amount up to 10
percent of the gross program job wage of a program job position as authorized in
an agreement between a community college and an employer.
“Program job position” means a job position which
is planned or available for an employee by the employer pursuant to a program
agreement.
“Program operating costs” means all necessary and
incidental costs of providing program services.
“Program services” means services that include all
of the following provided they are pursuant to a program agreement: program
needs assessment and development, job task analysis, curriculum development and
revision, instruction, instructional materials and supplies, computer software
and upgrades, instructional support, administrative and student services,
related school to career training programs, skill or career interest assessment
services and testing and contracted services.
“Vertical infrastructure” means land acquisition
and construction, major renovation and major repair of buildings, all
appurtenant structures, utilities, site development and recreation trails.
Vertical infrastructure does not include equipment; routine, recurring
maintenance or operational expenses; or leasing of a building, appurtenant
structure, or utility without a lease–purchase agreement.
261—20.3(260G) ACE program eligibility and
designation.
20.3(1) In order to receive financial assistance under
the capital projects program, tax credits from withholding under the program job
credits component or financial assistance through the college student aid
commission’s accelerated career education grants program, a program must
be designated by a community college as an eligible ACE program. All programs
must demonstrate increased capacity to enroll additional students. To be
eligible, a program must be either:
a. A credit career, vocational, or technical education program
resulting in the conferring of a certificate, diploma, associate of science
degree, or associate of applied science degree; or
b. A credit–equivalent career, vocational, or technical
education program consisting of not less than 540 contact hours of classroom and
laboratory instruction and resulting in the conferring of a certificate or other
recognized,competency–based credential.
20.3(2) By resolution of a community college board of
directors, an eligible program may be approved and designated as an ACE
program.
20.3(3) A copy of the designated ACE program shall be
submitted to the department. The department will review the ACE program
designation to ensure compliance with Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G as
amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439. The department will maintain a
record of all approved ACE programs.
261—20.4(260G) Funding allocation.
20.4(1) Base allocation.
a. Funds for ACE program job credits and capital costs
projects shall be allocated equally among the community colleges in the state
for the fiscal years and in the amounts specified in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
Files 2439 and 2453.
b. Community colleges shall submit an application, with an
accompanying program agreement, to access the allocated funds. The application
and program agreement shall document that all ACE eligibility requirements have
been met.
20.4(2) Competitive awards. If a community college
fails to obligate or encumber any of its base allocation by April 1 of the
fiscal year, the funds for that community college will revert back to the state
to be awarded to other community colleges on a competitive basis as described in
these rules.
261—20.5(260G) Eligible and ineligible
business.
20.5(1) Eligible business. An eligible business is a
business engaged in interstate or intrastate commerce for the purpose of
manufacturing, processing, or assembling products; construction; conducting
research and development; or providing services in interstate or intrastate
commerce.
20.5(2) Ineligible business. A business engaged in
retail services is ineligible to receive ACE program assistance.
261—20.6(260G) Program agreements.
20.6(1) Program agreements will be developed by an
employer, a community college and any employee of an employer representing a
program job. The development of the agreements may be facilitated by an entity
representing a group of employers. Any community college that has an employer
from its merged area involved in an ACE project must enter into the agreement.
If a bargaining unit is in place with the employer pledging the jobs, a
representative of the bargaining unit shall take part in the development of the
program agreement. All participating parties must sign the program agreement.
The agreement must include employer certification of contributions that are made
toward the program costs.
20.6(2) A program agreement shall include, at a
minimum, the following terms: match provided by the employer; tuition, student
fees, or special charges fixed by the community college board of directors;
guarantee of employer payments; type and amount of funding sources that will be
used to pay for program costs; description of program services and
implementation schedule; the term of the agreement, not to exceed five years;
the employer’s agreement to interview graduates for full–time
positions and provide hiring preference; for employers with more than four
sponsored participants, certification that a job offer will be made to at least
25 percent of those participants that complete the program; an agreement by the
employer to provide a wage level of no less than 200 percent of the federal
poverty guideline for a family of two; a provision that the employer does not
have to fulfill the job offer requirement if the employer experiences an
economic downturn; a provision that the participants will agree to interview
with the employer following completion of the program; and default
procedures.
261—20.7(260G) Monitoring. IDED will monitor
ACE projects to ensure compliance with all program requirements.
261—20.8(260G) Customer tracking system.
Participants in the ACE program shall be included in the customer tracking
system implemented by Iowa Workforce Development. In order to achieve this,
social security numbers of all ACE program trainees will be required.
261—20.9(260G) Program costs recalculation.
Program costs shall be calculated or recalculated on an annual basis based on
the required program services for a specific number of participants. Agreement
updates reflecting this recalculation must be submitted to IDED annually to
review compliance with program parameters.
PART II – CAPITAL COSTS
COMPONENT
261—20.10(260G) Threshold requirements. To be
considered for funding, an applicant shall meet the following threshold
requirements:
1. There must be documentation of pledged program positions
paying at least 200 percent of the poverty level for a family of two. If the
wage designated is after a training or probationary period, the employer must
document that there is a plan in place regarding time frames for transition to
the permanent full–time wage, and the employer must provide documentation
that these time frames are reasonable and that the employer has previously
adhered to the time schedule.
2. Documentation must be provided to demonstrate that the
program meets the definition of an eligible ACE program.
3. An applicant must demonstrate that the project builds the
capacity of the community college to train additional students for available
jobs.
4. Documentation must be supplied to establish a 20 percent
employer cash or in–kind match for program operating funds.
5. An applicant shall describe how the project enhances
geographic diversity of project offerings across the state.
6. The community college must document that other private or
public sources of funds are maximized prior to ACE program capital cost
funding.
7. ACE program capital cost projects must enhance the
geographic diversity of state investment in Iowa. The IDED board will
continuously review projects to ensure that there is statewide impact. The IDED
board will prioritize projects to ensure geographic diversity.
8. Funds shall only be used for ACE program capital costs for
projects that meet the definition of vertical infra–structure. Building
repair, renovation and construction for purposes of ACE program equipment
installation shall be allowed.
261—20.11(260G) Application
procedures.
20.11(1) Final application. Applicants shall submit a
final application to IDED to request capital funds.
20.11(2) Staff review and recommendation. A committee
of IDED staff will review and rate applications based upon the rating criteria
stated in 261—20.12(260G). Based upon this review, a decision will be
made regarding submittal of the application to the IDED board for
action.
20.11(3) IDED board action. The IDED board will
review ACE program capital cost projects meeting the requirements prescribed in
these rules. A program agreement, which is approved by the community college
board of directors, must be attached to the final application. Approval or
denial of submitted applications that are complete and in final form shall be
made no later than 60 days following receipt of the application by the
department. Subsequent to board approval, an award letter will be sent. The
award letter will be followed by a contract. After a signed contract is in
place, funding for a project may be requested.
261—20.12(260G) Evaluation criteria for competitive
awards—capital costs projects. Applications and accompanying program
agreements meeting all ACE eligibility requirements will be prioritized and
rated using the following point criteria:
1. The degree to which the applicant adequately demonstrates a
lack of existing public or private infrastructure for development of the
partnership. There must be a demonstration that the project will build capacity
in order for the project to be considered. Capacity will be measured in terms
of jobs that are pledged, students that are interested in the program area and
the capacity that is built at the community college to undertake the
programming. Up to 33 points will be awarded.
2. Demonstration that the jobs that would result from the
partnership would include wages, benefits and other attributes that would
improve the quality of employment within the region. Projects where the average
wage for the pledged jobs exceeds the regional or county average wage, whichever
is lower for the location where the training is to be provided, will be awarded
points based upon the percentage that the average wage of the pledged jobs
exceeds the applicable average wage. Up to 33 points will be awarded.
3. Evidence of local, public or private contributions that
meet the requirements of Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G. Projects will be
rated based upon the percentage of match that is pledged to the ACE program
capital cost for the project. Up to 34 points will be awarded.
Applications that do not receive at least 66 out of 100 points
will not be forwarded to the IDED board for review. Projects will be competing
against each other for IDED board approval and the number of points that a
project receives will be considered in the award process.
PART III – PROGRAM JOB
CREDITS
261—20.13(260G) Threshold requirements—program
job credits. To be eligible to receive program job credits, an applicant
shall meet the following threshold requirements:
1. There must be documentation of pledged program positions
paying at least 200 percent of the poverty level for a family of two. If the
wage designated is after a training or probationary period, the employer must
document that there is a plan in place regarding time frames for transition to
the permanent full–time wage, and the employer must provide documentation
that these time frames are reasonable and that the employer has previously
adhered to the time schedule.
2. Documentation must be provided to demonstrate that the
program meets the definition of an eligible ACE program.
3. Documentation must be supplied to establish a 20 percent
employer cash or in–kind match for program operating funds.
4. An applicant shall describe how the project enhances
geographic diversity of project offerings across the state.
261—20.14(260G) Job credits
allocation.
20.14(1) In FY 2001, the department shall allocate
$80,000 of the first $1,200,000 of program job credits authorized and available
for that fiscal year to each community college. If a community college does not
commit its allocation by April 1, 2001, its allocation will be lost and will
revert back to the state to be awarded to other community colleges on a
competitive basis as described in these rules. If a community college commits
its allocation, it is committed for the length of the project.
20.14(2) In FY 2002, the department shall allocate
$80,000 of the first $1,200,000 of program job credits authorized and available
for that fiscal year to each community college. If a community college does not
commit its allocation by April 1, 2002, its allocation will be lost and will
revert back to the state to be awarded to other community colleges on a
competitive basis as described in these rules. If a community college has a
program to which its FY 2001 allocation has been committed, the FY 2002
allocation will be used to cover that commitment; this FY 2002 allocation is not
in addition to the allocation from FY 2001.
20.14(3) In FY 2003, and for every fiscal year
thereafter, the department of economic development shall divide equally among
the community colleges 30 percent, or $120,000, of the program job credits
available for that fiscal year to each community college to be used to provide
funding for approved programs. If a community college does not commit its
allocation by April 1, 2003, its allocation will be lost and will revert back to
the state to be awarded to other community colleges on a competitive basis as
described in these rules. If a community college has a program(s) to which its
previous fiscal year’s allocation is committed, the FY 2003 allocation
will be used to cover that (those) commitment(s); the fiscal year’s
allocation is not in addition to the allocations from previous fiscal
years.
20.14(4) Examples.
FY 2001: Allocation – $80,000
Contract #1 – first year — $100,000
Funded by – $80,000 from allocation
$20,000 from competitive dollars
FY 2002: Allocation – $80,000
Contract #1 – second year — $100,000
Funded by – $80,000 from allocation
$20,000 from competitive dollars
Contract #2 – first year —$120,000
Funded by – $120,000 from competitive
dollars
FY 2003: Allocation – $120,000
Contract #1 – third year —$100,000
Funded by – $100,000 from allocation
Contract #2 – second year — $120,000
Funded by – $20,000 from allocation
$100,000 from competitive dollars
261—20.15(260G) Determination of job credits, notice
and certification.
20.15(1) Determination of job credit amounts. If a
program provides that part of the program costs are to be met by receipt of
program job credits, the method to be used shall be as follows:
a. Program job credits shall be based upon the program job
positions identified and agreed to in the agreement.
b. Eligibility for program job credits shall be based on
certification of program job positions and program job wages by the employer at
the time established in the agreement.
c. An amount up to 10 percent of the gross program job wages
as certified by the employer in the agreement shall be credited from the total
payment made by an employer pursuant to Iowa Code section 422.16.
d. The employer shall remit the amount of the credit
quarterly, in the same manner as withholding payments are reported to the
department of revenue and finance, to the community college to be allocated to
and, when collected, paid into a special fund of the community college to pay,
in part, the program costs.
e. When the program costs have been paid, the employer credits
shall cease and any moneys received after the program costs have been paid shall
be remitted to the treasurer of state to be deposited in the general fund of the
state.
20.15(2) Notice to revenue and finance department.
The employer shall certify to the department of revenue and finance that the
program job credit is in accordance with the agreement and shall provide other
information the department may require.
20.15(3) Certification of amount of job credits. A
community college shall certify to the department of revenue and finance that
the amount of the program job credit is in accordance with an agreement and
shall provide other information the department may require.
261—20.16(260G) Application
procedures.
20.16(1) Initial applications for program job credits
shall be accompanied by a program agreement documenting that all ACE eligibility
requirements have been met. For subsequent years’ funding of approved
programs, agreement updates shall be submitted annually reflecting any
recalculation of program costs and substantiation of continued compliance with
program parameters.
20.16(2) Applications for projects that cross
community college boundaries, or for projects that involve employers from
multiple community college areas, must have sign off from all college areas
involved.
20.16(3) Application deadlines. Applications for the
fall semester 2000 will be taken at any time through the term of the fall
semester. Applications for the winter semester 2001 must be submitted by
October 15, 2000, for approval. Subsequent application deadlines will
be:
Fall semester – applications must be submitted by May
15.
Winter semester – applications must be submitted by
October 15.
20.16(4) Applications submitted for an amount less
than or equal to a community college’s yearly allocation will be
considered noncompetitive and will be reviewed for eligibility and completeness
by the department. The department reserves the right to require additional
information from the community college.
261—20.17(260G) Evaluation criteria for competitive
awards—program job credits. Applications submitted for funding
greater than a community college’s yearly allocation will be reviewed on a
competitive basis and rated on the following criteria:
1. The quality of the program up to 17 points.
2. The number of program
participant placements up to 17
points.
3. The wages and benefits in
program jobs up to 17
points.
4. The level of employer
contributions up to 17
points.
5. The industrial cluster into
which the program falls up
to 17 points.
6. The geographic location
of the employers up to 15
points.
Applicants must receive at least 65 points out of 100 to be
funded. An award letter will be issued followed by a contract.
261—20.18(260G) Committed funds. The department
shall maintain an annual record of the proposed program job credits under each
agreement for each fiscal year. When the total available program job credits
have been allocated for a fiscal year, the department shall inform all community
colleges that the maximum amount has been allocated and that further program job
credits will not be available for the remainder of the fiscal year. If any
committed credits become uncommitted after the above–mentioned notice has
been issued, the department will inform all community colleges that some job
credits are again available and applications will be accepted for those job
credits until they are again committed.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439, and 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2453.
[Filed Emergency 7/20/00, effective 7/21/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0033B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development amends Chapter 25,
“Housing Fund,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments (1) encourage, but do not require,
participation in the multiagency HART (housing application review team) review
process and (2) establish the joint application and review process to be
utilized when considering projects and applications for Housing Fund and
Low–Income Housing Tax Credits (LIHTC) funding.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9820A on May 17, 2000. The Iowa
Department of Economic Development Board adopted these amendments on July 20,
2000.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendments was held on June 6, 2000. Comments were received from two
organizations: Heartland Properties, Inc. and Burns & Burns, L.C. Both
were supportive of the HART process and expressed a desire that the Department
continue to support the effort. Heartland Properties, Inc. agreed with the
proposed amendment to make HART participation vol–untary. Burns &
Burns recommended that the HART process continue as an integral step in the
application process. Burns & Burns, L.C. also requested a revision to
subrule 25.5(5) to permit an applicant to receive points for local, not IDED,
HOME funds.
After review and consideration of these comments, the
Department determined that participation in HART should be voluntary, rather
than mandatory. The Department intends to continue to promote collaborative,
preapplication communications between potential applicants and state and federal
funding sources. The Department declined to revise subrule 25.5(5) as
suggested. No additional points will be awarded to applicants seeking both HOME
funds and tax credits. The Department believes that this restriction is the
best way to maximize use of HOME funds.
The Department finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendments, 35
days after publication, should be waived and the amendments be made effective on
July 20, 2000, upon filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator. These
amendments confer a benefit on the public by establishing a joint review process
for HOME and tax credit applicants that can be accessed during this construction
season. To avoid confusion to the public as to what application process to
follow, the Department and IFA have worked together to coordinate their
respective rule–making processes. These amendments were Filed Emergency
After Notice to ensure that final rules are effective prior to the deadline for
the joint HOME and tax credit applications.
These amendments became effective on July 20, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
15.108(1)“a.”
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 261—25.5(15),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
261—25.5(15) Application procedure. All
potential housing fund applicants shall are encouraged, but
not required, to complete and submit a HART form describing the proposed
housing activity. If, after HART review, the proposal is
determined to be appropriate for housing fund assistance, IDED shall
inform the applicant of the appropriate application procedure by mail. The HART
process must, if undertaken, should be completed as
early as possible in the application procedure and within a minimum of
30 days prior to the application deadline process.
ITEM 2. Adopt new subrule
25.5(5) as follows:
25.5(5) For applicants requesting funding from both
the housing fund and low–income housing tax credit (LIHTC) programs, the
applicant may request application forms and related material from the Iowa
finance authority (IFA). IFA shall forward an application package to a
potential applicant and make the application package available in electronic
form either by diskette or on the Internet at http://www.ifa home.com.
The applicant must submit the completed application, with required housing fund
attachments, to IFA by the deadline established in the application
package.
a. IDED and IFA shall appoint a joint review team to discuss
and review applications for housing fund and LIHTC funds. Staff for each agency
may communicate frequently regarding common projects. Information contained in
each application may be shared with each agency.
b. The joint review team shall meet at least twice to compare
and discuss each common project. The first meeting will be convened after IDED
and IFA have completed the threshold review. The second meeting shall be
convened after IDED and IFA have completed the next phase of each agency’s
review process. No additional points will be awarded to an applicant seeking
both types of funding. Staff from each agency will make recommendations for
funding to their respective decision makers after the second meeting. A
decision by one agency does not bind the other agency to fund a
project.
c. All applicants for the housing fund must meet the threshold
requirements outlined in rules 25.4(15) and 25.6(15) and subrule 25.7(3) in
order to be considered for award under this subrule.
ITEM 3. Rescind subrule
25.5(6).
[Filed Emergency After Notice 7/20/00, effective
7/20/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0051B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.103A, the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby amends Chapter 64, “Wastewater
Construction and Operation Permits,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment establishes the pilot project authorized by
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2430, section 18. This legislation authorizes the
Department to establish a pilot project to refund fees paid to the Department
for issuance of authorizations to discharge storm water under general permits if
the authorization is not sent to the applicant within a time period customary
for such authorizations.
The Department finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2)
that notice and public participation are impracticable because of the immediate
need to implement the amendment and the benefit conferred by the
amendment.
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(5)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendment
should be waived and the amendment should be made effective upon filing with the
Administrative Rules Coordinator on July 21, 2000, as it confers a benefit to
all members of the public who experience service not meeting the standard
established by the amendment.
Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment is
published herein as ARC 0052B to allow for public comment.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
455B, division I.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 567—64.16(455B) by adding the
following new subrule:
64.16(4) Fee refunds for storm water general
permitcoverage—pilot project.
a. If, upon submittal of a complete Notice of Intent to
discharge under a storm water general permit as required in 64.6(1), an
applicant is not sent a written notice of general permit coverage by the
department within 30 days of receipt by the department of a correctly completed
Notice of Intent, the permit fee paid by the applicant shall be refunded to the
applicant. The department shall determine if the criteria for submitting a
correctly completed Notice of Intent have been met and shall notify an applicant
within 30 days of receipt regarding deficiencies of the Notice of Intent. Fees
for the renewal of prior authorizations under storm water general permits shall
be refunded in the same manner and using the same criteria as for initial
applications.
b. The decision of the department not to issue a refund under
this subrule is final and not subject to further agency review.
c. This subrule expires June 30, 2001.
[Filed Emergency 7/21/00, effective 7/21/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0009B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 217.6 and 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 13, subsection 2, paragraph
“a,” and section 44, the Department of Human Services hereby amends
Chapter 52, “Payment,” and Chapter 177, “In–Home Health
Related Care,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments increase the maximum and flat State
Supplementary Assistance (SSA) residential care facility (RCF) and in–home
health related care (IHHRC) reimbursement rate. The maximum RCF reimbursement
rate will be increased from $24.26 to $24.50 per day. The flat RCF
reimbursement rate will be increased from $17.36 to $17.50 per day. The monthly
IHHRC reimbursement rate will be increased from $466.49 to $471.06.
The Seventy–eighth General Assembly directed that the
Department may take actions to meet the federal pass–along requirement
mandated by Title XVI of the Social Security Act, Section 1618, if necessary.
These rate increases are necessary to meet the federal pass–along
requirements for calendar year 2000.
In order to comply with the federal pass–along
requirement in calendar year 2000, Iowa’s total SSA expenditures must be
at least $19,575,651. Based on current projections, the Department projects
that calendar year 2000 may be short of this required spending level. Current
projections indicate that a 0.98 percent increase in the RCF and IHHRC
reimbursement rates is necessary to ensure compliance with the pass–along
requirement in calendar year 2000. This spending shortfall is attributable to a
decline in in–home health–related care usage.
These amendments do not provide for waiver in specified
situations because they confer a benefit and are required to meet the federal
pass–along requirement, as mandated by the legislature. Individuals may
request a waiver of the monthly IHHRC reimbursement under the Department’s
general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(217).
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department
of Human Services finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary
because these amendments implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 13,
subsection 2, paragraph “a,” and section 44, which authorize the
Department to adopt rules without notice and public participation.
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(1), that the normal effective date of these amendments
should be waived and these amendments made effective August 1, 2000, as
authorized by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 13, subsection 2,
paragraph “a,” and section 44.
These amendments are also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 0008B to allow for public comment.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments July
12, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
249.3(2) and 249.4 and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 13, subsection
2, paragraph “a.”
These amendments became effective August 1, 2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 52.1(3),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
52.1(3) Residential care. Payment to a recipient in a
residential care facility shall be made on a flat per diem rate of
$17.36 $17.50 or on a cost–related reimbursement
system with a maximum reimbursement per diem rate of $24.26
$24.50. A cost–related per diem rate shall be established for each
facility choosing this method of payment according to rule
441—54.3(249).
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—177.4(249)
as follows:
Amend subrule 177.4(3) as follows:
177.4(3) Maximum costs. The maximum cost of service
shall be $466.49 $471.06. The provider shall accept the
payment made and shall make no additional charges to the recipient or
others.
Amend subrule 177.4(7), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
177.4(7) Income for adults. The gross income of the
individual and spouse, living in the home, shall be limited to
$466.49 $471.06 per month if one needs care or
$932.98 $942.12 if both need care, with the following
disregards:
Amend subrule 177.4(8), paragraph
“b,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
b. The income of the child shall be limited to
$466.49 $471.06 per month with the following
disregards:
[Filed Emergency 7/13/00, effective 8/1/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0013B
IOWA FINANCE
AUTHORITY[265]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections
17A.3(1)“b” and 16.5(17), the Iowa Finance Authority hereby amends
Chapter 1, “General,” and Chapter 9, “Title Guaranty
Division,” and rescinds Chapter 12, “Low–Income Housing Tax
Credits,” Iowa Administrative Code, and adopts a new Chapter 12 with the
same title.
The purpose of the amendment to Chapter 1 in Item 1 is to
amend rule 1.9(16) so that the language of the rule comports with the language
of Iowa Code section 16.4(3) and clarifies the definition of a private
agency.
In Item 2, rules 9.29(17A,16) and 9.30(17A,16) are rescinded
because they are inconsistent with changes the Authority made to its contested
case rules in 1999 and were overlooked when the Authority combined all of its
contested case rules in one chapter.
In Item 3, Chapter 12 is being rescinded and replaced with a
new Chapter 12 to incorporate by reference the qualified allocation plan,
application and all related attachments and exhibits applicable to the 2000
round of low–income housing tax credit allocations. The plan sets forth
the purpose of the program, the administrative information required for
participation in the program, the threshold criteria, the selection criteria,
the postreservation requirements, the appeal process, and the monitoring
compliance component. The plan also establishes the fees for filing an
application for low–income housing tax credits and for compliance
monitoring. The Authority has incorporated each of these documents by reference
consistent with Iowa Code chapter 17A and 265— subrules 17.4(2) and
17.12(2).
The Authority does not intend to grant waivers under the
provisions of any of these rules. Waivers would cause an inconsistency in the
application of the amended definition of “local contributing effort”
and would be inconsistent with the statute. The qualified allocation plan and
application are subject to state and federal requirements that cannot be waived.
(See IRC Section 42 and Iowa Code section 16.52.) Moreover, due to the
competitive nature of the award of low–income tax credits, waivers would
create unevenness in the application of the rules that would expose the
Authority to liability. A waiver provision does not apply to rules that are
being rescinded.
Consistent with Executive Order Number 9, the Authority has
considered the regulatory principles identified in the Order and finds that the
proposed amendments will serve an important public need in bringing the rules of
the Authority into compliance with the provisions of Iowa Code section 16.4(3).
The amendments will further the housing policy of the state to encourage the
production of affordable housing in Iowa and will create consistency within the
Authority’s rules.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on May 3, 2000, as ARC 9811A. Informal meetings
were conducted over the ICN network May 17 and 18, 2000, where the Authority
accepted written and oral comments on the rules. Additionally, written comments
were received on May 23, 2000, and on various dates thereafter. A public
hearing was held on May 25, 2000, to receive public comments. An additional
public meeting was held on June 22, 2000, to consider further comments. The
comments were received on the qualified allocation plan rather than the actual
text of the rule itself. The comments received regarding the plan can be
divided into the following areas: (1) comments addressing mechanical or
technical language changes; (2) comments addressing workability issues including
the local contributing effort, participation by a local tax–exempt
organization, developer fees, project caps, affordability and rent issues; and
(3) comments relating to the compliance manual.
Based on these comments, changes were made to the plan and
distributed to interested parties on a variety of occasions. Additionally, the
plan and the changes were posted to the Authority’s Web site. No comments
were received relating to the changes in Chapter 9.
Based upon the comments received, the Authority elected to
remove the compliance manual from this rule making. A separate rule making will
be commenced to adopt the compliance manual as a rule. The Authority has also
adopted additional language to clarify the definition of private agency for
purposes of the local contributing effort described in rule 1.9(16). No other
changes were made to the text of the rule.
The Authority finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendments, 35
days after publication, should be waived and the amendments be made effective
upon filing on July 14, 2000. These amendments confer a benefit on the public by
the award of low–income tax credits to developers committed to build
low–income housing in Iowa in 2000.
The Authority is taking the following steps to notify
potentially affected parties of the effective date of the amendments: publishing
the amendments in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, providing free copies on
request, posting the plan, application and rules to the Authority’s Web
site at http://www.ifahome.com and having copies available wherever
requests for information about the program are likely to be made. Copies of the
plan and the application will be delivered to the State Law Library.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
16.4(3), 16.52, 17A.12, and 17A.16 and IRC Section 42.
The Authority adopted these amendments on July 7,
2000.
These amendments became effective on July 14, 2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 265—1.9(16) as
follows:
265—1.9(16) Local contributing effort. The
authority shall consider the contribution of any of the following items in
determining whether the local contributing effort has been fulfilled:
1. Payment of governmental funds by a
political subdivision, or governmental
entity, or of private funds by a private
entity by a private agency. Private agency means any entity
from the location that contributes something of value and intends that the
contribution qualify as the local contributing effort. Evidence of payment
and the authority to provide same the funds shall
be furnished upon request of the authority.
2. Real property which may be vacant or improved property,
suitable, in the judgment of the authority, to the proposed housing project.
Liens and encumbrances, if any, shall be disclosed to satisfaction of the
authority.
3. Personal property which may include appliances,
furnishings, property maintenance tools, remodeling material to be purchased
subsequent to project approval, and any other personal property which, in the
judgment of the authority, is of relevance to the proposed housing
project.
The authority may consider any type of proposed local
contributing effort, in addition to or other than the above. Proposals which,
in the judgment of the authority, are truly innovative will receive
priority.
Local contributing efforts may be combined by type or
source.
For the purpose of the rent supplement program provided in
Iowa Code chapter 16, the local contributing effort shall be as described in
paragraph “1,” and shall be provided on a one–to–one
matching basis.
In the case where all or part of the costs of a housing
pro–ject is to be funded from proceeds of the sale of authority notes or
bonds, moneys paid to the authority by participating mortgage lenders may, to
the extent such payments exceed the payments due from the authority to its note
and bond holders, be considered satisfactory fulfillment of the local
contributing effort.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
16.4(3).
ITEM 2. Rescind rules
265—9.29(17A,16) and 265— 9.30(17A,16).
ITEM 3. Rescind 265—Chapter 12 and
adopt the following new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 12
LOW–INCOME HOUSING TAX CREDITS
265—12.1(16) Qualified allocation plan. The
qualified allocation plan entitled Iowa Finance Authority Qualified Allocation
Plan effective July 14, 2000, shall be the qualified allocation plan for the
distribution of low–income housing tax credits consistent with IRC Section
42 and the applicable Treasury regulations and Iowa Code section 16.52. The
qualified allocation plan includes the plan, application, and the application
instructions. The qualified allocation plan is incorporated by reference
pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.6 and 265—subrules 17.4(2) and
17.12(2).
265—12.2(16) Location of copies of the plan.
The qualified allocation plan can be reviewed and copied in its entirety on the
authority’s Web site at http://www.ifahome.com. Copies of the
qualified allocation plan, application, and all related attachments and exhibits
shall be deposited with the administrative rules coordinator and at the state
law library. The plan incorporates by reference IRC Section 42 and the
regulations in effect as of July 14, 2000. Additionally, the plan incorporates
by reference Iowa Code section 16.52. These documents are available from the
state law library and links to these statutes, regulations and rules are on the
authority’s Web site. Copies are available upon request at no charge from
the authority.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
16.52.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 7/14/00, effective
7/14/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0053B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections
455A.5(6)“a,” 481A.38, 481A.39, 483A.10, and 483A.18, the Natural
Resource Commission hereby amends Chapter 15, “General License
Regulations,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments establish the requirements for electronic
license sales. The amendments also adopt the requirements of Iowa Code chapter
252J for the suspension of licenses due to nonpayment of child
support.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Commission
finds that notice and public participation are impracticable because of the
immediate need for changes in the rules to allow the Director to designate
license sellers authorization to sell hunting and fishing licenses
electronically.
The Commission also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendments
should be waived and these amendments should be made effective upon filing with
the Administrative Rules Coordinator on July 21, 2000, as they confer a benefit
upon the public who purchase hunting and fishing licenses.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
252J.8.
These amendments became effective July 21, 2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 15.1(1) by
adopting the following new definition in alphabetical
order:
License seller. License seller means a retail business
establishment, an office of a government entity, or a nonprofit corporation
designated by the director to issue licenses to the public. For the purposes of
Chapter 15, “license sellers” shall be synonymous with
“depositaries” as used in Iowa Code chapter 483A.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 571—15.1(483A)
by adopting the following new subrule:
15.1(6) Form of licenses. All licenses shall contain
a general description of the licensee. Individual license applicants must also
provide their date of birth and either their social security number or a valid
Iowa driver’s license number at the time of application. The license shall
be signed by the applicant. The license shall clearly indicate the privilege
granted.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 571—15.6(483A)
by adopting the following new subrule:
15.6(9) Suspension for failure to comply with a child
support order. The department is required to suspend or deny all licenses of an
individual upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance with child support
obligation from the Iowa child support recovery unit pursuant to Iowa Code
section 252J.8(4).
a. The receipt by the department of the certificate of
noncompliance shall be conclusive evidence. Pursuant to Iowa Code section
252J.8(4), the person does not have a right to a hearing before the department
to contest the denial or suspension action taken due to the department’s
receipt of a certificate of noncompliance with a child support obligation but
may seek a hearing in district court in accordance with Iowa Code section
252J.9.
b. Suspensions for noncompliance with a child support
obligation shall continue until the department receives a withdrawal of the
certificate of noncompliance from the Iowa child support recovery
unit.
c. After the department receives a withdrawal of the
certificate of noncompliance, an individual may obtain a new license upon
application and the payment of all applicable fees.
ITEM 4. Amend 571—Chapter 15 by
adopting the following new rule:
571—15.12(483A) Electronic license
sales.
15.12(1) The director may designate a retail business
establishment, an office of a government entity, or a nonprofit corporation as a
seller of electronically issued licenses in accordance with the provisions of
this rule. The provisions of 571—15.2(483A) shall not apply to a license
seller engaging in, or applying to engage in, the electronic sale and issuance
of licenses.
15.12(2) Application. Application forms may be
secured by a written or in–person request to the Department of Natural
Resources, Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. The following
information must be provided on the application form:
a. The legal name, address, and telephone number of the entity
applying for designation;
b. The hours open for business and general service to the
public;
c. A brief statement of the nature of the business or service
provided by the applicant;
d. The potential volume of license sales;
e. The current financial status of the proposed license seller
with respect to future viability and longevity;
f. A brief statement in regard to the need for license sellers
in the geographic area in which the applicant is located; and
g. A notarized signature by an owner, partner, authorized
corporate official, or public official of the entity applying for
designation.
15.12(3) Designation. The director shall approve or
deny the application to sell electronically issued licenses based upon the
following criteria:
a. The need for a license seller in the area;
b. The hours the applicant is open for business or general
service to the public;
c. The potential volume of license sales;
d. The apparent financial stability and longevity of the
license seller; and
e. The number of point–of–sale (POS) terminals
available to the department.
15.12(4) Issuance of electronic licensing equipment.
Upon the director’s approval of an application and designation of a
license seller for electronic license sales, the equipment necessary to conduct
such sales will be issued to the license seller by the department subject to the
following terms and conditions:
a. Prior to the issuance of the electronic licensing
equipment, the approved electronic license seller shall furnish to the
department an equipment security deposit in an amount to be determined by the
department.
b. Prior to the issuance of the electronic licensing
equipment, the approved electronic license seller shall enter into an electronic
license sales agreement with the department which sets forth the terms and
conditions of such sales including the authorized amounts to be retained by the
license seller.
c. Prior to the issuance of the electronic licensing
equipment, the approved electronic license seller shall furnish to the
department a signed authorization agreement for electronic funds transfer
pursuant to subrule 15.12(5).
d. Permit–issuing equipment and supplies must be
securely stored to protect them from fire, theft, or unauthorized access. Any
loss of equipment or moneys derived from license sales is the responsibility of
the electronic license seller.
e. Upon termination of the agreement by either party, all
equipment and supplies, including unused paper stock, ribbon, user’s
guides, and training videos must be returned to the department. Failure to
return equipment and supplies in a usable condition, excluding normal wear and
tear, will result in the forfeiture of deposit in addition to any other remedies
available by law to the department.
15.12(5) License fees. All moneys received from the
sale of permits, less and except the agreed–upon service fee, must be
immediately deposited and held in trust for the department of natural
resources.
a. All approved applicants must furnish to the department a
signed authorization agreement for electronic funds transfer authorizing access
by the department to a bank account for electronic transfer of permit fees
received by the license seller.
b. The amount of money due for accumulated sales will be drawn
electronically by the department on a weekly basis. The license seller shall be
given notice of the amount to be withdrawn at least two business days before the
actual transfer of funds occurs. The license seller is responsible for ensuring
that enough money is in the account to cover the amount due for accumulated
sales.
c. License sellers may accept or decline payment in any manner
other than cash, such as personal checks or credit cards, at their discretion.
Checks or credit payments must be made payable to the license seller and not to
the department. The license seller shall be responsible for ensuring that the
license fee is deposited in the electronic transfer account, regardless of the
payment or nonpayment status of any check accepted by the license
seller.
15.12(6) Equipment shut down. The department reserves
the right to disconnect or block the license seller’s access to the
electronic license sales system under the following conditions:
a. Upon the first incident in which there are insufficient
funds in the electronic transfer account to cover accumulated sales at the time
of the electronic transfer, the license seller has seven days from the date of
the first attempted transfer to correct this deficiency. If the deficiency is
not corrected within seven days from the date of the first attempted transfer,
the license seller’s access to the electronic license sales system may be
disconnected or blocked until the deficiency is corrected.
b. Upon the second incident in which there are insufficient
funds in the electronic transfer account to cover accumulated sales at the time
of the electronic transfer, the department may immediately disconnect or
otherwise block the license seller’s access to the electronic license
sales system until the deficiency is corrected.
c. Upon the termination of the electronic license sales
agreement pursuant to subrule 15.12(7) or 15.12(8), the department may
disconnect or otherwise block the license seller’s access to the
electronic license sales system.
15.12(7) Termination. The department reserves
the right to terminate the electronic license sales agreement and disconnect the
electronic license issuing equipment for cause. Cause shall include, but is not
limited to, the following:
a. Failure by the license seller to deposit license fees into
the electronic transfer account in a sum sufficient to cover the amount due for
accumulated sales;
b. Charging or collecting any fees in excess of those
authorized by law;
c. Discriminating in the sale of a license in violation of
state or federal law;
d. Knowingly making a false entry concerning any license sold
or knowingly issuing a license to a person who is not eligible for the license
issued;
e. The personal, including business, use of license sale
proceeds other than the service fee by the license seller;
f. The disconnecting or blocking of access to the electronic
license sales system for a period of 30 days or more pursuant to subrule
15.12(6); or
g. Repeated violations of these rules or the terms of the
electronic license sales agreement.
15.12(8) Voluntary termination. A license seller may
terminate its designation and the electronic license sales agreement at its
discretion by providing written notice to the department by certified mail,
return receipt requested. Voluntary termination shall become effective 30 days
after the department’s receipt of notice.
[Filed Emergency 7/21/00, effective 7/21/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0014B
PHARMACY EXAMINERS
BOARD[657]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 17A.5,
124.201, and 124.301, the Board of Pharmacy Examiners hereby amends Chapter 10,
“Controlled Substances,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments were approved during the July 12, 2000, meeting
of the Board of Pharmacy Examiners.
The amendments rescind current subrules 10.20(1)and 10.20(2)
because the changes to the Iowa Controlled Substances Act effected by those
subrules were approved by the Iowa legislature during the 2000 regular session
(2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2302). The amendments adopt new subrule 10.20(1)
which classifies the substance gamma–hydroxybutyric acid, commonly known
as GHB, as a Schedule I substance with no approved medical purpose under the
Iowa Controlled Substances Act (CSA) in conformance with recent action of the
federal Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA). Also in conformance with the
federal action, new subrule 10.20(2) places into Schedule III of the Iowa CSA
any drug products for which an application has been approved pursuant to Section
505 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.
The Board concurs with the rescheduling action initiated by
the federal DEA and hereby changes Iowa law to conform to federal law.
Rescheduling GHB will prohibit possession of GHB by anyone other than
researchers, analytical laboratories, or others who may be authorized to possess
Schedule I substances in Iowa and will establish criminal penalties for illegal
possession of the substance. Recognizing the possibility of development of
medical uses for substances containing GHB, the amendments provide that persons
involved in legitimate drug development using this substance are permitted less
stringent security and control requirements during development and production of
such federally approved drugs.
In compliance with Iowa Code subsection 17A.4(2), the Board
finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary in that the
amendments are within narrowly tailored categories of rules exempt, pursuant to
657—subrule 28.10(2), from the usual public notice and participation
requirements.
The Board also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code subparagraph
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of these rules, 35
days after publication, should be waived and these amendments should be made
effective upon filing on July 18, 2000. These changes provide a benefit to the
public, health practitioners, and the pharmaceutical industry by restricting
access to a substance that currently has no recognized medical use in the United
States and maintain conformance of the Iowa CSA with federal law.
These amendments became effective upon filing on July 18,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
124.201 and 124.301.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Rescind subrule 10.20(1) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
10.20(1) Amend Iowa Code subsection 124.204(5) by
adopting the following new paragraph “c”:
c. Gamma–hydroxybutyric acid (some other names include
GHB, gamma–hydroxybutyrate, 4–hydroxybutyrate,
4–hydroxybutanoic acid, sodium oxybate, sodium oxybutyrate).
ITEM 2. Rescind subrule 10.20(2) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
10.20(2) Amend Iowa Code subsection 124.208(3) by
adopting the following new paragraph “l”:
l. Any drug product containing gamma–hydroxybutyric
acid, including its salts, isomers, and salts of isomers, for which an
application is approved under Section 505 of the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
657—10.20(124) by adopting the following new
implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 124.201
and 124.301.
[Filed Emergency 7/18/00, effective 7/18/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0025B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation, on July 19, 2000, adopted amendments
to Chapter 602, “Classes of Driver’s Licenses,” Chapter 605,
“License Issuance,” and Chapter 630, “Nonoperator’s
Identification,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published
in the June 14, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9866A.
Items 1 and 2 move a reference to Iowa Code section 321.191
from rule 761—602.3(321) to rule 761—605.9(321) and delete
superfluous language.
Items 3 and 4 establish the pilot project authorized by 2000
Iowa Acts, House File 2538, section 5. This legislation authorizes the
Department to conduct a pilot project at two driver’s license stations
pursuant to rules adopted by the Department. In conducting the pilot project,
the legislation provides that the Department may waive payment of or refund fees
for a renewal or duplicate of a driver’s license or nonoperator’s
identification card if the Department determines that the service standard for
timely issuance has not been met or an error on the license or identification
card requires the applicant to return to the driver’s license
station.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), the
Department finds that these amendments will confer a benefit on members of the
public who experience service that does not meet the standards established in
the new rule.
These amendments became effective July 24, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts,
House File 2538, section 5.
Rule–making actions:
ITEM 1. Rescind rule
761—602.3(321).
ITEM 2. Amend rule 761—605.9(321),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
761—605.9(321) Payment of fee.
Fees for driver’s licenses. Fees for driver’s
licenses are specified in Iowa Code section 321.191. A license fee may be
paid by cash, check or money order. If payment is by check, the following
requirements apply:
ITEM 3. Adopt new rule
761—605.10(321) as follows:
761—605.10(321) Waiver or refund of license
fees—pilot project. This rule establishes the pilot project
authorized by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2538, section 5.
605.10(1) The department may waive payment of or
refund the fee for a renewal or duplicate of a driver’s license
if:
a. An error occurs during the issuance process and is
discovered by the applicant at the time of issuance. However, the fee shall not
be waived or refunded if the error is discovered by department staff and is
corrected within the 30–minute time period specified in paragraph
“c” of this subrule.
b. An error occurs during the issuance process and is
discovered during the edit process of updating the driver record, and the error
requires the applicant to return to the driver’s license station to have
the error corrected.
c. The applicant is required to wait more than 30 minutes to
renew a license or obtain a duplicate license. This 30–minute time period
is determined by using an automated customer numbering system that monitors
waiting time.
605.10(2) The department shall not waive payment of or
refund a fee if the applicant does not have in the applicant’s possession
at the time of application the previously issued driver’s
license.
605.10(3) The department shall not waive payment of or
refund fees for any of the following transactions: reinstatements following
sanctions, new applications, or applications requiring knowledge or skills
testing.
605.10(4) This pilot project is limited to issuance
activity at the driver’s license stations in Burlington, Iowa, and
Davenport, Iowa.
This rule is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, House File
2538, section 5.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 761—630.2(321)
by adopting the following new subrule:
630.2(6) This subrule establishes the pilot project
authorized by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2538, section 5.
a. The department may waive payment of or refund the fee for a
renewal or duplicate of a nonoperator’s identification card if:
(1) An error occurs during the issuance process and is
discovered by the applicant at the time of issuance. However, the fee shall not
be waived or refunded if the error is discovered by department staff and is
corrected within the 30–minute time period specified in subparagraph
(3).
(2) An error occurs during the issuance process and is
discovered during the edit process of updating the identification record, and
the error requires the applicant to return to the driver’s license station
to have the error corrected.
(3) The applicant is required to wait more than 30 minutes to
renew a nonoperator’s identification card or obtain a duplicate card.
This 30–minute time period is determined by using an automated customer
numbering system that monitors waiting time.
b. The department shall not waive payment of or refund a fee
if the applicant does not have in the applicant’s possession at the time
of application the previously issued nonoperator’s identification
card.
c. The department shall not waive payment of or refund fees
for new applications.
d. This pilot project is limited to issuance activity at the
driver’s license stations in Burlington, Iowa, and Davenport,
Iowa.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 7/20/00, effective
7/24/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0006B
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2428,
section 20, the Department of Workforce Development hereby adopts Chapter 13,
“New Employment Opportunities Fund,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The Workforce Development Board approved this amendment on
July 10, 2000.
This chapter implements a program intended to help members of
underutilized population groups gain and retain employment. This new program
was created by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2428, section 20.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department
finds that notice and public participation are impracticable because of the
immediate need to implement the provisions of this law.
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the rules should
be waived and the rules should be made effective upon filing with the
Administrative Rules Coordinator on July 11, 2000, as they confer a benefit upon
underutilized population groups.
The Department of Workforce Development adopted this chapter
on July 10, 2000.
These rules are also published herein under Notice of Intended
Action as ARC 0005B to allow for public comment. This emergency filing
permits the Department to implement the new provisions of the law.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2428, section 20.
These rules became effective July 11, 2000.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 13
NEW EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES FUND
871—13.1(78GA,SF2428) Purpose. The new
employment opportunities program is designed to help individuals in
underutilized segments of Iowa’s workforce gain and retain employment.
The new employment opportunities program complements existing employment and
training programs by providing additional flexibility and services that are
often needed for underutilized segments of the population to gain and retain
employment. Services may include, but are not limited to, transportation, child
care, mentoring, assisting businesses with compliance issues related to the
Americans with Disabilities Act, or reducing perceived risks that cause segments
of the population to be underutilized in the workforce.
871—13.2(78GA,SF2428) Definitions.
“Department” means the department of workforce
development.
“Regional workforce investment board” means a
regional advisory board as defined in 877—Chapter 6.
“Underutilized segments of Iowa’s workforce”
means persons with disabilities, ex–offenders, immigrants and refugees,
minority youth, dislocated workers, senior workers, seasonal workers, welfare
recipients, and low–income individuals. Additional target groups may be
identified by a regional workforce investment board based on the region’s
needs assessment and analysis.
“Workforce development region” means a region of
the state designated by the state workforce development board as required by
Iowa Code section 84B.2.
871—13.3(78GA,SF2428) Allocation of funds.
Funds will be appropriated either by a direct allocation to the regions on a per
capita basis, or made available to a limited number of pilot projects. The
director of the department will determine the method by which the funds are
appropriated.
871—13.4(78GA,SF2428) Projects.
13.4(1) Maximum grant amounts. The maximum grant
amount for a project is set at $250,000.
13.4(2) Length of project. A proposed project may be
designed for up to 18 months in duration, but must have an ending date no later
than June 30 of the state fiscal year following the year funding was
awarded.
871—13.5(78GA,SF2428) Pilot projects.
13.5(1) Maximum grant amounts. The maximum grant
amount for a pilot project is set at $250,000.
13.5(2) Length of project. A proposed pilot project
may be designed for up to 18 months in duration, but must have an ending date no
later than June 30 of the state fiscal year following the year funding was
awarded.
13.5(3) Eligible recipients. The regional workforce
investment board will identify the recipient(s) of funds and program operator.
The project must be operated in conjunction with the workforce development
center system.
871—13.6(78GA,SF2428) Allowable costs and
limitations. The program operator shall distribute new employment
opportunities program funds on a voucher basis to address individuals’
barriers to obtaining or retaining employment. A maximum of $5,000 in vouchers
shall be allowed per individual served.
13.6(1) Allowable training activities and support
services. The allowable training activities and support services under this
program will be jointly determined by the department and the program operator.
To be allowable, training activities and support services must meet needs not
covered by existing programs and enhance an individual’s ability to obtain
and retain employment.
13.6(2) Cost categories. Allowable costs must be
consistently charged against the two cost categories of administration and
participant support/training.
13.6(3) Cost limitations. Costs of administration may
not exceed 10 percent of the budget.
871—13.7(78GA,SF2428) Grant reporting and compliance
review. Grantees are required to submit a monthly financial
report detailing fund expenditures. Quarterly progress reports shall be
submitted to the department detailing progress in accomplishing the goals and
objectives of the project. Financial and quarterly progress report forms will
be in a format approved by the department.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2428, section 20.
[Filed Emergency 7/11/00, effective 7/11/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
FILED
ARC 0041B
CORRECTIONS
DEPARTMENT[201]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 904.108, the
Department of Corrections hereby amends Chapter 20, “Institutions
Administration,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment rescinds rule 20.3(904) and adopts in lieu
thereof a new rule that provides for an appeal process for visitors testing
positive on an electronic detection device. Language in current rule 20.3(904)
authorizing strip searches of visitors is omitted in the new rule. In addition,
the new rule addresses who is considered to be an authorized visitor of an
offender.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9813A on May 3, 2000. A public hearing
was held on May 23, 2000. Comments centered on training requirements for
operators and allowing greater flexibility on the sanctions. Discussion on
providing a second test was also presented.
The following changes have been made:
Paragraph 20.3(3)“e” has been revised to include a
provision that individuals involved with aiding an escape or introducing
contraband will not be allowed to visit.
Paragraph 20.3(3)“j” has been revised to disallow
ex–employees and volunteers from visiting only at the facility where they
were employed or volunteered.
Subrule 20.3(4) has been revised to state that approved
visitors are subject to a search.
Paragraph 20.3(7)“d” has been revised to clarify
that visiting privileges may be modified or terminated when a visitor tests
positive for drugs or explosives when an electronic detection device is
used.
Subrule 20.3(11) has been revised to provide visitors a second
confirmation test.
Paragraph 20.3(11)“a” has been revised to clarify
that all testing records will remain confidential and will be released only when
ordered by a court of proper jurisdiction.
Paragraph 20.3(11)“d” has been added to specify
the training requirements of operators of the electronic detection
devices.
Subrule 20.3(12) has been added to include the sanctions on
visitors for testing positive on or refusing to submit to testing by an
electronic detection device. Changes to this subrule also provide the
warden/superintendent the discretion/flexibility to allow noncontact visiting
status for visitors testing positive pending the results of their appeal. The
changes to this subrule also specify that all visitors will be presented with or
mailed notice regarding their visiting status or facility access when testing
positive on an electronic detection device. Subrules 20.3(12) to 20.3(14) have
been renumbered as 20.3(13) to 20.3(15).
Subrule 20.3(13) has been revised to clarify that only money
orders/cashier’s checks will be accepted for deposit in the
offender’s account.
In addition to the changes described above, technical
corrections in wording have been made. No other changes were made to the Notice
of Intended Action.
The Board of Corrections adopted this amendment on July 7,
2000.
This amendment will become effective September 13,
2000.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
904.512.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind rule 201—20.3(904) and adopt the following
new rule in lieu thereof:
201—20.3(904) Visits to offenders. Visiting is
a privilege which allows offenders to maintain and strengthen relationships with
family members and friends. Though visits areencouraged, institutions’
space, schedule, personnel con–straints, treatment considerations, or
other safety and security issues of the institutions and their operations may
result in limiting the number and length of visits.
20.3(1) Definitions.
“Application” means a written application
identifying the visitor and the visitor’s relationship to the
offender.
“Background investigation” means security staff
may verify the accuracy of a visitor’s application for any
reason.
“Immediate family” means an offender’s
spouse, mother, father, sister, brother, child, grandparent, established legal
guardian or other who acted in place of parents, and step– or
half–relation if the step– or half–relation and the offender
were raised as cohabitating siblings.
“Personal search” means a pat–down search on
top of the visitor’s clothes or a nonintrusive use of an electronic search
process.
“Visiting list” means the screened list of
approved visitors with authorized visiting privileges at all department of
corrections institutions.
20.3(2) Authorized visitors. Each institution will
establish an approved visiting list for each offender. This visiting list
remains valid when the offender is transferred to another institution. To meet
facility design limitations and security considerations, the visiting list shall
be limited to immediate family members and two other visitors.
a. Immediate family members. The offender’s immediate
family members may be included on the list without a background investigation
unless one is required for security purposes.
b. Two other visitors. The offender’s relatives other
than immediate family may be included on the list and allowed to visit if
visiting space is available. Relatives of the offender other than immediate
family may be subject to a background investigation. Friends of the offender
may be included on the list. All friends of the offender will be subject to a
background investigation conducted by law enforcement officials.
c. Limitations. An individual on the approved visiting list
of one offender shall not be on the approved visiting list of another offender
unless approved by the warden/superintendent or designee of each affected
institution, jurisdiction, or sovereign. The warden/superintendent or designee
may make exceptions only for a visitor who is an immediate family member of more
than one offender.
A person working in any institution as a volunteer shall not
be on an offender’s visiting list, except with the permission of the
warden/superintendent or designee.
20.3(3) Nonauthorized visitors. The following persons
shall not be authorized to visit without prior approval of the
warden/superintendent or designee:
a. Individuals discharged from a correctional institution,
from parole or from probation within the last 18 months. Noncontact visiting
may be authorized for an offender’s spouse or child who has been
discharged from a correctional institution, from parole or from probation within
the last 18 months.
b. Individuals whose behavior represents a control problem or
is counterproductive to stable offender behavior. This may be reflected in the
background investigation report which shows that the individual has a record of
carrying concealed weapons, use of a controlled substance, previous violation of
institutional rules, or similar behavior.
c. Individuals under criminal indictment.
d. Individuals on probation, work release, or
parole.
e. Individuals found to be involved with or convicted of
incidents of aiding an escape or introducing contraband in any detention or
supervised correctional setting.
f. Individuals who intentionally give false information on the
visitor’s application form.
g. Individuals convicted of a felony.
h. Persons who may compromise the order and security of the
institution.
i. Current and former employees, volunteers or
ex–volunteers, and individuals who currently are providing, or have
previously provided, contract services to the department of corrections or a
judicial district.
j. Former department of corrections employees of this or other
federal, state, or local jurisdiction or volunteers who have left employment
voluntarily or been terminated as a result of accusation or investigation for
misconduct shall not be allowed to visit at the facility where they were
employed or volunteered.
k. Neither a victim of a sex offense, whether registered or
not, nor the victim’s family members will be approved for the visiting
list of the perpetrator in the victim’s case.
20.3(4) Written notification. Written notification of
denial will be given to both the offender and the applicant within 30 days from
application to be on a visiting list. Notification of approval will be given
only to the offender. The offender is responsible for notifying the approved
visitor.
a. When approved, visitors will be subject to the following
conditions:
(1) Visitors are subject to a search;
(2) The search may include a pat down, search by an electronic
detection device, or visual search.
b. When an application is denied, the applicant and the
offender shall be apprised of the reasons for denial.
(1) Applicants may appeal to the warden/superintendent or
designee in writing.
(2) The decision of the warden/superintendent or designee may
be appealed to the director of the department of corrections or the
director’s designee. The decision of the director or the director’s
designee constitutes final agency action.
20.3(5) Identification. All visitors shall present
proper identification upon entrance to the institution. Photo identification is
preferred, but all identification shall identify personal characteristics, such
as color of hair and eyes, height, weight, and birth date.
a. Signature cards may be required from visitors.
b. All visitors may be required to be photographed for future
identification purposes only.
20.3(6) Special visitors. Attorneys, division of
criminal investigation agents, Federal Bureau of Investigation agents, law
enforcement officials, and ministers shall present proof of identity upon
entrance to the institution. The offender must express a desire to visit a
minister or attorney before the minister or attorney will be admitted. Attorney
and minister visits shall be during normal visiting hours unless a special visit
has been requested by the offender and approved by the warden/superintendent or
designee prior to the visit.
An attorney or minister testing positive by an electronic
detection device may be required to visit without direct contact.
20.3(7) Termination of visits. Individuals may have
visiting privileges modified or terminated when:
a. The offender or visitor engages in behavior that may in any
way be disruptive to order and control of the institution.
b. The visitor or offender fails to follow the established
rules and procedures of the institution.
c. The visitor and offender directly exchange or attempt to
exchange any object or article. This does not apply to purchases from the
canteen or visiting room vending machines that are consumed during the
visit.
d. The visitor tests positive for drugs or explosives using an
authorized electronic detection device calibrated and operated for testing for
the presence of drugs or other contraband.
e. The visit or future visiting is detrimental to the health
or welfare of the offender or visitor.
f. The visitor does not supervise the visitor’s children
to prevent them from interfering with or disrupting other visits.
Offenders may request reconsideration of denied visitors six
months after resolution of the reason for denial or when approved by the
warden/superintendent or regional deputy director.
20.3(8) Noncontact visiting. The
warden/superintendent or designee may allow noncontact visits when the order or
security of the institution may be threatened or when disciplinary rules or
procedures have been violated. Noncontact visiting hours will be provided on a
scheduled basis. The hours and days will be posted by the warden/superintendent
or designee, and notice will be posted at least one week prior to any change.
Visitors on the noncontact list at the time of a schedule change will be
notified of the schedule change by regular mail sent to the last–known
address.
20.3(9) Minors. Minors outside the offender’s
immediate family shall have written permission from a parent or guardian and be
accompanied by an adult on the approved visiting list. All minors shall have
adult supervision. Exceptions shall have prior approval of the
warden/superintendent ordesignee.
20.3(10) Clothing. Visitors shall be properly attired
prior to entering a correctional setting. All visitors shall wear shoes.
Visitors wearing miniskirts, shorts, muscle shirts, see–through clothing
or halter tops will not be allowed to visit. Visitors wearing clothing with
slogans, pictures, or words intended to deprecate race, sex, or cultural values
will not be allowed entry. Visitors may be required to remove for the duration
of the visit outerwear such as, but not limited to, coats, hats, gloves, or
sunglasses. A medical need for sunglasses must be verified by
prescription.
20.3(11) Security procedures. Visitors may be
requested to submit to a personal search (pat down) or an electronic search for
weapons or contraband. “Personal search” means a pat–down
search on top of the visitor’s clothes or a nonintrusive use of an
electronic search process. If the initial electronic test confirms the presence
of a controlled substance, the visitor will be given a second confirmation test.
When the electronic detection device alarm is activated, the visitor shall
produce the item that set off the alarm or a personal search may be made to find
the item. If the visitor refuses to submit to a search, access to visiting
shall be denied and entrance shall be denied. All searches shall be conducted
in a courteous manner to respect the visitor’s privacy. Minors are
subject to personal and electronic searches. When a visitor accompanied by a
minor refuses to leave the minor with a staff person and does not want the minor
present during the search, the visit will be denied. When a minor is searched,
the supervising adult shall be present in the room at all times.
a. The warden/superintendent or designee will maintain records
of all searches which produce positive results including the name of each person
subjected to a search, the names of the persons conducting and in attendance at
the search, and the time, date, and place of the search. The written record
shall reflect the reason for the search and the results of the search. The
written authorization for the search shall be included in the record. Testing
records will be maintained by the institution for one year and then expunged.
Records of positive tests will be maintained for five years and then expunged.
All testing records are confidential and will be released only when ordered by a
court of proper jurisdiction.
b. When a visitor tests positive by an electronic search
device, the visitor may appeal to the warden/superintendent or designee in
writing. The decision of the warden/superintendent or designee may be appealed
to the director of the department of corrections or the director’s
designee. The decision of the director or the director’s designee
constitutes final agency action.
c. Staff may request that local law enforcement search
visitors if search procedures or an electronic testing device shows that there
is a clear, reliable reason to believe a particular visitor is attempting to
smuggle contraband into the facility. If the search reveals drugs or illegal
contraband, the item shall be confiscated and preserved by local law
enforcement. Visitors found in possession of contraband shall be referred by
local law enforcement to the county attorney for prosecution.
d. Facilities will establish procedures for personnel
selection and training of search personnel. Operators will be trained in
accordance with manufacturer’s standards, which require 16 hours of
initial certification and 4 hours of annual training thereafter. Each facility
will have at least two certified trainers of trainers.
20.3(12) Sanctions. Visitors testing positive or
refusing to be tested by an electronic detection device will be
restricted.
a. Testing positive. The following restrictions will apply to
visitors testing positive:
(1) First occurrence. Visiting privileges will be suspended
from the date and time of the test for the next 2 visiting days. Future visits
may be restricted to noncontact status.
(2) Second occurrence. Visiting privileges will be suspended
from the date and time of the test for the next 7 visiting days. Future visits
may be restricted to noncontact status.
(3) Third occurrence. Visiting privileges will be suspended
from the date and time of the test for the next 15 visiting days. Future visits
may be restricted to noncontact status.
(4) Fourth occurrence. Visiting privileges will be suspended
from the date and time of the test for the next 30 visiting days. In addition,
the visitor will be placed on noncontact visiting status for 180 days from the
date of the first eligible visit. If the visitor tests positive from this date
forward, visiting privileges may be permanently restricted to noncontact
status.
Upon request by the visitor, the warden/superintendent or
designee may allow visits in noncontact status for the first, second, and third
occurrence pending the receipt of laboratory reports for any visitor testing
positive by an electronic detection device.
b. Refusing to be tested. Refusal to submit to a drug test by
an electronic testing device will result in suspension of visiting privileges
for 15 calendar days from the time of refusal.
Written notice regarding visiting status or facility access
will be presented or mailed within 5 working days to any individual
(nonoffenders) testing positive or who refuses consent to search. Such notice
will include the duration of any restriction and procedures for reconsideration
or reinstatement.
20.3(13) Money orders/cashier’s checks. Money
orders/cashier’s checks for deposit in the offender’s account may be
left at the cashier’s office during business hours or in accordance with
rule 20.5(904) or as designated by the warden/superintendent or designee. Money
orders/cashier’s checks must be made payable to the warden/superintendent
and must include the offender’s name and ID number. Suspected abuse of
money requests from the public by an offender may be cause for limits or
restrictions on the amounts of money which can be received and from whom money
can be received.
20.3(14) Limits. Each institution, according to its
facilities and conditions, shall limit the number of visitors an offender may
have at any one time and the length of visits.
20.3(15) Segregation status. Offenders in segregation
status may have visits modified in regard to place, time, and visitor, depending
on the staff and space available.
20.3(16) Abuse of visiting privileges. Visiting
privileges may be modified, suspended, or terminated when abuses are evidenced
or planned.
20.3(17) Special visits. The warden/superintendent
ordesignee may permit special visits not otherwise provided for in this rule.
These may include, but are not limited to, extended visits for close family
members traveling extended distances, immediate visits for close relatives or
friends about to leave the area, visits necessary to straighten out critical
personal affairs, and other visits for similar reasons. All these visits shall
be at the sole discretion of the warden/superintendent or designee. When ruling
on such visits, the warden/superintendent or designee shall consider appropriate
factors including the uniqueness of the circumstances involved for both the
offender and the visitor; security, order, and administrative needs of the
institution; and available alternatives to a special visit. The decision of the
warden/superintendent or designee in these cases constitutes final agency
action.
20.3(18) Temporary modifications. Visiting procedures
may be temporarily modified or suspended in the following circumstances: riot,
disturbance, fire, labor dispute, space restrictions, natural disaster, or other
emergency.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
904.512.
[Filed 7/21/00, effective 9/13/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0037B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby amends Chapter 27, “Principles of
Professional Ethics,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 changes the title of Chapter 27 to clarify that these
rules also establish standards of practice in addition to principles of
professional ethics.
In Item 2, information regarding patient records is stricken
and is incorporated in new rule 650—27.11(153,272C) in Item 3. The new
rule establishes standards for patient record keeping and clarifies the standard
of practice for practitioners.
The Board has determined that these rules are not subject to
waiver or variance in specific circumstances because the rules establish
standards of practice necessary for the protection of patients.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on May 17, 2000, as ARC 9818A. A public hearing
on the amendments was held on June 6, 2000. No one attended the hearing and no
written comments on the amendments were received. The amendments are identical
to those published under Notice.
These amendments were approved at the July 20, 2000, regular
meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments implement Iowa Code chapters 17A, 147, 153,
and 272C.
These amendments will become effective September 13,
2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend the title of
650—Chapter 27 as follows:
CHAPTER 27
STANDARDS OF PRACTICE AND
PRINCIPLES
OF PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
ITEM 2. Amend rule 650—27.2(153) as
follows:
650—27.2(153,272C) Patient acceptance
and records.
27.2(1) Dentists, in serving the
public, may exercise reasonable discretion in accepting patients in their
practices; however, dentists shall not refuse to accept patients into their
practice or deny dental service to patients because of the patient’s race,
creed, sex or national origin.
27.2(2) Dentists shall
preserve the confidentiality of patient records in a manner consistent with the
protection of the welfare of the patient. Upon request of the patient or
patient’s new dentist, the dentist shall furnish, either gratuitously or
for nominal cost, the dental records or copies or summaries of them, including
dental radiographs or copies of them, as will be beneficial for the future
treatment of that patient.
27.2(3) Patient records shall
be maintained for a period of no less than five years following the last date of
entry. Proper safeguards shall be provided to ensure safety of these records
from destructive elements.
ITEM 3. Adopt the following
new rule:
650—27.11(153,272C) Record keeping. Dentists
shall maintain patient records in a manner consistent with the protection of the
welfare of the patient. Records shall be permanent, timely, accurate, legible,
and easily understandable.
27.11(1) Dental records. Dentists shall
maintain dental records for each patient. The records shall contain all of the
following:
a. Personal data.
(1) Name, date of birth, address and, if a minor, name of
parent or guardian.
(2) Name and telephone number of person to contact in case of
emergency.
b. Dental and medical history. Dental records shall include
information from the patient or the patient’s parent or guardian regarding
the patient’s dental and medical history. The information shall include
sufficient data to support the recommended treatment plan.
c. Patient’s reason for visit. When a patient presents
with a chief complaint, dental records shall include the patient’s stated
oral health care reasons for visiting the dentist.
d. Clinical examination progress notes. Dental records
shall include chronological dates and descriptions of the following:
(1) Clinical examination findings, tests conducted, and a
summary of all pertinent diagnoses;
(2) Plan of intended treatment and treatment
sequence;
(3) Services rendered and any treatment
complications;
(4) All radiographs, study models, and periodontal charting,
if applicable;
(5) Name, quantity, and strength of all drugs dispensed,
administered, or prescribed; and
(6) Name of dentist, dental hygienist, or any other auxiliary,
who performs any treatment or service or who may have contact with a patient
regarding the patient’s dental health.
e. Informed consent. Dental records shall include, at
a minimum, documentation of informed consent that includes discussion of
procedure(s), treatment options, potential complications and known risks, and
patient’s consent to proceed with treatment.
27.11(2) Retention of records. A dentist shall
maintain a patient’s dental record for a minimum of five years after the
date of last examination, prescription, or treatment. Records for minors shall
be maintained for a minimum of either(a) one year after the patient reaches the
age of majority (18), or (b) five years, whichever is longer. Proper safeguards
shall be maintained to ensure safety of records from destructive
elements.
27.11(3) Electronic record keeping. The requirements
of this rule apply to electronic records as well as to records kept by any other
means. When electronic records are kept, a dentist shall keep either a
duplicate hard copy record or use an unalterable electronic record.
27.11(4) Correction of records. Notations shall be
legible, written in ink, and contain no erasures or white–outs. If
incorrect information is placed in the record, it must be crossed out with a
single nondeleting line and be initialed by a dental health care
worker.
27.11(5) Confidentiality and transfer of records.
Dentists shall preserve the confidentiality of patient records in a manner
consistent with the protection of the welfare of the patient. Upon request of
the patient or patient’s new dentist, the dentist shall furnish the dental
records or copies or summaries of the records, including dental radiographs or
copies of the radiographs, as will be beneficial for the future treatment of
that patient. The dentist may charge a nominal fee for duplication of records,
but may not refuse to transfer records for nonpayment of any fees.
ITEM 4. Amend 650—Chapter
27, implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
153.34(7), 153.34(9), 272C.3, and 272C.4(1f) and
272C.4(6).
[Filed 7/21/00, effective 9/13/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0027B
ELDER AFFAIRS
DEPARTMENT[321]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2193,
section 7, subsection 2, and section 21, the Department of Elder Affairs hereby
adopts Chapter 28, “Iowa Senior Living Program—Home– and
Community–Based Services for Seniors,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These rules were simultaneously Adopted and Filed Emergency as
ARC 9864A and published under Notice of Intended Action as ARC
9884A in the June 14, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin. Based on comments
received and direction from the Administrative Rules Review Committee, rule
28.6(78GA,SF2193) has been changed so that legal services providers will be
exempted from reporting specific information related to the reports, so as to
protect the identity of a client as provided for in an attorney–client
privilege.
These rules implement provisions of 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2193, the Iowa Senior Living Program Act. The goal of the Iowa Senior
Living Program Act is to create a comprehensive long–term care system that
is consumer–directed, provides a balance between the alternatives of
institutionally and noninstitutionally provided services, and contributes to the
quality of the lives of Iowans.
Funds are available from the Iowa Senior Living Trust Fund to
the Area Agencies on Aging and subcontracting long–term care providers for
designing and expanding home– and community–based services to
low– and moderate–income seniors to promote independence and delay
the use of institutional care. These rules set procedure for disbursement of
the funds to the Area Agencies on Aging and their subcontractors for state
fiscal year (SFY) 2001 and call for incorporation of the disbursement of funds
for subsequent state fiscal years into the existing procedure for disbursement
of other senior service funds. Allowable and priority uses for the funds and
reporting requirements for the Area Agencies on Aging and their subcontractors
and the department are established.
These rules do not provide for any waivers in specific
situations because disbursement of the trust fund will confer a benefit on
providers and consumers. Participation by long–term care providers is
voluntary.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department
of Elder Affairs has consulted with an advisory group consisting of providers,
consumers and other members of the public regarding these rules.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2193, sections 7, 9, and 10.
These rules will become effective September 13, 2000, at which
time the Adopted and Filed Emergency rules are hereby rescinded.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 28] is being omitted. With the exception of the change noted
above, these rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC
9884A and Adopted and Filed Emergency as ARC 9864A, IAB
6/14/00.
[Filed 7/20/00, effective 9/13/00]
[Published
8/9/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
8/9/00.]
ARC 0018B
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
DIVISION[605]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
29C.8, the Emergency Management Division amends Chapter 1,
“Organization,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments result from an extensive review by the
Emergency Management Division.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on May 17, 2000, as ARC 9828A. The Division held
a public hearing on June 12, 2000, at which time no comments were received. The
adopted amendments are identical to those published under Notice.
These amendments were adopted by the Emergency Management
Division on June 23, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
29C, 30, and 34A.
These amendments will become effective September 13,
2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
Amend 605—Chapter 1 as follows:
CHAPTER 1
ORGANIZATION
605—1.1(29C) Description. The emergency
management division is a division within the department of public
defense.
1.1(1) Executive director
Director. The adjutant general, as executive the
director of the department of public defense and under the
direction and control of the governor, shall have supervisory direction and
control of the emergency management division and shall be responsible to the
governor for the carrying out of the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 29C. In
the event of disaster beyond local control, the adjutant general may assume
direct operational control over all or any part of the emergency management
functions within this state.
1.1(2) Administrator. The emergency management
division shall be under the management of an administrator appointed by the
governor. The administrator shall be vested with the authority to administer
emergency management affairs in this state and shall be responsible for
preparing and executing the emergency management programs of this state subject
to the direction of the adjutant general. The administrator, upon the direction
of the governor and supervisory control of the director of the department of
public defense, shall: prepare a comprehensive plan and emergency management
program for the disaster preparedness, response, mitigation,
recovery, emergency operations operation, and emergency
resource management of this state; make such studies and surveys of the
industries, resources and facilities in this state as may be necessary to
ascertain the capabilities of the state for disaster recovery, disaster planning
and operations, and emergency resource management, and to plan for the most
efficient emergency use thereof; provide technical assistance to any local
emergency management commission or joint commission requiring such assistance in
the development of an emergency management program; implement planning and
training for emergency response teams as mandated by the federal government
under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
of 1980 as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986
42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.; the administrator, with the approval of
the governor and upon recommendation of the adjutant general, may employ a
deputy administrator and such technical, clerical, stenographic and other
personnel and make such expenditures within the appropriation or from other
funds made available to the department of public defense for purposes of
emergency management, as may be necessary to carry out
administer the purposes of Iowa Code chapters 29C
and, 30, and 34A.
605—1.2(29C) Definitions. The following
definitions are applicable to the emergency management
division:
“Administrator” means the administrator of the
emergency management division of the department of public defense.
“Comprehensive cooperative agreements”
means the key instrument for determining whether a state or a local commission
or joint commission will be granted eligibility to participate in Federal
Emergency Management Agency assistance programs. It describes projected program
activities to be accomplished during the next federal fiscal year, the number of
staff and amount of funds needed to carry out these
activities.
“Comprehensive countywide emergency operations
plan” means documents which describe the actions to betaken to lessen
the effects of, prepare for, respond to and recover from in the
event of an extraordinary emergency a disaster by county and
city government resources governments,
quasi–government agencies, and private organizations which have
countywide emergency operations capabilities
responsibility. The plan is multihazard in scope (covers a
variety of disasters) all hazards for the county) and provides
for a coordinated response effort. It references
authority, assigns functional responsibilities, provides for direction and
control, and the effective use of resources.
“Disaster” means man–made
human–caused, technological or natural occurrences, such as
fire, flood, drought, earthquake, tornado, windstorm, hazardous substance or
nuclear power plant accident or incident, which threaten the public peace,
health and safety of the people or which damage or destroy public or private
property. The term includes terrorism, enemy attack, sabotage, or other
hostile action from without the state.
“Division” means the emergency management division
of the department of public defense.
“Emergency” means a sudden, generally unexpected
occurrence or set of circumstances demanding immediate action to protect life or
property. Such actions are normally handled in a routine manner by law
enforcement, fire protection, public works, utilities, and
health–medical emergency medical
services.
“Emergency management” means lessening the
effects of, preparations for, operations during, and recovery from
natural, technological or man–made
human–caused disasters. These actions are broad in scope and
include, but are not limited to: disaster plans, mitigation, preparedness,
response, warning, emergency operations, training, exercising, research,
rehabilitation, and recovery activities.
“Emergency management assistance
funds” “Emergency management performance grant
program” means a program by which federal funds are
utilized to pay up to no more than 50 percent of the
salaries, benefits, travel, and office expenses incurred in the administration
of the state and local emergency management program.
“Extraordinary emergency” means an
emergency which requires the use of resources (personnel, equipment, facilities)
and operational procedures beyond those normally available in the affected
jurisdiction(s). An extraordinary emergency always requires direction and
coordination of response.
“Joint commissions” means two or more local
emergency management commissions may act acting as a
joint commission for the joint coordination and administration
of emergency management.
“Local commission” means the local emergency
management commission.
“Mitigation” refers to activities that
either prevent emergencies or disasters from happening or at least reduce the
damaging impact if they cannot be prevented means any action taken
to reduce or eliminate the long–term risk to human life and property from
hazards. Examples of mitigation activities are
include building codes, disaster insurance incentives,
land use management, floodplain management, building of protective structures
such as flood walls, litigation, monitoring or inspection,
public education, research, risk mapping, safety codes, and statutes and
ordinances, and tax incentives.
“Preparedness” means planning how to
respond in a coordinated manner when an emergency or disaster occurs and working
to increase available resources to respond effectively. Preparing people to
respond appropriately within a system of management when disasters occur saves
lives and reduces property damage any activity taken in advance of
an emergency or disaster that improves emergency readiness posture and develops
or expands operational capabilities. Examples of preparedness activities
are include, but are not limited to, continuity of
government, plans and ordinances, emergency broadcast
system alert and warning systems, emergency
communications, emergency operations centers, comprehensive countywide
emergency operations plans, emergency public information materials, exercise of
plans and systems, hazard analysis, mutual aid agreements, resource management,
and the training response and equipping of
personnel including political leaders and governmental managers, and
warning systems.
“Recovery” is the process of returning the
community to predisaster condition. Short–term recovery returns essential
services to minimum operating standards. Long–term recovery continues
until the public and private infrastructure is restored. means
short–term activity to return vital life–support systems to minimum
operating standards and long–term activity designed to return the affected
people and areas to their predisaster conditions. Examples of recovery
activity are crisis counseling, damage assessment, debris clearance,
decontamination, disaster application centers, disaster
insurance payments, disaster loans and grants, disaster unemployment assistance,
public information, community outreach, temporary housing, and
reconstruction.
“Response activities” are
those actions taken to immediately confront the source or presented effects of
the emergency or disaster event. means any action taken immediately
before, during, or directly after an emergency or disaster occurs, which is
intended to save lives, minimize injuries, lessen property and environmental
damage and enhance the effectiveness of recovery. The responders
aid in the determination of the magnitude of the event or its potential for
escalation. If appropriate, the emergency operations center is
activated. Examples of response activity are
include rendering of assistance by emergency responders, activation of the
emergency operations center, emergency broadcast
alert system activation, emergency instructions to the public,
emergency medical assistance, emergency plan implementation,
manning the emergency operations center, public official
alerting, reception and care, shelter and evacuation,
evacuation, sheltering of victims, search and rescue, resource
mobilization, and warning system activation.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code
chapter chapters 29C, 30 and 34A.
[Filed 7/18/00, effective 9/13/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0020B
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
DIVISION[605]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
29C.8, the Emergency Management Division rescinds Chapter 2, “Petitions
for Rule Making,” and adopts a new Chapter 2 with the same title; rescinds
Chapter 3, “Declaratory Rulings,” and adopts a new Chapter 3,
“Declaratory Orders”; rescinds Chapter 4, “Agency Procedure
for Rule Making,” and adopts a new Chapter 4 with the same title; rescinds
Chapter 5, “Public Records and Fair Information Practices,” and
adopts a new Chapter 5, “Fair Information Practices”; rescinds
Chapter 6, “Iowa Emergency Plan,” and adopts a new Chapter 6,
“Contested Cases”; and adopts a new Chapter 9, “Iowa Emergency
Plan,” Iowa Administrative Code.
By adopting new Chapters 2 through 6, the Emergency Management
Division implements, as closely as is practicable for this Division, the Uniform
Rules on Agency Procedure that comply with the amendments to Iowa Code chapter
17A in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, effective July 1, 1999. By so doing,
administrative practice before the Division will be facilitated and will be
substantially the same in the areas addressed as with all other agencies of
state government.
The Division also rescinds current Chapter 6 and adopts new
Chapter 9 regarding the Iowa Emergency Plan, which details the state government
response to a wide range of natural, technological and human–caused
disasters.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on May 17, 2000, as ARC 9827A. The Division held
a public hearing on June 12, 2000, at which time no comments were received. The
adopted amendments are identical to those published under Notice.
These amendments were adopted by the Emergency Management
Division on June 23, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 29C, 30, and 34A.
These amendments will become effective September 13,
2000.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Chs 2 to 6, 9] is being omitted. These rules are identical to
those published under Notice as ARC 9827A, IAB 5/17/00.
[Filed 7/18/00, effective 9/13/00]
[Published
8/9/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
8/9/00.]
ARC 0019B
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
DIVISION[605]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
29C.8, the Emergency Management Division hereby rescinds Chapter 7, “Local
Emergency Management,” Iowa Administrative Code, and adopts a new Chapter
7 with the same title.
The adoption of the new chapter results from an extensive
review of existing rules and implements a change in policy governing the
state’s participation in funding financial assistance programs in a
presidentially declared disaster. This change is the result of emergency
management legislation contained in 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 86.
These rules were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and
published in the May 17, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9824A.
Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was published
in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 17, 2000, as ARC
9826A.
These rules have been revised based on public comment to
define the terms “shall” and “should” as they are used
in these rules, and to clarify the duties and responsibilities of local or joint
emergency management commissions and local emergency management
coordinators.
The Emergency Management Division adopted these rules on June
23, 2000.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 29C.6
and 29C.8.
These rules shall become effective September 13, 2000, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency rules are hereby rescinded.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind 605—Chapter 7 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 7
LOCAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
605—7.1(29C) Scope and purpose. These rules
apply to each local emergency management commission as provided for in Iowa Code
section 29C.9. These rules are intended to establish standards for emergency
management and to provide local emergency management commissions with the
criteria to assess and measure their capability to mitigate against, prepare
for, respond to, and recover from emergencies or disasters.
605—7.2(29C) Definitions. For purposes of this
chapter, the following definitions will apply:
“Shall” indicates a mandatory
requirement.
“Should” indicates a recommendation or that which
is advised but not required.
605—7.3(29C) Local emergency management
commission.
7.3(1) The county board of supervisors, city councils,
and school district boards of directors in each county shall cooperate with the
emergency management division to establish a local emergency management
commission to carry out the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 29C.
a. The local commission shall be named the (county name)
county emergency management commission.
b. The commission shall be comprised of the following
members:
(1) A member of the county board of supervisors or its
appointed representative.
(2) The county sheriff or the sheriff’s appointed
representative.
(3) The mayor or the mayor’s appointed representative
from each city within the county.
c. The commission is a municipality as defined in Iowa Code
section 670.1.
7.3(2) Local commission bylaws. The commission
shall develop bylaws to specify, at a minimum, the following
information:
a. The name of the commission.
b. The list of members.
c. The date for the commencement of operations.
d. The commission’s mission.
e. The commission’s powers and duties.
f. The manner for financing the commission and its activities
and maintaining a budget therefor.
g. The manner for acquiring, holding and disposing of
property.
h. The manner for electing or appointing officers and the
terms of office.
i. The manner by which members may vote.
j. The manner for appointing, hiring, disciplining and
terminating employees.
k. The rules for conducting meetings of the
commission.
l. Any other necessary and proper rules or
procedures.
The bylaws, as adopted, shall be signed by each member of the
commission. The commission shall record the signed bylaws with the county
recorder and shall forward a copy of the bylaws to the administrator of the
state emergency management division.
7.3(3) Commission business. Commission
business shall be conducted in compliance with Iowa Code chapter 21,
“Official Meetings Open to Public,” and Iowa Code chapter 22,
“Examination of Public Records.”
7.3(4) The commission shall have the following minimum
duties and responsibilities:
a. Administration and finance.
(1) Establish and maintain an agency responsible for the local
emergency management program. The primary responsibility of this agency is to
develop and maintain a comprehensive emergency management capability in
cooperation with other governmental agencies, volunteer organizations, and
private sector organizations. The name of this agency shall be the (county
name) county emergency management agency.
(2) Determine the mission of the agency and its
program.
(3) Develop and adopt a budget in accordance with the
provisions of Iowa Code chapter 24 and Iowa Code section 29C.17 in support of
the commission and its programs. The commission shall be the fiscal authority
and the chairperson or vice chairperson shall be the certifying official for the
budget.
(4) Appoint an emergency management coordinator who meets the
qualifications established in subrule 7.4(3).
(5) Develop and adopt policies defining the rights and
liabilities of commission employees, emergency workers and volunteers.
(6) Provide direction for the delivery of the emergency
management services of planning, administration, coordination, training,
exercising, and support for local governments and their departments.
(7) Coordinate emergency management activities and services
among county and city governments and the private sector agencies within the
county.
b. Hazard identification, risk assessment, and capability
assessment.
(1) The commission should continually identify credible
hazards that may affect their jurisdiction, the likelihood of occurrence, and
the vulnerability of the jurisdiction to such hazards. Hazards to be considered
should include natural, technological, and human–caused.
(2) The commission should conduct an analysis to
determine the consequences and impact of identified hazards on the health and
safety of the public, the health and safety of responders, property and
infrastructure, critical and essential facilities, public services, the
environment, the economy of the jurisdiction, and government operations and
obligations.
(3) The hazard analysis should include identification
of vital personnel, systems, operations, equipment, and facilities at
risk.
(4) The commission should identify mitigation and
preparedness considerations based upon the hazard analysis.
(5) A comprehensive assessment of the emergency management
program elements should be conducted periodically to determine the
operational capability and readiness of the jurisdiction to address the
identified hazards and risks.
c. Resource management.
(1) The commission should develop a method to
effectively identify, acquire, distribute, account for, and utilize resources
essential to emergency functions.
(2) The commission shall utilize, to the maximum extent
practicable, the services, equipment, supplies and facilities of the political
subdivisions that are members of the commission.
(3) The commission should identify resource shortfalls
and develop the steps and procedures necessary to
overcome such shortfalls.
(4) The commission shall, in collaboration with other public
and private agencies within this state, develop written mutual aid agreements.
Such agreements shall provide reciprocal disaster services and recovery aid and
assistance in case of disaster too great to be dealt with by the jurisdiction
unassisted. Mutual aid agreements shall be in compliance with the appropriate
requirements contained in Iowa Code chapter 28E.
d. Planning.
(1) The commission shall develop comprehensive countywide
emergency operations plans which are multihazard and multifunctional in nature
and which shall include, but not be limited to, a part “A”
operations plan, part “B” mitigation plan, and part “C”
recovery plan that may be contained in a single document or multiple
documents.
1. An operations plan assigns responsibilities to
organizations and individuals for carrying out specific actions at projected
times and places in an emergency or disaster.
2. The mitigation plan shall establish interim and
long–term strategies to eliminate hazards or to reduce the impact of those
hazards that cannot be eliminated. This requirement notwithstanding, to qualify
for federal funding for mitigation assistance the eligible applicant must comply
with the mitigation planning requirements set forth in 44 CFR 206, Subpart M,
and the Iowa Hazard Mitigation Grant Program Administrative Plan, as
appropriate.
3. A recovery plan shall identify the short–term and
long–term strategic priorities, processes, vital resources, and acceptable
time frames and procedures for restoration.
(2) Plans shall contain the following common
elements.
1. The functional roles and responsibilities of internal and
external agencies, organizations, departments, and individuals during
mitigation, preparedness, response and recovery shall be identified.
2. Lines of authority for those agencies, organizations,
departments, and individuals shall be established and identified.
(3) Plans shall be regularly reviewed and amended as
appropriate in accordance with schedules established by the commission, to
include at a minimum:
1. A complete review, and amendment as appropriate, of the
operations plan at a minimum of every five years. However, a review, and
amendment as appropriate, of the hazardous materials portion of the plan shall
be conducted on a yearly basis.
2. A complete review, and amendment as appropriate, of the
mitigation plan at a minimum of every five years and in conjunction with any
presidentially declared disaster for which mitigation assistance is
requested.
3. A complete review, and amendment as appropriate, of the
recovery plan at a minimum of every five years and in conjunction with any
presidentially declared disaster for which individual or public assistance is
requested.
(4) In addition to the standards heretofore established in
subrule 7.3(4), paragraph “d,” the operations plan shall include
provisions for damage assessment.
(5) Hazardous materials plans shall meet the minimum
requirements of federal law, 42 U.S.C., Sec. 11003.
(6) Counties designated as risk or host counties for a nuclear
facility emergency planning zone shall meet the standards and requirements as
published by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission and the Federal
Emergency Management Agency, in NUREG–0654, FEMA–REP–1, Rev.1,
March 1987.
(7) Required plans, submitted for approval to the division by
a local or joint emergency management commission, shall be reviewed within 60
calendar days from the receipt of the plan. The division shall notify the local
emergency management coordinator in writing of the approval or nonapproval of
the plan. If the plan is not approved, the division shall state the specific
standard or standards that are not being met and offer guidance on how the plan
may be brought into compliance.
(8) A comprehensive countywide emergency operations plan shall
not be considered approved by the emergency management division as required in
Iowa Code subsection 29C.9(8) unless such plan adheres to and meets the minimum
standards as established in subrule 7.3(4), paragraph “d.”
(9) Iowa Code section 29C.6 provides that state participation
in funding financial assistance in a presidentially declared disaster is
contingent upon the local government’s having on file a
state–approved, comprehensive, countywide plan as provided in Iowa Code
subsection 29C.9(8). Required plans must be received and approved by the
division by the time the first public or private, nonprofit entity within the
county otherwise becomes eligible to receive state assistance or within one year
from the date of presidential declaration, whichever is earlier.
e. Direction, control and coordination.
(1) The commission shall execute and enforce the orders or
rules made by the governor, or under the governor’s authority.
(2) The commission shall establish and maintain the capability
to effectively direct, control and coordinate emergency and disaster response
and recovery efforts.
(3) The commission shall establish a means of interfacing
on–scene management with direction and control personnel and
facilities.
(4) The commission should actively support use of the Incident
Command System (ICS) model by all emergency and disaster response agencies
within the jurisdiction.
f. Damage assessment.
(1) The commission shall develop and maintain a damage
assessment capability consistent with local, state and federal requirements and
shall designate individuals responsible for the function of damage
assessment.
(2) Individuals identified by the commission to perform the
function of damage assessment shall be trained through a course of instruction
approved by the division.
g. Communications and warning.
(1) The commission should identify a means of
disseminating a warning to the public, key officials, emergency response
personnel and those other persons within the jurisdiction that may be
potentially affected.
(2) The commission should identify the primary and
secondary means of communications to support direction, control, and
coordination of emergency management activities.
h. Operations and procedures. The commission should encourage
public and private agencies, having defined responsibilities in the countywide
emergency operations plan, to develop standard operating procedures, policies,
and directives in support of the plan.
i. Training.
(1) The commission shall require the local emergency
management coordinator to meet the minimum training requirements as established
by the division and identified in subrule 7.4(4).
(2) The commission should, in conjunction with the
local emergency management coordinator, arrange for and actively support ongoing
emergency management related training for local public officials, emergency
responders, volunteers, and support staff.
(3) Persons responsible for emergency plan development or
implementation should receive training specific to, or related to, hazards
identified in the local hazard analysis.
(4) The commission should encourage individuals, other than
the emergency management coordinator, with emergency management responsibilities
as defined in the countywide emergency operations plan, to complete, within two
years of appointment, training consistent with their emergency management
responsibilities.
(5) The commission should encourage all individuals with
emergency management responsibilities to maintain current and adequate training
consistent with their responsibilities.
j. Exercises.
(1) The commission shall ensure that exercise activities are
conducted annually in accordance with local, state and federal
requirements.
(2) Exercise activities should follow a progressive
five–year plan that is designed to meet the needs of the
jurisdiction.
(3) Local entities assigned to an exercise should
actively participate and support the role of the entity in the
exercise.
(4) Local entities assigned to an exercise should actively
participate in the design, development, implementation, and evaluation of the
exercise activity.
k. Public education and information.
(1) The commission should designate the individual or
individuals who are responsible for public education and information
functions.
(2) The commission should ensure a public information
capability, to include:
1. Designated public information personnel trained to meet
local requirements.
2. A system of receiving and disseminating emergency public
information.
3. A method to develop, coordinate, and authorize the release
of information.
4. The capability to communicate with special needs
populations.
(3) The commission should actively support the development of
capabilities to electronically collect, compile, report, receive, and transmit
emergency public information.
7.3(5) Two or more commissions. Two or more
local commissions may, upon review by the state administrator and with the
approval of their respective boards of supervisors and cities, enter into
agreements pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 28E for the joint coordination and
administration of emergency management services throughout the multicounty
area.
605—7.4(29C) Emergency management
coordinator.
7.4(1) Each county emergency management commission or
joint commission shall appoint an emergency management coordinator who shall
serve at the pleasure of the commission. The commission shall delegate to the
emergency management coordinator the authority to fulfill the commission’s
and coordinator’s duties as provided in Iowa Code sections 29C.9 and
29C.10, as further described in subrule 7.3(4), and as otherwise assigned
and authorized by the commission.
7.4(2) Political activity.
a. A member of a local or joint commission shall not be
appointed as the emergency management coordinator.
b. An individual serving in a full–time or
part–time governmental position incompatible with the position of
coordinator shall not be appointed as the emergency management
coordinator.
c. Any employee of an organization for emergency management
shall not become a candidate for any partisan elective office. However, the
employee is not precluded from holding any nonpartisan elective office for which
no pay or only token payment is received.
7.4(3) Emergency management coordinator
qualifications. Each person appointed after July 1, 1990, as an
emergency management coordinator shall meet the following requirements with
regard to education, abilities, experience, knowledge and skills:
a. Demonstrate a knowledge of local, state, and federal laws
and regulations pertaining to emergency management.
b. Demonstrate an understanding of communications systems,
frequencies, and equipment capabilities.
c. Demonstrate a knowledge of basic accounting principles and
practices.
d. Express oneself clearly and concisely, both orally and in
writing.
e. Establish and maintain effective working relationships with
employees, public officials, and the general public.
f. Prepare accurate reports.
g. Write plans, direct the use of resources, and coordinate
emergency operations under extraordinary circumstances.
h. Exercise good judgment in evaluating situations and making
decisions.
i. Coordinate with agencies at all levels of
government.
j. Have graduated from an accredited four–year college
or university and have two years of responsible experience in emergency
management, public or business administration, public relations, military
preparedness or related work; or have an equivalent combination of experience
and education, substituting 30 semester hours of graduate study for each year of
the required work experience to a maximum of two years; or have an equivalent
combination of experience and education, substituting one year of experience in
the aforementioned areas for each year of college to a maximum of four years; or
be an employee with current continuous experience in the state classified
service that includes the equivalent of 18 months of full–time experience
as an emergency management operations officer; or be an employee with current
continuous experience in the state classified service that includes the
equivalent of 36 months of full–time experience as a local emergency
management assistant.
7.4(4) Emergency management coordinator continuing
education requirements. Each local coordinator shall meet the following
educational development requirements. The administrator may extend the time
frame for meeting these continuing education requirements upon request from the
local or joint commission.
a. By July 1, 2002, or within five years of appointment as an
emergency management coordinator, whichever is later, completion of the
following independent study courses:
(1) Citizens Guide to Disaster Assistance.
(2) Emergency Operations Center Role in Community Preparedness
Response and Recovery Operations.
(3) Emergency Program Manager: An Orientation to the
Position.
(4) Emergency Preparedness U.S.A.
(5) Hazardous Materials: A Citizen’s Guide.
(6) An Orientation to Community Disaster Exercise.
(7) The Professional in Emergency Management.
(8) Radiological Emergency Management.
(9) Introduction to Hazard Mitigation.
(10) Basic Incident Command System.
b. By July 1, 2002, or within five years of appointment as an
emergency management coordinator, whichever is later, completion of the
professional development series of courses as prescribed by the Federal
Emergency Management Agency.
c. Upon completion of the requirements established in subrule
7.4(4), paragraphs “a” and “b,” annual completion of a
minimum of 24 hours of state–approved emergency management
training.
d. The local emergency management coordinator must document
completion of courses by submitting a copy of the certificate of completion, a
letter indicating satisfactory completion, or other appropriate
documentation.
605—7.5(29C) Local commission or joint commission
personnel.
7.5(1) Personnel for the local commission or joint
commission shall be considered as employees of that local commission to include
the coordinator, operations officers, and emergency management
assistants.
7.5(2) The local or joint commission shall determine
the personnel policies of the agency to include holidays, rate of pay, sick
leave, vacation, and health benefits. The local commission may adopt existing
county or city policies in lieu of writing their own policies.
605—7.6(29C) Damage assessment and financial
assistance for disaster recovery. Disaster–related expenditures and
damages incurred by local governments, private nonprofit entities, individuals,
and businesses may be reimbursable and covered under certain state and federal
disaster assistance programs. Preliminary damage assessments shall be provided
to the emergency management division prior to the governor’s making a
determination that the magnitude and impact are sufficient to warrant a request
for a presidential disaster declaration.
7.6(1) Local preliminary damage assessment and impact
statement. The county emergency management coordinator shall be
responsible for the coordination and collection of damage assessment and impact
statement information immediately following a disaster that affects the county
or any municipality within the county.
7.6(2) Damage assessment guidance and forms to be
provided. The state emergency management division will provide guidance
regarding the methodologies to be used in collecting damage assessment and
impact statement information and shall provide the forms and format by which
this information shall be recorded.
7.6(3) Joint preliminary damage assessment.
Once the governor has determined that a request for a presidential disaster
declaration is appropriate, joint preliminary damage assessment teams,
consisting of local, state, and federal inspectors, will assess the uninsured
damages and costs incurred or to be incurred in responding to and recovering
from the disaster. All affected city, municipality, or county governments shall
be required to provide assistance to the joint preliminary damage assessment
teams for conducting damage assessments. The jurisdiction may be required to
develop maps to show the damaged areas and to compile lists of names and
telephone numbers of individuals, businesses, private nonprofit entities, and
governmental agencies sustaining disaster response and recovery costs or
damages. This joint preliminary damage assessment may be required before the
request for presidential declaration is formally transmitted to the Federal
Emergency Management Agency.
7.6(4) Public assistance and hazard mitigation
briefing. In the event that a presidential disaster declaration is
received, affected jurisdictions and eligible private nonprofit entities should
be prepared to attend a public assistance and hazard mitigation briefing to
acquire the information and documents necessary to make their formal
applications for public and hazard mitigation assistance. Failure to comply
with the deadlines for making application for public and mitigation assistance
as established in 44 CFR Part 206 and the Stafford Act (PL 923–288) may
jeopardize or eliminate the jurisdiction’s or private nonprofit
entity’s ability to receive assistance.
7.6(5) Forfeiture of assistance funding.
Failure to provide timely and accurate damage assessment and impact
statement information may jeopardize or eliminate an applicant’s ability
to receive federal and state disaster assistance funds that may otherwise be
available.
State participation in funding of disaster financial
assistance in a presidentially declared disaster shall be contingent upon the
local or joint emergency management commission’s having on file a
state–approved, comprehensive, countywide emergency operations plan which
meets the standards as provided in subrule 7.3(4), paragraph
“d.”
605—7.7(29C) Emergency management performance grant
program. Emergency management is a joint responsibility of the federal
government, the states, and their political subdivisions. Emergency management
means all those activities and measures designed or undertaken to mitigate
against, prepare for, respond to, or recover from the effects of a
human–caused, technological, or natural hazard. The purpose of the
emergency management performance grant program is to provide the necessary
assistance to local governments to ensure that a comprehensive emergency
preparedness system exists for all hazards.
7.7(1) Eligibility. Local or joint emergency
management commissions may be eligible for funding under the state and emergency
management performance grant program by meeting the requirements, conditions,
duties and responsi–bilities for emergency management commissions and
county emergency management coordinators established in subrules 7.3(29C) and
7.4(29C). In addition, the local commission shall ensure that the coordinator
works an average of 20 hours per week or more toward the emergency management
effort. Joint commissions shall ensure that the coordinator works an average of
40 hours per week toward the emergency management effort.
7.7(2) Application for funding. Local or joint
commissions may apply for funding under the emergency management performance
grant program by entering into an agreement with the division and by completing
the necessary application and forms, as published and distributed yearly to each
commission by the division.
7.7(3) Allocation and distribution of funds.
The emergency management division shall allocate funds to eligible local or
joint commissions within 45 days of receipt of notice from the Federal Emergency
Management Agency that such funds are available. The division shall use a
formula for the allocation of funds based upon the number of eligible
applicants, the coordinator’s salary and benefits and an equal
distribution of remaining funds, not to exceed an individual applicant’s
request. Funds will be reimbursed to local and joint commissions on a federal
fiscal year, quarterly basis; and such reimbursement will be based on eligible
claims made against the local or joint commission’s allocation. In no
case will the allocation or reimbursement of funds be greater than
one–half of the total cost of eligible emergency management related
expenses.
7.7(4) Compliance. The administrator may withhold or
recover emergency management performance grant funds from any local or joint
commission for its failure or its coordinator’s failure to meet any of the
following conditions:
a. Appoint a qualified coordinator.
b. Comply with continuing education requirements.
c. Adopt a comprehensive countywide emergency operations plan
that meets current standards.
d. Determine the mission of its agency.
e. Show continuing progress in fulfilling the
commission’s duties and obligations.
f. Conduct commission business according to the guidelines and
rules established in this chapter.
g. Enter into and file a cooperative agreement with the
division by the stipulated filing date.
h. Abide by state and federal regulations governing the proper
disbursement and accountability for federal funds, equal employment opportunity
and merit system standards.
i. Accomplish work specified in one or more program areas, as
agreed upon in the cooperative agreement, or applicable state or federal rule or
statute.
j. Provide the required matching financial
contribution.
k. Expend funds for authorized purposes or in accordance with
applicable laws, regulations, terms and conditions.
l. Respond to, or cooperate with, state efforts to determine
the extent and nature of compliance with the cooperative agreement.
7.7(5) Serious nonperformance problems. If a
local or joint commission cannot demonstrate achievement of agreed–upon
work products, the division is empowered to withhold reimbursement or to recover
funds from the local or joint commission. Corrective action procedures are
designed to focus the commission’s attention on nonperformance problems
and to bring about compliance with the cooperative agreement. Corrective action
procedures, which could lead to sanction, may be enacted as soon as the
administrator becomes aware of present or future serious nonperformance or
noncompliance. This realization may arise from staff visits or other contacts
with the local agency or commission, from indications in the commission’s
or coordinator’s quarterly reports that indicate a significant shortfall
from planned accomplishments, or from the commission’s or
coordinator’s failure to report. Financial sanctions are to be applied
only after corrective action remedies fail to result in accomplishment of
agreed–upon work product.
7.7(6) Corrective actions.
a. Informal corrective action. As a first and basic step to
correcting nonperformance, a designated member of the state emergency management
division staff will visit, call or write the local coordinator to determine the
reason for nonperformance and seek an agreeable resolution.
b. Formal corrective action. On those occasions when there is
considerable discrepancy between agreed–upon and actual performance and
response to informal corrective action is not sufficient or agreeable, the
division will take the following steps:
(1) Emergency management staff will review the scope of work,
as agreed to in the cooperative agreement, to determine the extent of
nonperformance. To focus attention on the total nonperformance issue, all
instances of nonperformance will be addressed together in a single
correspondence to the local or joint commission.
(2) The administrator will prepare a letter to the local or
joint commission which will contain, at a minimum, the following
information:
1. The reasons why the division believes the local or joint
commission may be in noncompliance including the specified provisions in
question.
2. A description of the efforts made by the division to
resolve the matter and the reasons these efforts were unsuccessful.
3. A declaration of the local or joint commission’s
commitment to accomplishing the work agreed upon and specified in the
comprehensive cooperative agreement and its importance to the emergency
management capability of the local jurisdiction.
4. A description of the exact actions or alternative actions
required of the local or joint commission to bring the problem to an agreed
resolution.
5. A statement that this letter constitutes the final
no–penalty effort to achieve a resolution and that financial sanctions
provided for in these rules will be undertaken if a satisfactory response is not
received by the division within 30 days.
7.7(7) Financial sanctions. If the corrective
actions heretofore described fail to produce a satisfactory resolution to cases
of serious nonperformance, the administrator may invoke the following financial
sanction procedures:
a. Send a “Notice of Intention to Withhold
Payment” to the chairperson of the local or joint commission. This notice
shall also contain notice of a reasonable time and place for a hearing, should
the local or joint commission request a hearing before the
administrator.
b. Any request by a local or joint commission for a hearing
must be made in writing, to the division, within 15 days of receipt of the
notice of intention to withhold payment.
c. Any hearing under the notice of intention to withhold
payment shall be held before the administrator. However, the administrator may
designate an administrative law judge to take evidence and certify to the
administrator the entire record, including findings and recommended
actions.
d. The local or joint commission shall be given full
opportunity to present its position orally and in writing.
e. If, after a hearing, the administrator finds sufficient
evidence that the local or joint commission has violated established rules and
regulations or the terms and conditions of the cooperative agreement, the
administrator may withhold such contributions and payments as may be considered
advisable, until the failure to expend funds in accordance with said rules,
regulations, terms and conditions has been corrected or the administrator is
satisfied that there will no longer be any such failure.
f. If, upon the expiration of the 15–day period stated
for a hearing, a hearing has not been requested, the administrator may issue the
findings and take appropriate action as described in the preceding
paragraph.
g. If the administrator finds there is serious nonperformance
by the commission or its coordinator and issues an order to withhold payments to
the local or joint commission as described in this rule, the commission shall
not receive funds under the emergency management performance grant program for
the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the order is issued and one
additional year or until such time that all issues of nonperformance have been
agreeably addressed by the division and the commission.
h. Any emergency management performance grant program funds
withheld or recovered by the division as a result of this process shall be
reallocated at the end of the federal fiscal year to the remaining participating
counties.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 29C.6
and 29C.8.
[Filed 7/18/00, effective 9/13/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0017B
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
DIVISION[605]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
29C.8, the Emergency Management Division hereby rescinds Chapter 8,
“Criteria for Awards or Grants,” Iowa Administrative Code, and
adopts a new Chapter 8 with the same title.
By adopting this new chapter, the Emergency Management
Division implements policy ensuring equal access to awards and grants and
establishing the specific criteria for making awards and grants to eligible
applicants.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on May 17, 2000, as ARC 9825A. The Division held
a public hearing on June 12, 2000, at which time no comments were received. The
adopted rules are identical to those published under Notice.
These rules were adopted by the Emergency Management Division
on June 23, 2000.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 29C.8
and 29C.13.
These rules will become effective September 13,
2000.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind 605—Chapter 8 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 8
CRITERIA FOR AWARDS OR GRANTS
605—8.1(29C,17A) Purpose. The emergency
management division receives and distributes funds to a variety of entities
throughout the state for support of emergency management planning, training, and
other initiatives. Unless otherwise prohibited by state or federal law, rule or
regulation, the administrator may make such funds subject to competition. Where
such funds are designated by the administrator to be competitive, the division
shall ensure equal access, objective evaluation of applications for these funds,
and that grant application material shall contain, at a minimum, specific
content.
605—8.2(29C,17A) Definitions. For the purpose
of these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Administrator” means the administrator of the
emergency management division within the Iowa department of public
defense.
“Competitive grant” means the competitive grant
application process to determine the grant award for a specified project
period.
“Division” means the emergency management division
of the Iowa department of public defense.
“Project” means the activity(ies) or program(s)
funded by the division.
“Project period” means the period of time for
which the division intends to support the project without requiring the
recompetition of funds.
“Service delivery area” means the defined
geographic area for delivery of project services.
605—8.3(29C,17A) Exceptions. The division
considers funds subject to competition except in those cases where:
1. State or federal law, rule or regulation prohibits such
competition.
2. The state, federal or private funding source specifies a
sole source for the receipt of funds.
3. There is mutual agreement among the division and contract
organizations.
4. The administrator designates such funds to be
noncompetitive.
605—8.4(29C,17A) Public notice of available
competitive grants. When making funds available through a competitive grant
application process, the division shall, at least 60 days prior to the
application due date, issue a public notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin
that identifies the availability of funds and states how interested parties may
request an application packet. A written request for the packet shall serve as
the letter of intent. Services, delivery areas, and eligible applicants shall
be described in the public notice.
If the receipt of a grantor’s official notice of award
to the division precludes a full 60–day notice in the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin, the division shall nonetheless issue the public notice in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin at the earliest publication date.
In the event the publication date would not allow at least 30
days for interested parties to request and submit an application packet, the
division shall notify current contractors and other interested parties of the
availability of funds through press releases and other announcements.
605—8.5(29C,17A) Requirements. Where funds are
designated as competitive, the following shall be included in all grant
application materials made available by the division:
1. Funding source;
2. Project period;
3. Services to be delivered;
4. Service delivery area;
5. Funding purpose;
6. Funding restrictions;
7. Funding formula (if any);
8. Matching requirements (if any);
9. Reporting requirements;
10. Performance criteria;
11. Description of eligible applicants;
12. Need for letters of support or other materials (if
applicable);
13. Application due date;
14. Anticipated date of award;
15. Eligibility guidelines for those receiving the service or
product and the source of those guidelines, including fees or sliding fee scales
(if applicable);
16. Target population to be served (if applicable);
and
17. Appeal process in the event an application is
denied.
605—8.6(29C,17A) Review process (competitive
applications only). The review process to be followed in determining the
amount of funds to be approved for award of a contract shall be described
in the application material. The review criteria and point allocation for each
element shall also be described in the grant application material.
The competitive grant application review committee shall be
determined by the division bureau chief administering the grant or award, with
oversight from the administrator. The review committee members shall apply
points according to the established review criteria in conducting the
review.
In the event competitive applications for a project receive an
equal number of points, a second review shall be conducted by the administrator
and the bureau chief administering the grant or award.
605—8.7(29C,17A) Opportunity for review and comment.
Program advisory committees or related task forces of the program may be
provided with an opportunity to review and comment on the criteria and point
allocation prior to implementation. Exceptions may occur when the funding
source to the division has already included such criteria and point allocation
within the award or the time frame allowed is insufficient for such review and
comment.
605—8.8(29C,17A) Awards. Once applications have
been scored and ranked, the division shall award all available funds to eligible
applicants based on the ranking of their applications. Should there be more
eligible applications than funds available, those remaining eligible
applications shall be kept on file by the division.
In those cases in which applicants have received an award but
actual project costs are less than anticipated or established in the
application, remaining funds shall become de–obligated funds. The
division shall award deobligated funds to remaining eligible applications on
file with the division. Should deobligated funds remain after satisfying all
eligible applications, the division shall republish the availability of
funds.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A
and section 29C.13.
[Filed 7/18/00, effective 9/13/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0007B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 218.4, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 28, “Policies for All
Institutions,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment July 12,
2000. Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment was published in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 17, 2000, as ARC 9829A.
A county credit occurs when a county has paid a debt from an
institution or an institutional program and it is later determined that all or
part of the debt was not the county’s responsibility. Current rules are
silent on how such credits should be applied. This amendment clarifies how
county institutional credits will be applied.
This amendment clarifies that a county credit cannot be used
to offset existing or future debit balances unless the original debit balance
has been paid. The procedure for applying credits is established. County
institutional credits shall be applied in the following order until all credits
are exhausted or refunded:
1. A credit shall first be applied to the patient’s or
resident’s account at the same institution that generated the
credit.
2. If any credit remains after application to the
patient’s or resident’s account, the remaining credit shall be
applied to any outstanding charges at the same institution that generated the
credit.
3. Any remaining credit, after application to the
patient’s or resident’s account and to the same institution that
generated the credit, shall be applied to an outstanding balance at another
state institution. If a credit generated by an institution or institutional
program under net budgeting is to be applied to an institution or institutional
program not under net budgeting, then a transfer of funds shall be made from the
applicable institutional fund or institutional program under net budgeting to
the state general fund. If a credit generated by an institution that is not
under net budgeting is to be applied to an institution or institutional program
under net budgeting, then a transfer will be made from the state general fund to
the applicable net budgeting institutional fund. If a credit generated by an
institution or institutional program under net budgeting is to be applied to
another institution or institutional program under net budgeting, then the
transfer of funds between the applicable net budgeting funds or programs shall
be made through an accounting journal entry.
4. If any credit remains after applying credits as stated in
paragraphs “1” to “3,” the county with the remaining
credit may seek a refund by filing a claim to the state appeal board pursuant to
543—Chapter 3, or the county may allow the credit to remain outstanding
until such time as the county has an additional state institution or an
institutional program debt.
Past practice has been that counties could apply credits (or
overpayments) from one institution to another. This was an acceptable practice
when all institution receipts were deposited to the same place, the state
general fund. However, with the implementation of net budgeting, where
individual institutions are more directly dependent upon their own receipts, the
practice of transferring credits is no longer prudent or practical. Also, with
the implementation of a new accounts receivable system, the process and order
for applying credits needed to be clarified and articulated.
The current method of handling institution credits is outdated
with the advent of net budgeting. Implementing policies and procedures for
applying credits to the same institution that has generated the credit is a
fairer and more equitable practice for both the institutions and the counties.
Clarifying the manner in which institutional credits will be handled will help
alleviate confusion and difficulties in handling the application of credits. An
additional benefit is that this rule provides a mechanism, which does not
currently exist, for counties to receive a refund.
The Department worked with the Iowa State Association of
Counties (ISAC) in developing this rule change. The Department also worked with
the Departments of Revenue and Finance and Management and the State Appeal
Board’s counsel from the Attorney General’s Office.
This amendment does not provide for waivers in specified
situations because these requirements are applicable to all 99 counties that use
any Department of Human Services state institution or institutional
program.
The catchwords to subrule 28.13(1) were revised for
clarification.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
218.78.
This amendment shall become effective October 1,
2000.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend 441—Chapter 28 by adopting the following
new rule:
441—28.13(218) Applying county institutional credit
balances.
28.13(1) Definition of credit balance. A county
institutional credit balance occurs when a county has paid a debt from a state
institution or an institutional program and it is later determined that all or
part of the debt was not the county’s responsibility. Only when an
institutional debit balance has been paid by a county and all or part of the
paid debit has been determined not to be the responsibility of the county can
the resulting county credit be used to reduce existing or future institutional
debit balances.
28.13(2) Order of application. County institutional
credits shall be applied in the following order until all credits are exhausted
or refunded:
a. A credit shall first be applied to the patient’s or
resident’s account at the same institution that generated the
credit.
b. If any credit remains after application to the
patient’s or resident’s account, the remaining credit shall be
applied to any outstanding charges at the same institution that generated the
credit.
c. Any remaining credit, after application to the
patient’s or resident’s account and to the same institution that
generated the credit, shall be applied to an outstanding balance at another
state institution. If a credit generated by an institution or institutional
program under net budgeting is to be applied to an institution or institutional
program not under net budgeting, then a transfer of funds shall be made from the
applicable institutional fund or institutional program under net budgeting to
the state general fund. If a credit generated by an institution that is not
under net budgeting is to be applied to an institution or institutional program
under net budgeting, then a transfer will be made from the state general fund to
the applicable net budgeting institutional fund. If a credit generated by an
institution or institutional program under net budgeting is to be applied to
another institution or institutional program under net budgeting, then the
transfer of funds between the applicable net budgeting funds or programs shall
be made through an accounting journal entry.
d. If any credit remains after applying credits as stated in
paragraphs “a” to “c,” the county with the remaining
credit may seek a refund by filing a claim to the state appeal board pursuant to
543—Chapter 3, or the county may allow the credit to remain outstanding
until such time as the county has an additional state institution or an
institutional program debt.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
218.78.
[Filed 7/13/00, effective 10/1/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0010B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 252B.7A, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 99, “Support
Establishment and Adjustment Services,” appearing in the Iowa
Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments July
12, 2000.
Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 17, 2000, as ARC
9830A.
Iowa Code section 598.21(4) requires the Supreme Court to
maintain uniform child support guidelines and criteria and review the guidelines
and criteria at least once every four years. The Supreme Court guidelines
provide the formula for calculating the amount of child support orders in Iowa.
These amendments implement the following recent changes to Iowa’s child
support guidelines and criteria made by the Supreme Court:
• An extraordinary
visitation adjustment is added which provides for a credit to the noncustodial
parent’s guideline amount of child support if the noncustodial
parent’s order for visitation exceeds 127 overnight stays per year for the
child for whom support is sought.
This amendment clarifies that the noncustodial parent must
provide the Child Support Recovery Unit (CSRU) with a file–stamped or
certified copy of an existing order that meets the criteria for extraordinary
visitation before the credit can be given. This existing order must be for the
child for whom support is sought and can be a different order than a child
support order. In interstate cases requiring a controlling order determination,
this amendment allows CSRU to give the credit when a controlling child support
order does not meet the criteria for extraordinary visitation but another order
does.
• A deduction from gross
income for the cost of the health insurance premium is allowed without the need
for the insurance to be court–ordered.
This amendment clarifies that a parent providing the health
insurance for a child is allowed the full cost of the health insurance premium
as a deduction from income and allows the health insurance deduction if a
parent’s spouse is providing the coverage as long as the parent seeking
the deduction provides verification.
• Policy is clarified that
the $25 monthly deduction for unreimbursed medical expenses is for medical
expenses of the parent.
The Supreme Court made additional changes related to the
minimum amount of support from very low–income parents, the amount that
can be deducted for additional dependent children, and the deduction for
unreimbursed medical expenses. These changes do not require rule amendments, as
they are self–executing and do not require further
clarification.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because the Supreme Court guidelines already provide for deviation
from the guidelines as set forth in rule 441—99.5(234,252B).
Eight public hearings were held around the state. Seven
persons attended.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
598.21(4).
These amendments shall become effective October 1,
2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrules 99.2(3) and
99.2(6) as follows:
99.2(3) Health Full cost of
health insurance premiums either deducted from wages or paid
pursuant to a court or administrative order by a parent or a
stepparent, provided the health insurance coverage includes the dependents
for whom support is being sought. All dependent health insurance costs
shall be verified before being allowed as a deduction. The parent
claiming the deduction shall verify the health insurance premium before the
deduction is allowed. Any expected health insurance
expenses premiums shall be allowed as a deduction if the
parent provides verification of this anticipated expense.
99.2(6) Unreimbursed individual health or
hospitalization coverage or Parent’s unreimbursed medical
expense deductions expenses, not to exceed $25 per
month.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
441—99.4(234,252B) by adopting the following new
subrule:
99.4(5) Extraordinary visitation adjustment. The
extraordinary visitation adjustment is a credit to the guideline amount of child
support as specified in the supreme court guidelines. The credit shall not
reduce the child support amount below the minimum support amount required by the
supreme court guidelines.
The extraordinary visitation adjustment credit shall be given
if all of the following apply:
a. There is an existing order for the noncustodial parent that
meets the criteria for extraordinary visitation in excess of 127 overnights per
year on an annual basis for the child for whom support is sought. The order
granting visitation can be a different order than the child support order. If a
controlling order is determined pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 252K and that
controlling support order does not meet the criteria for extraordinary
visitation, there is another order that meets the criteria.
b. The noncustodial parent has provided CSRU with a
file–stamped or certified copy of the order.
[Filed 7/13/00, effective 10/1/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0011B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435,
section 4, subsection 4d(3)(b), the Department of Human Services hereby adopts
Chapter 100, “Child Support Parental Obligation Pilot Projects,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these rules July 12,
2000.
Notice of Intended Action regarding these rules was published
in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 17, 2000, as ARC
9831A.
The Seventy–eighth General Assembly has indicated its
intent to develop programs to encourage the participation of both parents in the
lives of their children. The legislature has directed the Department to develop
community–level parental obligation pilot projects to help parents remove
the barriers they encounter in supporting their children emotionally and
financially. These projects will assist parents who are living apart in meeting
their parental obligations and in supporting their children. The Department may
also include families at risk of separation in project services.
Pilot projects are to maximize the use of existing community
resources through partnering with other state agencies and community–based
organizations. These partnerships will provide a broad base of services to
families including family counseling, legal services, mediation, job training
and job skills development, substance abuse treatment and prevention, health
maintenance, and personal mentoring. Local communities are encouraged to
provide financial resources to support the pilot projects.
Pilot projects may be funded either by the Department or by
other sources. Both funded and unfunded pilot projects may be able to offer
child support incentives to participants, depending on the project plan or the
extent of Child Support Recovery Unit (CSRU) involvement, as determined by the
Chief of the Bureau of Collections.
Funded pilot projects are those initiated and funded in whole
or in part by CSRU after a published request for plan proposals. Funded pilot
projects must have an approved project plan and must report statistics and
results quarterly to CSRU. The Department does not require unfunded pilot
projects to have an approved project plan; however, unfunded pilot projects must
report periodically to CSRU. The degree of participation by CSRU shall be
determined by the Chief of the Bureau of Collections based upon needs and
resources.
By combining the Department’s efforts with other state
agencies as well as assisting community–based collaboratives to develop
projects, the Department will ensure a more comprehensive and coordinated effort
to assist parents to remain involved in the lives of their children.
These rules establish criteria for the parental obligation
pilot projects, outline how CSRU shall select the funded pilot projects,
establish reporting requirements, and provide for termination of CSRU’s
involvement. Only empowerment or decategorization committees are eligible to
apply as projects.
These rules also establish four possible child support
incentives that may be available to parents to encourage their participation in
these pilots. The incentives that may be available to parents to encourage
their participation in these pilots are as follows:
1. Deviation from guidelines. If both parents agree to the
deviation, support orders may be established or modified to an amount which is
25 percent less than, or more than, what would be required by the Supreme
Court’s child support guidelines.
2. Modification of support obligations. CSRU may modify
support orders more frequently than the two–year review and adjustment
otherwise allowed. This is to assist parents as their circumstances fluctuate
while they are working with the pilot’s programs. Subrule 100.2(2)
provides for initial and subsequent modifications as follows:
• CSRU shall perform an
initial, informal calculation for each participant in a pilot that offers this
modification incentive. If that calculation indicates the support order may be
too high, CSRU shall notify the participant and proceed with a review and
adjustment if the participant requests the change and if the order should
decrease by at least 10 percent (regardless of how long the parent has been at
that income level). Current rules require at least a 20 percent change for CSRU
to proceed, and the change must be due to circumstances that have lasted at
least three months and can be expected to last another three months. Finally,
if the obligor–participant is beginning new employment, the obligor may
also waive the requirement for a three–month delay before the modification
is made.
• CSRU may also initiate
subsequent modifications if parents consent to a deviation, if a parent
withdraws consent to an earlier deviation, or if a parent is no longer
participating in the pilot project. Finally, CSRU may initiate a modification
if a parent’s income changes, but the change must be at least a 20 percent
change in the amount of the order.
3. Lower income withholding. CSRU may notify anemployer to
withhold no more than 25 percent of an obligor–participant’s net
income for support, rather than the usual 50–percent limit allowed under
the income withholding rules. This incentive can be applied for 12
months.
4. Satisfaction of assigned support. CSRU shall partially
satisfy (in other words, treat as paid) a portion of the support arrears
assigned or due each month for a required number of months. For example, if the
parent pays the support due each month for six months, CSRU shall satisfy 15
percent of assigned support arrears. If the parent pays regularly for 12
months, CSRU shall satisfy an additional 35 percent of assigned support arrears.
Finally, if the parent pays regularly for 24 months, CSRU shall satisfy an
additional 80 percent of the assigned support arrears. This shall not reduce
the support due the custodial parent, but shall only reduce the support that has
been assigned to the state of Iowa because the child received public
assistance.
These rules do not provide for waivers for project plans
because each project’s plan is individually approved and participation is
voluntary. No waiver is provided for individuals because their participation is
voluntary and each of these projects is a pilot project, through which the
Department is trying to determine what works well and what does not.
Eight public hearings were held around the state. Six persons
attended.
These rules are identical to those published under Notice of
Intended Action.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2435, section 4, subsection 4d(3).
These rules shall become effective October 1, 2000.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 100] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 9831A, IAB 5/17/00.
[Filed 7/13/00, effective 10/1/00]
[Published
8/9/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
8/9/00.]
ARC 0030B
LABOR SERVICES
DIVISION[875]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 91.6 and 2000
Iowa Acts, House File 2206, the Labor Commissioner hereby amends Chapter 1,
“Description of Organization and Procedures before the Division,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules establish procedures for waivers and variances of
Division rules. The purpose of these rules is to implement 2000 Iowa Acts,
House File 2206, and Executive Order Number Eleven and to further the goals of
the executive order and the legislation.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on January 26, 2000, as ARC 9631A. No public
comments were received on these amendments.
These amendments have been changed from the Notice of Intended
Action to conform to 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2206. The Notice of Intended
Action applied only to waivers, but the adopted rules apply to waivers and
variances. The reference to waivers on the Division’s own motion has been
removed. The rules now specify that a petition shall be evaluated on the
unique, individual circumstances set forth in the petition and that the
petitioner must prove facts by clear and convincing evidence. The four
statutory criteria replace the three criteria from the Notice of Intended
Action. Language mandating waivers in certain circumstances is deleted.
Language specifying when permanent waivers or variances may be granted is added.
Language concerning narrow drafting of waivers and variances and conditions
applied to waivers and variances is added.
These amendments implement Executive Order Number Eleven and
2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2206.
These amendments will become effective September 13,
2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Reserve rule
875—1.100 in Division VI.
ITEM 2. Amend 875—Chapter 1 by
adopting the following new Division VII:
DIVISION VII
WAIVERS AND
VARIANCES FROM ADMINISTRATIVE RULES
875—1.101(17A,91) Scope.
1.101(1) These rules provide general procedures for
waivers and variances from division rules. Specific waiver or variance
procedures must be followed when applicable. No waiver or variance may be
granted from a requirement or duty imposed by statute or when granting a waiver
or variance would cause a denial of federal funds or be inconsistent with
federal statute or regulation. Any waiver or variance must be consistent with
statute. These waiver and variance procedures do not apply to rules that merely
define the meaning of a statute or other provision of law unless the division
possesses delegated authority to bind the courts with its rules.
1.101(2) Waivers or variances of rules may be granted
either in response to a petition for waiver or variance filed within a contested
case proceeding, or in response to a petition filed in the absence of a
contested case proceeding.
875—1.102(17A,91) Petitions. If the petition
for waiver or variance relates to a pending contested case, the petition shall
be filed in the contested case proceeding. Other petitions must be submitted in
writing to Byron K. Orton, Labor Commissioner, 1000 E. Grand Avenue, Des Moines,
Iowa 50319. In either case, the petition shall include the following
information where applicable:
1.102(1) The name, address, case file number or state
identification number, and telephone number of the person requesting the waiver
or variance and the person’s representative, if any.
1.102(2) A description and citation of the specific
rule to which the petition applies.
1.102(3) The specific waiver or variance requested,
including the precise scope and time period for the waiver or
variance.
1.102(4) The relevant facts the petitioner believes
justify a waiver or variance.
1.102(5) A description of any prior contacts between
the division and the petitioner relating to the subject matter of the proposed
waiver or variance, including but not limited to a list or description of
division licenses, registrations, or permits held by the petitioner, and any
notices of violation, citations, contested case hearings, or investigative
reports relating to the subject matter of the proposed waiver or variance within
the last five years.
1.102(6) The name, address, and telephone number of
any public agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in
question or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver or
variance.
1.102(7) Any information known to the petitioner
regarding the division’s treatment of similar cases.
1.102(8) The name, address, and telephone number of
all persons inside or outside state government who would be adversely affected
by the grant of the petition or who possess knowledge of relevant
facts.
1.102(9) A signed release of information authorizing
persons with knowledge regarding the request to furnish the division with
information pertaining to the waiver or variance.
1.102(10) A signed statement from the petitioner
attesting to the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition.
875—1.103(17A,91) Notice and acknowledgment.
The division will acknowledge petitions upon receipt. The division shall ensure
that notice of the pendency of the petition and a concise summary of its
contents have been provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any
provision of law within 30 days of receipt of the petition. The division may
require the petitioner to serve the notice and a concise summary on all persons
to whom notice is required by any provision of law, and provide a written
statement to the division attesting that notice has been provided. Notice and a
concise summary may also be provided to others.
875—1.104(17A,91) Review. Each petition for a
waiver or variance shall be evaluated by the agency based on the unique,
individual circumstances set out in the petition. Discretion to grant or deny a
waiver or variance petition rests with the labor commissioner or the labor
commissioner’sdesignee. The burden of persuasion shall be upon the
petitioner. The division may request additional information relating to the
requested waiver or variance from the petitioner and may conduct any necessary
and appropriate investigation.
1.104(1) A waiver or variance may be granted if the
division finds all of the following based on clear and convincing
evidence:
a. Application of the rule would pose an undue hardship on the
person for whom the waiver or variance is requested;
b. The provisions of a rule subject to a petition for a waiver
or variance are not specifically mandated by statue or another provision of
law;
c. Waiver or variance of the rule in the specific
circumstances would not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any person or
cause a denial of federal funds; and
d. Substantially equal protection of public health, safety,
and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the
particular rule for which the waiver or variance is requested.
1.104(2) Petitioners requesting permanent waivers or
variances must also show that a temporary waiver or variance would be
impracticable.
875—1.105(17A,91) Ruling.
1.105(1) The division shall grant or deny all requests
as soon as practicable, but no later than 120 days from receipt without consent
of the petitioner. However, waiver or variance petitions filed in contested
cases shall be granted or denied no later than the date of the decision in the
contested case proceeding. Failure to grant or deny a petition within the
required time period shall be deemed a denial.
1.105(2) If a waiver or variance is granted, it shall
be drafted to provide the narrowest exception possible to the provisions of the
rule. The ruling shall be in writing and shall include the reasons for granting
or denying the petition and, if approved, the time period during which the
waiver or variance is effective. The division may place any condition on a
waiver or variance that the division finds desirable to protect the public
health, safety, and welfare.
1.105(3) Within seven days of issuance of the ruling,
a copy shall be mailed to the petitioner or the petitioner’s
representative, and to any other person(s) entitled to such notice by any
provision of law or rule.
875—1.106(17A,91) Public availability. Subject
to the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“e,” orders granting
and denying waivers or variances shall be indexed by rule and available for
public inspection.
875—1.107(17A,91) Cancellation. The division
may cancel a waiver or variance upon appropriate notice and hearing if the facts
alleged in the petition or supplemental information provided were not true,
material facts were withheld or have changed, the alternative means of
compliance provided in the waiver or variance have failed to achieve the
objectives of the statute, the requester has failed to comply with conditions
set forth in the waiver or variance approval, or the rule or enabling Act has
been amended.
875—1.108(17A,91) Violations. Violation of
conditions in the waiver or variance approval is the equivalent of violation of
the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is granted and is subject
to the same remedies or penalties.
875—1.109(17A,91) Appeals. Appeal from a
decision granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be in accordance with
the procedures provided in Iowa Code chapter 17A. An appeal shall be taken
within 30 days of the ruling. However, any appeal from a decision on a petition
for waiver or variance in a contested case proceeding shall be in accordance
with the procedures for appeal of the contested case decision.
ITEM 3. Amend 875—Chapter 1,
implementation sentence, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
22 and 91, 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2206, and Executive Order Number
Eleven.
[Filed 7/20/00, effective 9/13/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0054B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 456A.24, the
Natural Resource Commission hereby amends Chapter 78, “Ginseng Harvesting
and Sale,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments eliminate language that is not necessary and
clarify the annual reporting requirements of licensed ginseng dealers.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on May 31, 2000, as ARC 9860A. A public hearing
was held on June 22, 2000. No comments were received during the comment period
or at the public hearing. The adopted amendments are identical to those
published under Notice.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
456A.24.
These amendments will become effective September 13,
2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 78.3(2),
paragraph “e,” as follows:
e. The wild ginseng harvester’s permit shall include the
applicant’s signature, address, description and
such other facts as may be required by the
department.
ITEM 2. Amend 571—78.4(456A) as
follows:
571—78.4(456A) Dealer’s records. Each
permitted ginseng dealer shall keep an accurate and complete record in
the English language of each cultivated or wild ginseng purchase or
sale. Forms for these records shall be provided by the department. A copy of
each record shall be kept for a period of three years after the expiration of
the dealer’s permit.
78.4(1) The dealer’s record of each ginseng
purchase shall include:
a. Date of purchase;
b. Name and address of seller;
c b. Harvester’s permit number
or dealer’s permit number of seller;
d c. Dry weight of ginseng root
purchased;
e d. Name of county where
purchased ginseng was harvested if purchased from a harvester
with a valid harvester’s permit;
f e. Such additional
Additional information as may be requested by the department.
78.4(2) The dealer’s record of each ginseng sale
of cultivated or wild ginseng shall include:
a. Date of sale;
b. Name and address of buyer;
c. Dry weight of ginseng root sold;
d. Year in which the ginseng sold was harvested;
e. Such additional Additional
information as may be requested by the department.
78.4(3) Each permitted dealer shall submit an
annual report to the department on forms provided by the
department copies of for all
purchases purchase and sales records for
of cultivated and wild ginseng. These reports
records shall be submitted to the department by April 15. These
reports and shall cover all sales and purchases from September 1
of the year of the harvest through March 31 of the following year.
78.4(4) Each dealer must submit a report to the
department which inventories all cultivated and wild ginseng remaining in the
dealer’s possession after March 31. Any roots remaining with the dealer
shall be weighed and certified by the dealer. The report shall be submitted to
the department by April 15 of each year even if the dealer no longer has any
ginseng roots in possession. The dealer shall keep a copy of the inventory
report and record all future sales of the roots listed in the report. The
dealer shall submit an amended annual report to the department within 30 days of
the sale of all ginseng roots listed in the inventory report.
ITEM 3. Rescind subrules 78.5(3)
and 78.5(4).
[Filed 7/21/00, effective 9/13/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0028B
RACING AND GAMING
COMMISSION[491]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 99D.7 and
99F.4, the Racing and Gaming Commission hereby rescinds Chapter 1,
“Organization and Operation,” and adopts a new Chapter 1 with the
same title; amends Chapter 4, “Contested Cases and Other
Proceedings”; rescinds Chapter 5, “Applications for Track Licenses
and Racing Dates,” and adopts a new Chapter 5, “Track and Excursion
Boat Licensees’ Responsibilities”; rescinds Chapter 6,
“Criteria for Granting Licenses and Determining Race Dates”; amends
Chapter 7, “Greyhound Racing,” Chapter 9, “Harness
Racing,” Chapter 10, “Thoroughbred Racing,” and Chapter 13,
“Occupational and Vendor Licensing”; rescinds Chapter 20,
“Application Process for Excursion Boats and Racetrack Enclosure Gaming
License,” and Chapter 21, “Criteria for Granting an Excursion Boat
and Racetrack Enclosure Gaming License”; amends Chapter 22,
“Manufacturers and Distributors,” and Chapter 24, “Accounting
and Cash Control”; rescinds Chapter 25, “Riverboat Operation”;
and amends Chapter 26, “Rules of the Games,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This rule making rescinds current Chapters 1, 5, 6, 20, 21,
and 25 and puts in place new Chapters 1 and 5. There have been no new rules
added of any substance. This rule making only rewrites existing rules to make
them consistent with current practice, eliminates duplicative rules, and moves
some current rules to more appropriate chapters. The chapters that are
rescinded mirror each other except that some are for pari–mutuel
facilities and others for excursion boat gambling facilities. These amendments
make the rules of the Commission more clear and concise and ensure that each
licensee is treated fairly.
These amendments are not subject to a waiver, pending adoption
of a uniform waiver rule.
These amendments were published under Notice of Intended
Action in the June 14, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9865A.
A public hearing was held on July 10, 2000. No comments were
received.
The following changes from the Notice have been
made:
Cross references in subrule 1.5(5) and subparagraph
5.4(10)“b”(3) were corrected.
Subrule 5.4(9), which proposed cash access restrictions, was
rewritten as follows:
5.4(9) Checks. The acceptance of personal
checks shall be allowed; however, “counter” checks shall not be
allowed. All checks accepted must be deposited in a bank by the close of the
banking day following acceptance.
Subrule 10.3(12), paragraph “i,” was reworded for
clarification. It now states that the licensee shall provide:
i. Following any race in which there is an inquiry or
objection, the videotaped replays of the incident in question which were
utilized by the stewards in making their decision. The licensee shall display
to the public these videotaped replays on designated monitors.
These amendments will become effective September 13,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
99D and 99F.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Chs 1, 4 to 7, 9, 10, 13, 20 to 22, 24 to 26] is
being omitted. With the exception of the changes noted above, these amendments
are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 9865A, IAB
6/14/00.
[Filed 7/20/00, effective 9/13/00]
[Published
8/9/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
8/9/00.]
ARC 0024B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation, on July 18, 2000, adopted an amendment
to Chapter 150, “Improvements and Maintenance on Primary Road
Extensions,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for this amendment was published in
the May 17, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9817A.
Subrule 150.2(3) addresses the responsibilities and warrants
for the lighting of primary road extensions that are freeways. Subrule 150.2(3)
is being amended to define “freeway,” for the purpose of highway
lighting, as a roadway constructed with Priority I access control for a length
of five miles or greater. Priority I access control allows access only at
interchange locations. The effect of this amendment is that the Department will
pay for the lighting of interchanges on these roadway segments in accordance
with the provisions of subrule 150.2(3). Cities would no longer be required to
pay for this lighting.
A waiver is not provided because this amendment confers a
benefit on cities.
This amendment is identical to the one published under Notice
of Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 313
and 314 and Iowa Code section 306.4.
This amendment will become effective September 13,
2000.
Rule–making action:
Amend subrule 150.2(3) as follows:
150.2(3) Lighting.
a. For the purpose of highway lighting,
“freeway” means a roadway constructed with Priority I access control
for a length of five miles or greater.
a b. The department shall be
responsible for the cost of installation of lighting on the
main–traveled–way lanes and the on and off ramps including the
terminals with cross streets when the department determines that lighting is
required under established warrants.
b c. The department shall be
responsible for the energy and maintenance costs of lighting on the
main–traveled–way lanes.
c d. The department shall be
responsible for the energy and maintenance costs of lighting through interchange
areas and ramps thereto at interchanges between freeways which do not provide
service to local streets.
d e. The department shall be
responsible for the energy and maintenance costs of lighting in interchange
areas at interchanges between freeways and primary roads which are on corporate
lines.
e f. At interchanges with city cross
streets, the department shall be responsible for the energy and maintenance
costs of lighting on the main–traveled–way lanes, on and off ramps,
ramp terminals, and, when the department determines full interchange lighting is
required, the cross street between the outermost ramp terminals.
f g. The department shall not be
responsible for the installation, energy, and maintenance costs of any lighting
on cross streets in advance of interchanges and between the outermost ramp
terminals at interchanges where the department determines partial interchange
lighting or no lighting is required.
g h. Warrants for the lighting of
freeways shall be according to the 1984 “AASHTO Information Guide for
Roadway Lighting.”
[Filed 7/20/00, effective 9/13/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
ARC 0023B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation, on July 19, 2000, adopted amendments
to Chapter 425, “Motor Vehicle and Travel Trailer Dealers, Manufacturers,
Distributors and Wholesalers,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published
in the June 14, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9876A.
Currently, an applicant for a dealer’s or used vehicle
wholesaler’s license must certify compliance with zoning requirements.
Items 1 and 3 amend this procedure to require written evidence of compliance
with zoning requirements. This change will ensure that applicants are aware of
zoning requirements. Item 2 updates an Iowa Acts citation.
No waiver provisions have been included in these amendments.
It was determined that waivers are not appropriate.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
322 and 322C.
These amendments will become effective September 13,
2000.
Rule–making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 425.10(6) as
follows:
425.10(6) Zoning. The applicant shall certify
on the application provide to the office of vehicle services written
evidence, issued by the office responsible for the enforcement of zoning
ordinances in the city or county where the applicant’s business is
located, which states that the applicant’s principal place of business
and any extensions comply with all applicable zoning provisions or are a legal
nonconforming use.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
761—425.31(322), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
322.5 as amended by 1999 Iowa Acts, Senate File 203, section 23
Supplement subsection 322.5(5).
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 425.52(1) as
follows:
425.52(1) Application for license.
a. To apply for a license as a used vehicle
wholesaler,the applicant shall complete Form 417004, “Used Vehicle
Distributor/Wholesaler Application for License,” and submit it to the
office of vehicle services.
b. The applicant shall certify on the
application provide to the office of vehicle services written
evidence, issued by the office responsible for the enforcement of zoning
ordinances in the city or county where the applicant’s business is
located, which states that the applicant’s designated location
complies with all applicable zoning provisions or is a legal nonconforming
use.
c. If the applicant is a corporation, the applicant
shall certify on the application that the corporation complies with all
applicable state requirements for incorporation.
[Filed 7/20/00, effective 9/13/00]
[Published 8/9/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/9/00.
Previous Bulletin
Table of Contents
Next Bulletin
© 2000 Cornell College and
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Comments about this site or page?
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.
Last update: Wed Aug 9 0:01:01 2000
URL: /Rules/2000/Bulletin/acb000809.html
sam